Home

"user manual"

1. Back Next Cancel Figure 4 73 Add copy sets results panel If you have a large configuration to define to a session this process can be laborious In this case the Add Copy Set wizard provides the CSV file import feature that simplifies the copy sets definition process For more information see Importing CSV files on page 132 Managing a session After we define a session and populate the session with Copy Sets we can start managing the replication through Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Again the process of managing a session is about the same for all the DS8000 session types So the basic concepts we describe in this section apply to almost all of the session types In this section we describe how to use the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI to manage the Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session that was previously defined in some actual situations First we describe a normal operation scenario in which the following actions are performed 1 Start the Metro Mirror 2 Runa FlashCopy to create practice volumes for Disaster Recovery testing The flow of the operation is shown in Figure 4 74 on page 219 218 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems e Inactive i Session StartH1H2 a o AN 4 Figure 4 74 State transition diagram for first scenario We then consider a scenario of planned outage of the primary
2. Connections to local server All storage systems connected Figure 7 11 Health Overview window From the Host System panel click Add Host Connection as shown in Figure 7 12 Last Update Aug 7 2013 4 22 29 P Host Systems Choose Host System Go No Host Systems Defined Figure 7 12 Add Host System The Add Host Connection panel opens as shown in Figure 7 13 Select the z OS connection type and provide the following required information gt IP address or Host Name of one or more of the z OS systems forming the sysplex Note We advise that you define connections to two or more members systems or hosts for example in the sysplex for redundancy 370 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems gt Port that is used to communicate with HyperSwap address space This port must be the same as specified in the HyperSwap Management address space definition The default is 5858 gt User name and password for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication that are defined in z OS as described in Enabling z OS HyperSwap and adding a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication user to z OS host on page 359 and shown in Figure 7 13 Connection Type z 05 Host name of IP adress Port 19 A o a E C 1 5858 Us r nama E Password tpcruser eeeeeeeS Figure 7 13 Add Host Connection panel Click Add Host and wait for the c
3. 00 ccc eee eee 273 Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 0 0 0 0 0 cece eee 279 Blk IA OGUCHON ao rerna oS ordi Gece oe cs 8 Seen Bee aie ele ee eae eee 281 5 1 1 The Storwize family of Storage Products 0 0 00 cee ee eee 281 5 1 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and the Storwize family 281 5 2 SAN Volume Controller 0 0 0 0 0c eee eee ene 283 5o SONZ Produ dinee cede anal ath Bead a whee ase eed DO BS aol aE a geal 284 5 3 1 SIOMWIZE V 000 a 2 ete Sas he ed ek Ee BE do id Sk er mad he 284 5 3 2 Storwize V7000 Unified 0 0 ee eee 286 5 3 3 Storwize V3700 and V3500 1 eee 286 5A NEW FUNCIONS gat ties 2 cand teases a ee eles ai a ce Ramah a Ne acc Be Rares erate 287 5 4 1 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes session 287 5 4 2 Support for the SAN Volume Controller 6 4 option to move volumes between I O ON OUD Sarat ug eee ts ere ee a ned oe eS hard oes segue 287 5 5 Session Types and Setup can neeaaea aata aa a a ee eee 288 551 FlashCopy SCSSIONS a aaisa aa wee cece ieee Be wa E T E cinerea eae 289 5 5 2 Metro Mirror SESSIONS am as 22 54 e g t odie end Heo et eRe eRe oe Son aes eet 294 5 5 3 Global Mirror sessions 0 0 00 cc eee es 298 5 6 Why and when to use certain Session typ S 1 0 0 ee 301 5 6 1 When to use FlashCopy 0
4. 4 3 Managing DS8000 sessions As described in 4 1 Capabilities overview on page 160 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication support many types of DS8000 replication topologies that combine various copy services features In the following sections we describe how to set up and manage replication sessions We summarize the tunable parameters for every session that is supported and describe some scenarios that require a full copy of data 4 3 1 DS8000 Path management Before we start to operate with a DS8000 session we must properly define the replication connectivity schema to implement This involves managing the logical paths The logical paths define the relationship between a source LSS and a target LSS that is created over a physical path IO port Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication includes the Path Manager feature to provide control of logical paths when relationships between source and target storage systems are established Path Manager helps you control the port pairing that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses when the logical paths are established and ensure redundant port combinations It also keeps that information persistent for use when the path is terminated because of a suspended operation Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication provides you the following options to create the logical paths and specify port pairing gt Adding logical paths automaticall
5. gt Accessing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt GUI overview gt CLI Overview gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication interaction with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication security and user administration gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication advanced tools gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication High Availability gt Starting and stopping the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 61 gt Using CSV files for importing and exporting sessions gt Backing up and restoring a repository gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication SNMP management gt Adding and connecting to storage systems gt Adding and connecting host systems 62 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 3 1 Accessing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication provides the following user interfaces for managing storage system data replication and disaster recovery gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI In this section we describe how to use the GUI and CLI interfaces and the main features and functions of both interfaces
6. 3 1 1 Accessing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI After you successfully install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center you can access Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to start managing data replication By installing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center shortcuts to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication are created in the Start menu on the server that is running the Windows operating system If you are running an AIX or Linux operating system start a supported web browser and enter the address of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server To start the GUI on a Windows server click Start All Programs IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center TPC Replication Manager GUI as shown in Figure 3 1 A Internet Explorer 64 bit a Internet Explorer ej Mozilla Firefox ey Windows Update di Accessories T tpcadmin ib Administrative Tools P IBM Data Studio Documents IBM DB2 di IBM Installation Manager T KAS Computer ib IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center TPC Replication Manager GUI eeii TRC Stand alone GUI F TPE Web based GUI di Maintenance di Startup di VMWare Control Panel Devices and Printers Administrative Tools Help and Support Run Windows Security Search programs and Files EJ Log off gt Estat B e Figure 3 1 Starting Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication on Wind
7. 4 Properties af Locetion 1 Site af Locetion 2 Site 4 Results rd IWNRiO211 a Jud 31 2013 5 12 26 PM Session ITSO MM FOPG wP was successfully crested lt Back Next gt Cancel Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard Figure 4 66 Create session Results panel 9 Click Finish to close the Create Session wizard or Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard to add copy sets in this session Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 213 After the session is created the Session panel shows the new session in Inactive status as shown in Figure 4 67 E 3 Sessions Create Session ITSO MM ka Normal MM Prepared H i a testsession ud Normal FC Target Available Hi Yes i Figure 4 67 Session panel showing the new session Complete the following steps to add the copy sets to the session 1 To start the Add Copy Set wizard use one of the following methods Click Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard in the Create session wizard as shown in Figure 4 66 on page 213 Select the radio button of the session name in the main Session panel and then click Add Copy Set from the drop down menu Click the session name in the main Session panel and then click Add Copy Set from the drop down menu in the Session Detail panel The Add Copy Set wizard opens as shown in Figure 4 68 The Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session is a two site replication topology with each
8. CIM Agent ut ill E Storage Systems Switches and Fabrics Hypervisors Servers Figure 1 3 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center overview Detailed architecture of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center components is shown in Figure 1 4 on page 8 In this figure you can see Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components and how are they related Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 7 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Tivoli Common Reporting 5 gt e Disk Manager Fabric Manager deel Data Manager Replication Manager m la F ibis Frontend components TPC TPC TCR i web Stand Alone TEG and T tena GUI GUI Cognos Middleware components Backend components Figure 1 4 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center components The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center features the following components gt GUI The following GUls are available Tivoli Storage Productivity Center provides two GUls for managing the storage infrastructure in an enterprise environment the stand alone GUI and the web based GUI Each GUI provides different functions for working with monitored resources For more information about each Tivoli Storage Productivity Center GUI see the draft of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication provides a GUI that is used to manage all Tivoli Stora
9. Create Session Select the Session Type from the drop down menu and click Next as shown in Figure 3 79 Note The Session Type should have the same Session Type defined into the previously exported CSV file that is to be imported Create Session gt Choose Session Type Choose Session Type Properties Choose the type of session to create Location 1 Site ne SAN Volume Controller v FlashCopy v 1Q gt z Q lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 3 79 Choose Session Type panel Complete the Session Name Description and Properties sections as you require Figure 3 80 on page 134 shows an example of how you specify this information for a FlashCopy session Click Next to continue Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 133 Create Session Properties Choose Session Type Name and describe the session gt Properties Location 1 Site Session name Results Imported_session Description SAN Volume Controller Storwize Family Storwize V7000 Unified FlashCopy Options E Incremental Background copy rate percentage 50 0 100 lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 3 80 Session properties In the next panel specify the Site Location as shown in Figure 3 81 Select the Site Location from the drop down menu and then click Next Note The Site Locations should be the same as defined in the previously exported Session Create Ses
10. E 3 Sessions Create Session add Copy Sets a Go syc2 syvcs GMwP normal om Prepared H1 Ves 1 svce svc2_ MM normal mm Prepared Ht Yes O DSEKMMFOFB inactive MM Defined H1 N o Im S Inactive FC Defined H1 No 1 C svc2 svce GM inactive 6M Defined H1 No 1 C sycs svc2 GMwP inactive 6m Defined Hi T z VIKRT7 V7KR1 GM inactive 6M Defined H1 N 1 Figure 3 88 Adding Copy Sets to existing Session The steps to add the Copy Sets are the same as described in Importing a Copy Set in a new Session on page 132 When you are adding a Copy Sets to an existing Session with Copy Sets already active with Status Normal and State Target Available the Status changes to Warning as shown in Figure 3 89 on page 139 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overvie w essions Sessions i Storage Systems Host Systems d Yolumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Create Session Console About Select Action ad Go Sign Out tpcadm Wane Statue Type Site Reve Host Recoverable Copy sete ce S C8 S C2 MM A warning MM Preparing Hi No 2 Health Droreiam C syc2 svce GMuP E Normal om Prepared Hi Yes 1 amp Sessions DS8KMMFOFB inactive MM Defined H1 N 0 1 normal C Imported session inactive GS POTN ne i amp 1 warning Oo severi C syc2 syce om inactive om Defined Hi No 1 IB storage Systems C syce svc2 GMwP inactive em Defined Hi N 0
11. Figure 4 104 Start H3 gt H1 H2 action that requires a Full Copy Figure 4 105 Start H1 gt H2 H3 action that requires a Full Copy Incremental Resync In a three sites configuration the Incremental Resync can establish Global Mirror relationship between the local and remote site without the need to replicate all of the data After the Metro Global Mirror relationships are established with the Incremental Resync feature enabled the Global Mirror must be running for at least 10 15 minutes before an incremental resynchronization can be started from the local to remote site otherwise a full copy occurs 4 4 Use cases In this section some helpful use cases are provided for the following scenarios gt Practicing disaster recovery by using FlashCopy sessions gt Two site planned outages scenarios gt Three site planned outages scenarios 250 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 4 4 1 Practicing disaster recovery by using FlashCopy sessions Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication offers sessions with practice volumes with which you can practice disaster recovery while maintaining the disaster recovery capabilities Practice volumes are available in Metro Mirror Failover Failback sessions Global Mirror Failover Failoack Global Mirror Either Direction sessions and Metro Global Mirror with Practice sessions The use of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sess
12. Management Servers Storage Systems i Host Syste Yolumes ESS DS Paths Management Se Administration Advanced Tools tatu N db Consol About no Select Action z Sign Out tpcad Health Overview Fe ee Define Standby Server passions 4 normal Domain IP of standby server D warnin 172 31 149 2 J severe ry Username for standby server Storage Systems Administrator A Host Sys Password for standby server B Management Servers PEPPER OK Cancel Figure 3 49 Define address and user credentials for standby Important Defining a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server as a standby server overwrites the complete database of the standby server There is no way within Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to recover the configuration after it is overwritten Also Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server uses TCP port 9561 for communication with other Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers for high availability purposes After you click OK a confirmation message is shown that explains that you are about to overwrite the current configuration for this management server and prompts you to confirm that you want to continue as shown in Figure 3 50 Click Yes Waming IWNR3111W Aug 14 2013 11 28 34 PM This command will define another management server as a standby for this server This will overwrite the configuration of the specified standby Do you
13. Yolumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out tpcadmin Health Overview Ld Sessions B 4 normal Wo warning Q O severe R Storage Systems A Host Systems B Management Servers Health Overview Session Overview Hin OO OE See eee Bee Bee z 0 Severe Storage Systems Host Systems Management Servers BL EL Connections to local server Configure Configure At least one storage system cannot communicate with local server Figure 3 46 Active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server with defined sessions To define the standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server click Management Servers in the navigation tree from of your active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server or click Configure in the Health Overview panel The Management Servers panel of your active server opens as shown in Figure 3 47 on page 109 You can see an entry for your server with its DNS name and the information that it has the active role 108 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration B i Management Servers Advanced Tools Status Mo Standby Console About Select Action Go Sign Out tocadmin Server Role Port SSCTCP42 T w
14. ccc eee eens 301 5 6 2 When to use Metro Mirror 0 00 tees 301 5 6 3 When to use Global Mirror 0 eee eee 301 5 7 Disaster Recovery use cases 1 nananana tee eens 302 5 7 1 SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster 0000 cece eee 302 5 7 2 Global Mirror Forwarding I O Group 0 0 ee 306 50 POUDISSMOOENIG kaa raai a has Wk lhe a os ae ae ee Ral eee a lp ana eee ata ak 307 Contents vV vi 5 8 1 Storwize family replication error COdeS 1 ee 307 5 8 2 Troubleshooting replication linkS 0 0 0 ees 308 Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 311 6 1 OVEIWICW ois 2 chest ute ae oe deine Ot al Sk nen te th alee Gh Saat ae he Be ad 312 6 1 1 XIV CONSISIENCY QrOUDS 42 405 arenan aa Deke ieed GaeGatwt eae a a 312 O12 KIN CONNECIONS aoe dee Gee Goeth oe Beers Rab ow Cosa eee eee Ree 313 02 AIV SCSSIONNV DCS anc 33 6 uedaw teal Ose ed he he dees ge peawan ad ire Reeds 316 021 SSNAPDSNOLSESSIONS aaria baea gy Meee YRS Boe ev Geese hae 316 6 2 2 Metro Mirror Failover Failoack S SSIONS 000 cee ee 325 6 2 3 Global Mirror Failover Failback SESSIONS 0 000 eee 339 6 3 Adding XIV volume protection 0 060 343 6 4 Disaster Recovery use CASES 1 eee eee eens 345 625 fOUDIESNOOUNG sic bats bon nc eee ae as eee cated we ae eos 349 Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center fo
15. gt Metro region plus out of region XIV mirroring configuration Certain volumes can be protected by a metro distance disaster recovery configuration and other volumes can be protected by a global distance disaster recovery configuration as shown in Figure 6 64 Figure 6 64 Metro region plus out of region configuration Typical usage of this configuration is an XIV synchronous mirroring solution for a set of volumes with a requirement for zero RPO and an XIV asynchronous mirroring solution for a set of volumes with a requirement for a low but non zero RPO Figure 6 64 shows a metro region plus out of region configuration Snapshots can be used with Remote Mirroring to provide copies of production data for business or IT purposes Moreover when they are used with Remote Mirroring snapshots provide protection against data corruption As with any continuous or near continuous remote mirroring solution XIV Remote Mirroring cannot protect against software data corruption because the corrupted data is copied as part of the remote mirroring solution However the XIV snapshot function provides a point in time image that can be used for rapid restore in the event of software data corruption that occurred after the snapshot was taken XIV snapshot can be used with XIV Remote Mirroring as shown in Figure 6 65 on page 348 Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 347 me Remote Mirroring Point in Tim
16. Enable Copy to Site 1 XiV MMFOFB INNR1026I Success Open Console Completed XiV MMFOFB Go Metro Mirror Fail Failback Start H2 gt H1 z fco nm E Status Normal State Target Available H1 H2 Active Host H2 Recoverabl Description modify Copy Sets Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg_pO1 H1 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB H2 Pool CSMReg_pO01 H2 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB Participating Role Pairs Role Par Error Count Recoverable a Copying Progress Copy ype opy Ls rren H1 H2 o 2 o N A MM Aug 22 2013 3 13 48 PM Figure 6 51 Metro Mirror before the link was activated in the reverse direction Figure 6 52 shows that Tivoli Storage Productivity for Replication activated the link in reverse and that the volumes fully replicated themselves back to the original source volumes Session Details XiV MMFOFB Select Actio v Status a Normal State Prepared Active Host H2 Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg_p01 H1 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB H2 Pool CSMReg_p01 H2 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB Participating Role Pairs Figure 6 52 Metro Mirror Session fully reversed and completed In this example the secondary volumes are available for immediate production usage and replication back to the old master 6 2 3 Global Mirror Failover Failback sessions Global Mirror is a method of asynchronous remote data replication that operates betwee
17. Figure 6 46 Session Details panel that shows the Recover option is available 336 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Metro Mirror Failover Failback Site 1 F H1 H2 Timestamp Aug 22 2013 3 13 48 PM 3 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication prompts you to confirm the operation as shown in Figure 6 47 Click Yes F Hi IWNR1IS00W Aug 22 2013 3 19 54 PM This command will make Site 2 volumes usable and will establish change recording on the hardware for session Xiv MMFOFE Do you want to continue Figure 6 47 Final confirmation before the link for Metro Mirror Session is reversed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication now prepares both XIVs for the upcoming role change This makes the target volumes immediately available as shown in j i Last Update Aug 22 2013 3 23 21 PM Session Details ee ere LA Recover XiV MMFOFB IWNR1iO26I1 Success Open Console Completed XiV MMFOFB Select Action z Go a eee P DY G State Target Available Hi H2 Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg_pO1 H1 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB H2 Pool CSMReg_p01 H2 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress H1 H2 o 2 o Copy Type Timestamp N A MM Aug 22 2013 3 13 48 PM Figure 6 48 Target available status 4 You also
18. Host system A host system is an AIX or IBM z OS system that connects to storage systems to enable certain replication features for those systems A connection to a z OS host system is required if you want to enable z OS features such as HyperSwap and hardened freeze in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions A connection to an AIX host system is required if you want to use the Open HyperSwap feature This feature enables the automatic swap of input output I O to the volumes on a secondary site when a failure occurs when I O iswritten to the primary site Users and groups Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not maintain a directory of user names and passwords Instead the application uses the operating system repository that is created during the installation of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center or a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP repository for user authentication You can use the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication graphical user interface GUI or command line interface CLI to assign the users and groups that are defined in the user repository to a user role User roles A user role determines the tasks and sessions that a user or group can manage There are three roles that are defined in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Administrator Operator and Monitor Administrators have unrestricted access to all features and functions in Tivol
19. Licenses are also concerned with storage systems where you installed copy services licenses 38 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 2 1 3 Hardware and software requirements In this section we describe the hardware and software requirements for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Because the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center server can require a large amount of memory disk space network bandwidth and processor resources it is recommended to use a dedicated server that is not running other applications Dedicated servers improve performance and make it easier to troubleshoot errors Note If you are planning to use only Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication functions disk space requirements might be less than what is specified in the requirements Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not use the DB2 database repository where all the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center history data is collected and stored For more information about product lists and platform support for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center see the following resources gt IBM Support web page http www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid swg21386446 gt IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Information Center link http pic dhe ibm com infocenter tivihelp v59r1 index jsp Hardware requirements Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for
20. Prerequisites z OS HyperSwap sessions Description and usage of HyperSwap enabled sessions Use cases YY vV Yy Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 355 7 1 Overview of z OS HyperSwap 356 z OS HyperSwap technology became the industry standard by removing the effect of storage systems failures for System z customers The technology is provided in several different implementation options to meet the various needs of the System z and z OS customer base lt extends the Parallel Sysplex redundancy to storage systems so whether your requirements are continuous availability disaster recovery or business continuity Z OS HyperSwap technology can provide a solution for your environment HyperSwap functionality provides planned and unplanned actions in an z OS environment By using Planned HyperSwap actions the following tasks can be peformed gt Transparently switch all primary storage systems disks with the secondary storage systems disks gt Perform storage systems configuration maintenance and planned site maintenance without requiring any applications to be quiesced Unplanned HyperSwap action contains other functions to transparently switch to use auxiliary storage systems if an unplanned outage of the primary storage systems occurs Unplanned HyperSwap action allows production systems to remain active during a storage system failure The storage system failures no longer constitutes a single point of failure for
21. Version 5 2 0 Build 20130719 0641 Server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net Port 9560 Authentication file C Users Admnistratorstpce cliytpcrcli auth properties csmcli gt Figure 3 21 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI 3 3 4 CLI automation By using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI scripting is the most common way to automate copy services management As described in 3 3 CLI Overview on page 73 you can automate the following related tasks gt Sessions and copy sets Storage systems and connections Management servers Security vVvyv In the following examples we show you how to start the CLI commands with the script parameter which points to a script file that contains the actual CLI commands We start the script by starting csmcli bat procedure from command prompt where we specify the name of the script file If the script file is in the same directory that the csmcli bat file is in you specify the script file name 82 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems If you use a different directory structure for the script file from the directory where the csmcli bat file is in you must specify the fully qualified directory structure where the script file is in Example 3 13 shows the invocation of a script file where the script file is in the same directory that the csmcli bat file is in We also set up the tpcrcli auth properties f
22. b2sdiman ibisdiman db sdmin bisdiman IWR S401 WHRACLSLI WARLOSEI IWNRGOLST WAWRODOAL IWHRGODAIT IWHRGOOAL IWHRLOSEL Also the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication console log shows the HyperSwap replication messages as shown in Figure 7 26 Load of type 2 05 Ay perwap for session ITSO MM HS completed Successfully evoked acoes trom GRSUSERS The Hyper ap command in the ITSO MM HS session was peeved murg Hyperswap to role pair Hi Hi A Bask Hy perwap was successfully perfomed for session ITSO MM HS Stepping all pairs in role pair H1 He Recovering all pairs in role pair H1 H The Hyper ap ommani in the ITS0 MM HS session completed 1 children messs Ea aug 7 2013 5 18 33 PM db a dmin INNRISSII Session ITSO MM HS changed from the Prepared state fo the Target Available state Figure 7 26 Console log that shows the HyperSwap messages Checking the volume 8K1103 we can see that the volume is now online with device number 0F83 see Figure 7 27 which proves that the HyperSwap occurred RESPONSE SYSTEM1 TEE4571 17 19 50 UNIT STATUS 220 UNIT TYPE STATUS VOLSER OF83 3390 0 8K1103 VOLSTATE PRIV RSDNT Figure 7 27 z OS display that shows the device number for volume 8K1103 The session now shows Normal status and Target Available state as shown in Figure 7 28 Session Details A Hyperswap ITSO MM HS IWNR10261 Success Open
23. echo echo Action CMD completed GOTO end cancel echo echo Action CMD cancelled GOTO end syntax echo echo Syntax error use TPCRscript bat lt session gt lt action gt GOTO end error echo echo WARNING Action CMD not allowed GOTO end end echo echo Script execution terminated Run the following command to start the script TPCRscript bat session_name action Example 3 19 shows you the output of the script where suspend action is issued for a session Example 3 19 Output of TPCRscript bat C Program Files IBM TPC cli gt TPCRscript bat SVC8 SVC2_ MM suspend kkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk ER TPC R ACTION EXECUTION SCRIPT we kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Do you want to issue suspend for the session SVC8 SVC2_MM Y N y INITIAL STATUS Session name SVC8 SVC2_ MM Status Normal State Prepared Executing suspend IWNR10261 Aug 12 2013 8 24 55 PM The Suspend command in the SVC8 SVC2_ MM session completed FINAL STATUS Session name SVC8 SVC2_ MM Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 87 Status Severe State Suspended Action suspend completed Script execution terminated 3 4 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication interaction with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Because Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is a part of the Tiv
24. tocr_xive1 storage tucson ibm com Username ladmin F tpcr_xiwel storage tucson ibm com Connected F tpcr_xive2 storage tucson ibm com Connected F tpcr_xived storage tucson ibm com Connected Password seems Figure 6 7 Connection Details for multiple IP addresses Connections The connection status values are all independent and do not roll up to provide an overall status value for the XIV Storage System The other connections provide redundancy and failover for the nodes of the storage system 6 2 XIV session types The following session types are available for XIV storage systems gt Snapshot gt Metro Mirror Failover Failback gt Global Mirror Failover Failoack Note There are no practice session types available for XIV storage systems In the following sections we describe each session type and how to use it 6 2 1 Snapshot sessions Snapshot is a session type that creates a point in time copy of a volume or set of volumes without having to define a specific target volume The target volumes of a snapshot session are automatically created when the snapshot is created The XIV Storage System uses advanced snapshot architecture to create many volume copies without affecting performance By using the snapshot function to create a point in time copy and to manage the copy you can save storage With the XIV Storage System snapshots no storage capacity is used by the snapshot until the source volum
25. During a practice data on the intermediate volumes is flash copied to the practice host volumes Depending on the replication method that is used data on intermediate volumes might not be consistent Intermediate volumes are abbreviated as Ix where x identifies the site gt Target volume A target volume receives data from a host or intermediate volume Depending on the replication type that data might or might not be consistent A target volume can also function as a source volume For example a common use of the target volume is as a source volume to allow practicing for a disaster such as data mining at the recovery site while still maintaining disaster recovery capability at the production site gt Change volume A change volume contains point in time images that are copied from the host or target volume Change volumes are abbreviated as Cx where x identifies the site Figure 1 2 shows how the preceding session related terms relate to each other Note In Figure 1 2 the following terms are abbreviated Fibre Channel FC Metro Mirror MM Global Mirror GM and Metro Global Mirror MGM TPC R D T gt Cae gt Role Pair Vaii ae ae R X z P ao SP SY Pa es Figure 1 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session related terminology 6 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 1 3 Architecture Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and SmartCloud V
26. For this reason the distance between the campus sites and the remote site often does not allow the use of synchronous replication technologies because of the latency effects on write operations Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 385 Figure 7 36 shows a schematic representation of a three site configuration that is based on System z and DS8000 technology eee eee eee eee ee ee eee ee ee n E i F z 3 Oe sien n Disaster Recovery Site Lo Figure 7 36 Three site configuration In this scenario the application workload is usually running in a campus infrastructure Asynchronous mirroring technologies such as DS8000 Global Mirror are used to replicate the data from the intermediate site Site B to the remote site Site C Combining HyperSwap capability and Global Mirror management facilities Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems provides a single point of control for data availability management monitoring and alerting Figure 7 37 on page 387 shows a possible implementation of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open systems to manage the data availability for this scenario In this solution an Active Standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication configuration is deployed across two sites with the active server running on the primary storage site Site A and the Standby server in the
27. Hosti volume TA Iv Use a CSV file to import copy sets lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 83 Choosing CSV file to be imported Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 135 Select the exported or created CSV file Click Open as shown in Figure 3 84 Notes Consider the following points as you proceed gt gt lt Back Nex It is not possible to choose multiple CSV files in the same operation The Copy Sets in CSV files have a specific format to address Copy Services functions such as FlashCopy FC Metro Mirror MM and Metro Global Mirroring MGM With the specific formats it is not possible to import a CSV file with specific characteristics into another file with different characteristics Be sure that Copy Sets in the CSV file have the same Site Location as defined in the Session that Copy Sets are imported to avoid errors The CSV file is case sensitive gt Choose Hosti Choose Host1 Choose Targetl NOOSE Lite Z Matching File Upload a Matching Re P SETTERS GOL CE3 gt Downloads 4 Search bene ee _ Confirm Organize v New folder 4 Jt Favorites Name Date modified Type MD Desktop E FCDB2session2013 08 13 01 56 27 csv 13 8 2013 14 06 Microsc mT Downloads Recent Places gt MB Desktop No preview available 4 i File name FCDB2session2013 08 13 01 56 27 csv v All Files Z cones Figure 3 84
28. If you chose a Global Mirror Failover Failoack with Practice session you also are prompted for the parameters of the FlashCopy between Host Volume 2 H2 and Intermediate Volume 2 12 if this FlashCopy is to be Incremental and the background copy rate These parameters are the same as those for the Metro Mirror Failover Failoback with Practice that is shown in Figure 5 15 on page 295 If you chose a Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes session you are prompted for the Change Volumes tunable parameters Selecting the Enable Change Volumes option see Figure 5 20 on page 299 enables Change Volumes when the session is created The Cycle period value gives you the interval of FlashCopy operations between H1 C1 and H2 C2 the default value is 300 seconds or 5 minutes The Recovery Point Objective Alerts values give you the RPO threshold values that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses to send Warning or Severe alerts A value of zero disables such alerts as shown in Figure 5 20 on page 299 Note Cx is the abbreviation for Change volume and Hx is the abbreviation for Host volume For more information about the volume types and the abbreviations that are used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication see 1 2 Terminology on page 3 298 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems wo CreateSession Wizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition ole lls w https tpcr vm4L st
29. LJ pakia Show Data Exposure over 20 OG Interval Time Set Threshold Highlighted Data Exposure Figure 4 42 Data Exposure graph Moving the mouse over the bullets in the graph a callout appears which shows that the data exposure exceeded the threshold as shown in Figure 4 43 Data Exposure Seconds ws Time Last 15 Minutes Data Exposure was 60 00 sec at 10 30 AM op 0 70 60 50 40 0 20 z 0 10 29 AM 10 37 AM 10 41 AM Figure 4 43 Data exposure exceeded 194 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 4 2 5 Global Mirror Historical Data Starting with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 5 1 the Global Mirror historical data is available to be exported in comma separated value CSV file format Export can create the following types of CSV files gt A file that contains data about the RPO gt A file that contains data about the logical subsystem LSS out of sync tracks The data in the CSV file can be used to analyze trends in your storage environment that affect your RPO Note There is a Global Mirror Reporting Tool that is not included with the product However it is available for use and includes a pre setup spreadsheet for customers to import data into and can be downloaded from this website http www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid swg21609629 Exporting the data To export the Global Mirror historical data you can click
30. Results Select Access Level Select the access level to grant s Monitor Administrator unrestricted access Operator lv FCDB2session 7 ITSO VJITSO HS 7JITSQ MM VISOJTESI wl ITSO3 sesona OOO lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 3 33 Select the role that you want to assign Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 97 5 On the Confirm page of the wizard review your selections Click Back if you want to make other changes or click Next to continue 6 When you are prompted click Finish to complete the wizard The user or group and its role are displayed on the Administration page as shown in Figure 3 34 Health Overview Sessions Administration Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers a Administration Advanced Tools Console Dadi Add Access Sign Out db2admin Select Action Go Health Overview Name Role Classification Sessions A db2admin Administrator User 0 normal amp 0 varning DB2USERS Operator Group Q 0 severe O tpcFileRegistryUser Administrator User BD Storage Systems A Host Systems Management Servers Figure 3 34 Administrator page with new DB2USERS group added 3 5 4 Modifying access to a user role You can modify the access that is assigned to a user or group For example you can reassign a user who is in the Operator role to the Administrator
31. STORWIZE V3700 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRDS tpcrtbird5 Connected tb5 x STORWIZE V3700 IBM F STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD2 tpcrtbird2 Connected tbird2 x STORWIZE V7 000 IBM STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD3 tpcrtbird3 Connected tbird3 X STORWIZE V7 000 IBM sTORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCR_IFS tpcr_ifs Connected tpcr_ifs X STORWIZE V7 000 Unified IBM STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCR_IFS1 tpcr_ifs1 Connected tpcr_ifs1 X STORWIZE VW7000 Unified IBM 7 svc CLUSTER RMSVCO8 rmsvc08 Connected svcO8 x SVC IBM SVC CLUSTER RMSVCOS _ rmsvc09 Connected svcO9 hd svc IBM xtv B0x 7825429 xIV_A Connected xiv_a gen3 X XIV IBM Figure 6 5 Successfully added XIV storage systems 314 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Various panels within Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication such as those shown in Figure 6 4 on page 314 and Figure 6 5 on page 314 display the Local Status for the added XIV storage systems This status represents the status of the main connection between the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server and the IP address that you added It does not include the status of the other IP connections to the XIV that are automatically discovered To view the status for all of the connections to an XIV Storage System select the radio button for the host name or IP address that you added the main connection choose View Modify Connections Detail
32. Start H1 H2 gt StartGC H1 gt H2 There also is the option to switch the production site by selecting Enable Copy To Site 1 Reversing the Metro Mirror After the Recover action Host 2 volumes are active Because the Host 2 site is now the active site you can start copying from Host 2 to Host 1 volumes To do this from the drop down menu as shown in Figure 4 86 select Enable Copy To Site 1 and then click Go The panel that is shown in Figure 4 87 warns that you are about enable commands with which you can copy data to Site 1 Click Yes to proceed Figure 4 87 Enable Copy to Site 1 confirmation panel Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 227 At this stage data on Host 1 volumes is not yet overwritten but the following actions are now enabled gt Flash gt Start H2 gt H1 gt StartGC H2 gt H1 Select Start H2 H1 and click Go as shown in Figure 4 88 Session Details Last Update Aug 2 2073 6 27 04 PM ITSO MM FOFB wP Select Action ma Go eros me Failover Failback Select Action Site 1 Site 2 Actions __ E Hash i Start H2 H1 Hi Hz StartGC H2 gt H1 Re enable Copy to Site 2 Add Copy Sets Modify Site Location s a a View Modify Properties IE Eti Hani Progress Copy Type Timestamp o o N A MM nia Qeanup _ Remove Copy Sets 1 a Remove Session Teminate Fc Aug 2 2013 4 49 35 PM Other Expor
33. Storwize Family In this case eStorwize V7000 V3700 or V3500 and Storwize V7000 Unified However regardless of the hardware type you choose you have the same options in the Choose Session Type drop down menu 5 5 1 FlashCopy sessions Complete the following steps 1 In the main Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication window click Sessions gt Create Session as shown in Figure 5 6 on page 289 Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 289 2 Inthe Create Session wizard Choose Session Type window select the following Hardware Type and FlashCopy as Session Type Hardware Types e SAN Volume Controller e Storwize Family e Storwize V7000 Unified Session Types FlashCopy 3 The Session Properties window opens Enter a name and a description for your session By using the session name you can uniquely identify the session type and help you deduce to which servers applications or services it relates so that you can quickly debug any errors In the example that is shown in Figure 5 8 we entered FCDB2session as our session name CreateSessionWizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition oll aol z w https tocr vm4Lstorage tucson ibm com 9559 CSMAWizardFactory sp Awizardname CreateSessionWizard T OP Create Session Choose Session Type Properties i Name and describe the session c9 Properties Location 1 Site Session name Results FCDB2
34. Validation of I 0 connectivity starting Response from API for FC 14 RC 0 Rsn 0 17 18 41 70 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000000F02000000 17 18 41 70 HyperSwap phase Validation of I 0 connectivity completed 17 18 41 70 HyperSwap phase Freeze and quiesce DASD I 0 starting Response from API for FC 17 RC 0 Rsn 0 17 18 41 71 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000000F03000000 17 18 41 71 HyperSwap phase Freeze and quiesce DASD I O completed 17 18 41 71 HyperSwap phase Failover PPRC volumes starting Response from API for FC 10 RC 0 Rsn 0 17 18 41 72 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000000F04000000 17 18 41 72 HyperSwap phase Failover PPRC volumes completed 17 18 41 72 HyperSwap phase Swap UCBs starting Response from API for FC 3 RC 0 Rsn 0 17 18 41 73 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000000F05000000 17 18 41 73 HyperSwap phase Swap UCBs completed 17 18 41 73 HyperSwap phase Resume DASD I 0 starting Response from API for FC 6 RC 0 Rsn 0 17 18 41 84 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000000F06000000 17 18 41 84 HyperSwap phase Resume DASD I 0 completed Response from API for FC 18 RC 0 Rsn 0 17 18 41 84 HyperSwap processing issued an UnFreeze 17 18 41 84 HyperSwap phase
35. choose the directory where you download your files by clicking in Mozilla Firefox menu bar Tools Options You can specify the directory that you want for saving the files in the Downloads area of the Options menu Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 131 Export copy sets Sl el Exporting Results Results Vv IWNRi3011 Aug 13 2013 1 56 27 PM The export of a copy set for session FCDB2session succeeded The csv file has been exported to the following lod Opening FCDB2session2013 08 13 01 56 27 csv file to your local workstation The file is retained on the Tivoli Storage Producti You have chosen to open download the file immediately EL FCDB2session2013 08 13 01 56 27 csv FCDB2session2013 08 13 01 56 27 csv which is a Microsoft Excel Comma Separated Values File from https tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm com 9559 What should Firefox do with this file Open with Microsoft Excel default lt Back Next gt Cancel Figure 3 77 Selecting Save File option Click Finish to close the Export Copy Set window 3 10 2 Importing CSV files By importing a CSV file you can recover a backup copy of your Copy Sets for example if you lose your session or upgrade to a different server You also can import a previous exported session and add Copy Sets by using a spreadsheet program such as Microsoft Excel as shown in 3 10 3 Working with CSV files unde
36. implement IT solutions more effectively in your environment For more information ibm com redbooks SG24 8149 00 0738439320
37. limited to 58 characters 2 If that name exists use the session name with _001 appended 3 Keep trying _OOx names up to x 30 4 If all of those names exist the consistency group is not created Because of this naming convention the consistency group names that are created might not be the same between XIV storage systems in a single session For example you can have a consistency group that is named mmSession_001 on one XIV and a consistency group that is named mmSession_ 002 on the other The consistency group name depends on what consistency groups exist on the individual XIV storage systems at the time Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication attempts to create them The consistency group name is shown in the Session Details panel as shown in Figure 6 1 on page 313 By using this panel you can see what is used on the XIV Storage System which can be important for debugging any issues 312 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Session Details XiV MMFOFB ay Se Go Matro Pina Farar Failback Status Normal P Ff State Prepared H1 H2 Active Host H1 Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg_p0O1 H1 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB H2 Pool CSMReg_pO1 H2 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type timestamp Figure 6 1 Consistency groups that are listed i
38. the Health Overview panel is the first panel that you see after you log in This panel provides the following information gt Overall session status Indicates the sessions statuses which can be normal warning or severe gt Overall storage systems status Indicates the connection status of the storage systems gt Overall host systems status Indicates the connection status of host systems This status applies to AIX and z OS system hosts gt Management server status Indicates the status of the standby server if you are logged on to the local server If you are logged on to the standby server this status indicates the status of the local server 66 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses the following color based status indicators to provide a quick overview of the overall state of specific Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components gt Green Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Copy Services is in normal mode The session is in prepared state for all defined volumes and maintaining a current consistent copy of the data Green also is used if the session successfully processed a Recover command and is in Target Available state with all volumes consistent and no exceptions gt Yellow Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Copy Services is not maintaining a current consistent copy now but is working toward that goal Th
39. two is the recommended configuration The GUI or the CLI can logically partition storage and use the built in Copy Services functions For high availability the hardware components are redundant For more information about the latest functionality of IBM System Storage DS8000 products see this website http www 03 ibm com systems storage disk ds8000 index html Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 33 1 7 2 IBM Storwize Family 34 The following products are members of the IBM Storwize family of virtualized storage systems IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller is a storage virtualization system with a single point of control for storage resources SAN Volume Controller improves business application availability and greater resource usage so you can get the most from your storage resources and achieve a simpler more scalable and cost efficient IT infrastructure The newly enhanced SAN Volume Controller with IBM Real time Compression offers up to three times the throughput for applications For more information about the IBM SAN Volume Controller see this website http www 03 ibm com systems storage software virtualization svc index html IBM Storwize V7000 and V7000 Unified IBM Storwize V7000 and Storwize V7000 Unified are virtualized storage systems that consolidate workloads into a single storage system for simplicity of management re
40. 00 AM Recovery Point Objective for session todd gm connectiondown has passed the threshold of 30 seconds Complete the following steps to resolve the issue 1 Re establish the link between the XIV storage systems 2 Resolve lagging issues between the XIV storage systems 3 Sessions resolve on their own or you can restart the session 352 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Hardware troubleshooting The following troubleshooting topics deal specifically with hardware configuration changes that might occur Issue Changes to volume and pool name or size This issue includes the following symptoms gt Pair errors after the session is started gt Error returns BAD_NAME Complete the following steps to resolve the issue 1 Refresh the configuration for the XIV Storage System 2 Restart the session Issue Changes to XIV hardware mirror relationships or consistency groups This issue includes the following symptoms gt Manually deactivate mirror Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session is suspended gt Remove mirror relationships Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session is suspended gt Remove volume from consistency group or group mirror Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session stays prepared but it no longer has control of that volume for future commands Support Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not
41. 102 Connection Type AIK Host name or IP address 197 0 2 10 Add Host Cancel Figure 3 102 Add an AIX host connection 3 14 2 z OS Host System Select z OS and complete the connection information for the host system as shown in Figure 3 103 Note The port number user name and password must be the same as the values that are specified for management address space IOSHMCTL SOCKPORT parameter and Resource Access Control Facility RACF settings on the host system For more information about the host system configuration see the BM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for System Z Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4091 Connection Type z OS Host name or IP address Port 1927 0 2 11 5858 User name Password ibmuser Figure 3 103 Add a z OS host connection Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 157 158 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 In this chapter we describe the latest functions for DS8000 that are supported up to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication v5 2 for open systems We also show you how to set up replication sessions and how to manage sessions Also provided are state transition diagrams for session types The state transition diagrams describe each session and show the potential states and the next steps to perform Finall
42. 3 764 K COM Surrogate I User Account Control UAC Virtualization dwm exe tpcadmin oo 1 48 K Desktop Window Manager Description explorer exe Epcadmin Oo 45 408 K Windows Explorer firefox exe 32 kpeadmin oo 90 756 Firefox IBMsshdsvc exe SYSTEM o0 1 024K IBM R DBZ R java exe M32 tpeadmim o D0 oi 422 25 Sk Jawai TM Platform SE bina java exe 3z SYSTEM ng 941 932 K JavalTM Platform SE binary java exe 3z SYSTEM po 706 696 K JavalTM Platform SE binary java exe 32 tpcadrmin on 30 5126 JavalTh Platform SE binary java exe gz SYSTEM on 27 2086 JayvalTM Platform SE binary LogonUl exe SYSTEM oo 6 168K Windows Logon User InterFace Host sass exe SYSTEM on B 028K Local Security Authority Process lsm exe SYSTEM po 2 452 K Local Session Manager Service medbe exe NETWORK OO 3 0886 Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator Service ankenad Exe Faradrmnir nn AAAA Maokenad M Show processes From all users Select which columns will be visible on the Process page Figure 3 67 Selecting Command Line view i Windows Task Manager Eel x File Options View Help Applications Processes Services Performance Networking Users Command Line ooo Al SystemRook oisystem32 csrss exe ObjectDirectory Windows SharedSection 1024 20480 768 Windows On SubSystemType Windows ServerDll basesrv 1 ServerDll winsrv UserServerDllInitialization 3 ServerDll winsrv ConServerDilInitia SystemR
43. 3 8 repcli properties file server 172 31 83 171 port 9560 5 Edit the tpcrcli auth properties file to include your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication user name and password as shown in Example 3 9 This properties file must be placed into the subdirectory tpcr cli which must be created in your home user directory Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication access this file only if it is in that specific subdirectory of your home user directory In Example 3 9 we use the Administrator home directory which is C Users Administrator Example 3 9 tpocrcli auth properties file password myPassword username myUsername Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 77 Important The repcli properties file in the client images includes the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server host name and port number You do not need to modify or edit this information It is recommended that you configure the DNS on the system this can be done by editing the hosts file instead of modifying these files In our example we modify the properties file because the DNS is not configured 6 After you change the properties files verify that CLI works by starting it through a command prompt or click the csmcli bat file from the directory where it is extracted The CLI window opens and you can start by using CLI commands as shown in Figure 3 17 fcs_ Administrator IBM Replication Manager CLI reate
44. 4 Start Suspend Recover Figure 4 4 State changes for a Metro Mirror Single Direction session Metro Mirror Failover Failback The Metro Mirror Failover Failoack session type enables the direction of the data replication to switch With this session type it is possible to use the secondary site as the production site and then copy changes that are made at the secondary site back to the primary site By using this type of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session uses can perform the following tasks gt Start the Metro Mirror gt Pause and resume the Metro Mirror Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 163 gt Recover the Metro Mirror secondary volumes and make them available for use at the secondary site gt Restart the Metro Mirror following a recovery This is accomplished by performing an incremental resynchronization gt Perform a switch site role which makes the secondary site source for the replication gt Restart the Metro Mirror following a switch site role which copies the changes that are made at the secondary site back to the primary This is accomplished performing an incremental resynchronization gt Resume the original direction of the Metro Mirror after switching back to the original site roles This is accomplished by performing an incremental resynchronization Open HyperSwap With version 4 2 or higher Tivoli Storage Productivit
45. 9561 csmcli gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not offer a failback function Complete the following steps to return to your original active server 1 Start your recovered original Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server 2 On the original active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI select Management Servers and then select Remove Standby from Select Action drop down menu Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 121 3 After the standby server is removed select Set this Server as Standby from the Select Action drop down menu Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI prompts you to specify the name or IP address of the Active Server 4 Wait until both servers reach the Synchronized status 5 Perform a takeover on this Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server after synchronization completes You have two active servers during this part of the process 6 On the original standby server remove the standby server by clicking Remove Standby from the drop down menu 7 Set your original standby server as a standby server to the original active server 3 8 3 Best practices In this section we describe best practices for configuring and using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication in a highly available Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication environment High availability configuration The Tivoli Sto
46. BOX 7 825429 IWNHOOO6I The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server has been initialized with 1623 volumes for storage system XIV BOX 7 825826 IWNH1031E The Replication Manager is disconnected from the hardware device server at 9 11 222 96 IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr wm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system IWNH1037E Device DSS000 BOX 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is no longer accessible IWNH1044E The Replication Manager is disconnected from a cluster for the hardware device server at DSS000 BOX 2107 LM841 IWNR1959W Session ITSO TEST has changed from Normal status to Severe status IWNH1037E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is no longer accessible IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr wm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system IWNR1959W Session ITSO TEST has changed from Severe status to Normal status IWNH1038I1 Device DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is now accessible Figure 3 43 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Conso
47. Center for Replication for Open Systems 381 oS SE eee eee eee ee eee ees E Figure 7 32 Active Active campus configuration In this scenario the application workload is running in Site A and Site B The Parallel Sysplex facility manages the availability of the application across the sites while the data is replicated by using synchronous mirroring technologies such as DS8000 Metro Mirror To manage the data replication and the data availability a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for an Open systems solution can be implemented Figure 7 33 on page 383 shows a possible implementation of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open systems to manage the data availability for this scenario In this solution an Active Standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication configuration is deployed across the two sites with the active server running on the primary storage site Site A An IP connection is provided to manage the storage systems and to communicate with the z OS HyperSwap address spaces A Metro Mirror Failover Failback session with HyperSwap enabled is defined to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to manage this kind of configuration With the Parallel Sysplex facilities this Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication implementation provides high availability features that cover many failure scenarios Note A Parallel Sysplex is not required to use Z OS HyperSw
48. Change the mode for H2 H1 pairs from Global Copy to Metro Mirror Wait until the H2 H1 pairs are in Full Duplex Freeze H2 H1 pairs After the action is complete the status of the session is Severe and the state is Suspended 2 Issue the Recover action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This makes the H1 volumes available to the host that is performing an H1 to H2 failover After the action is complete the status of the session is Normal and the state is Target Available 3 Issue the Enable Copy to Site 2 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This makes available the actions to complete the go home procedure This action does not change any state of the session Now we can start the host operations on the H1 volumes and complete the go home procedure We start a StartH1 H2 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following operations gt Remove H1 H2 pairs gt Start H1 l2 pairs in Global Copy mode gt Wait until the H1 l2 first pass copy is completed gt Start the Global Mirror H1 H2 The go home procedure is then completed and the normal operation configuration is restored In this case a full copy of the data is required for more information see 4 3 4 Scenarios requiring a full copy on page 241 Planned outage of Site 2 storage systems In this scenario we consider a planned maintenance ac
49. Console Completed ITSO MM HS Metro Mirror Failover Failback amp kii amp k0s Hi H2 Recoverable Description Copy Sets Transitioning z OS Association sample session modify 1 view CAPTKEN1 sysplex Participating Role Pairs Aug 7 2013 5 18 33 PM Figure 7 28 Session Details panel that shows the session status after the HyperSwap 378 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Following the HyperSwap the configuration was purged and the HyperSwap disabled as shown in Figure 7 29 D HS STATUS 17 20 16 STC00054 IOSHMO303I HyperSwap Status 672 6 72 672 Replication Session N A 672 Socket Port 5858 672 HyperSwap disabled 672 No configuration data 672 SYSTEM1 672 No configuration data Figure 7 29 z OS displays that shows there is no configuration loaded To return to the original configuration we first must restore the Metro Mirror Select the Start H2 H1 action and wait for the session to go into Normal status The new configuration is then loaded to the HyperSwap address space as shown is Figure 7 30 D HS CONFIG DETAIL 17 47 11 STCO00054 IOSHMO304I HyperSwap Configuration 607 607 607 Replication Session ITSO MM HS 607 Prim SSID UA DEV VOLSER Sec SSID UA DEVE Status 607 06 03 OOF83 8K1103 06 03 OOF43 Figure 7 30 z OS displays that shows a new configuration is loaded To perform the final HyperSwap we simulate an outage on primary storag
50. EA connected svc09 a SVC IBM ma eee rs serve rma Figure 3 7 Storage Systems panel Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview ud Sessions 2 normal L O warning Q 0 severe Storage Systems A Host Systems B Management Servers Host Systems panel The Host Systems panel shows you the connected host systems and information about these systems as shown in Figure 3 8 From this panel you can add or remove hosts and modify the host connection There are two types of host systems to which you can connect an AIX host system or an z OS host system Host Systems connections are used when you want to use Open HyperSwap feature for AIX and z OS HyperSwap Host Systems Last Update Aug 6 2013 1 04 09 P Choose Host System Go Host System Port Type Local Status A test 5858 ZOS_IP Q Disconnected Figure 3 8 Host Systems Volumes panel The Volumes panel that is shown in Figure 3 9 on page 70 shows you details about the volumes that are associated with a storage system for example the type and capacity of the volume and connection to host Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 69 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign
51. Export Global Mirror Data on the Global Mirror tab See Figure 4 42 on page 194 or click Export Global Mirror Data from the drop down menu in the Session Detail panel as shown in Figure 4 44 select Action _ Go Select Action Actions Start H1 gt H2 suspend Add Copy Sets Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties Cleanup Remove Copy Sets Remove Session Terminate 1TK83 30 2013 30 2013 Refresh States View Copy Sets Select Action View Messa jes Figure 4 44 Export Global Mirror Data Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 195 The Export Historical Data for Global Mirror wizard is displayed as shown in Figure 4 45 Export Historical Data for Global Mirror c gt Select Data Type Select Data Type Exporting Results Export historical data for the role pair to a CSW file Select the role pair HI J 2 ka Select the type of data RPO LSS Out of Syne Tracks Select the date range for the data in the CSV file The maximum date range for RPO data is 31 days The maximum date range for LSS out of syne data is 7 days Start date 7 29 2013 End date 7 30 2013 z Back Finish Figure 4 45 Export Historical Data wizard The following information is required to complete the export gt The role pair for the data that you want to show in the CSV file Multiple role pairs are available for Metro Global Mirror sessio
52. Failback with Practice session If you do not use this option a FlashCopy replication is created only between the I2 and H2 volumes No Copy option for Global Mirror with Practice and MGM with Practice sessions You can use the No Copy option with System Storage DS8000 version 4 2 or later Use this option if you do not want the hardware to write the background copy until the source track is written to 30 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Recovery Point Objective Alerts option for Global Mirror sessions You can use the Recovery Point Objective Alerts option with ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems Use this option to specify the length of time that you want to set for the recovery point objective RPO thresholds The values determine whether a Warning or Severe alert is generated when the RPO threshold is exceeded for a role pair The RPO represents the length of time in seconds of data exposure that is acceptable in the event of a disaster StartGC H1 H2 command for Global Mirror sessions You can use the StartGC H1 gt H2 command with ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems This command establishes Global Copy relationships between Site 1 and Site 2 and begins asynchronous data replication from H1 to H2 This command is available only for Global Mirror Failover Failoack and Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice sessions Export Global Mirror Data command for Global Mirr
53. Global Mirror when H1 gt H2 gt H3 is run can move production to the H2 or H3 set of volumes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication processing is different depending on the recovery site Therefore the site designation is added to the recover command so Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication can set up for the failback Recover H3 Specifying H3 makes the H3 volume Target Available Metro Global Mirror when H1 gt H2 H3 is run can then move production to the H3 set of volumes Because Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication processing is different depending on the recovery site the site designation is added to the recover command so that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication can set up for the failback This command sets up H3 so that you can start the application on H3 H3 becomes the active host and you then can start H3 gt H1 H2 to perform a Global Copy copy back Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 27 command wenn Re enable Copy to Site 1 After you issue a Recover H1 command you can run this command to restart the copy to the original the direction of replication in a failover and failback session Re enable Copy to Site 2 After you issue a Recover H2 command you can run this command to restart the copy to the original the direction of replication in a failover and failback session Re enable Copy to Site 3 Af
54. Global Mirror source By using Metro Global Mirror replication you can switch the direction of the data flow so that you can use your intermediate or remote site as your production site By using this type of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session a user can perform the following tasks gt Start the Metro Global Mirror gt Pause and resume both Metro Mirror and Global Mirror leg of Metro Global Mirror gt Start the Global Mirror directly from local site to remote site This uses the Global Mirror Incremental Resync feature gt Recover the Metro Mirror secondary site volumes which makes them available for use in the intermediate site gt Recover the Global Mirror secondary site volumes which makes them available for the use in the remote site gt Restart the Metro Global Mirror following a recovery of Metro Mirror or Global Mirror secondary site gt Perform a switch site role which makes the intermediate or the remote site source for the primary replication gt Start a Metro Global Mirror that has the intermediate site volumes as the primary site for the Metro Global Mirror This is the typical HyperSwap scenario gt Start a cascading Global Copy that has the remote site volumes as the primary site for the replication This is a typical Go Home scenario gt Start a Metro Mirror that has the intermediate site volumes as the primary site for the Metro Mirror This is the typical HyperSwap sce
55. H1 volume as shown in Figure 5 21 on page 300 Click Next Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 299 AddCopySetswWizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition eee w https tpcr vm4Lstorage tucson ibm com 9559 CSM WizardFactory sp fwizardname AddCopySets Wizard amp sessName newsession amp id 137 7203929440 Add Copy Sets gt Choose Hosti Choose Hosti Choose the Hosti storage system Choose Chan ge 1 J Choose Host2 Hosti storage system os i Yy Choose Change2 SYC CLUSTER RMSYC0S rmsvc08 v of L Matchin g f Hi ci H2 C2 Matching Results Hosti Io group Select Copy Sets SVCIOGROUP RMSVCOB 0 Confirm Adding Copy Sets Hosti volume Results Red_vol04 Volume Details Use a CS file to import copy sets User Name Red_voll4 Full Name S VC VOL RMSVCO8 1145 Type FIXEDBLK Browse Capacity 100 0 MiB Protected No Space Efficient No z OS Connection No lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 5 21 Add Copy Sets Choose Host1 volume If you chose a Global Mirror Failover failoack with Change volumes in step 2 you see the Choose Change1 volume window as shown in Figure 5 21 Select the storage system I O Group and Volume for the C1 volume Click Next Optionally you can use a CSV file to import copy sets For more information see Importing CSV files on page 132 8 Inthe Choose Host2 window select the storag
56. Heartbeat Disable Heartbeat Figure 3 38 Advanced Tools page You can configure and use the utilities and settings in this page as described in the following sections 3 6 1 Packaging log files Tivoli Storage Productivity Center includes a utility that packages the log files that are created by the application By using this utility you can collect all log files in one location for diagnostic purposes For example you might be asked to package these files and send them to IBM Software Support Complete the following steps to create a log file package 1 On the Advanced Tools page click Create under Package Log Files When the log package is created the package file name and location on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication management server is displayed as a link as shown in Figure 3 39 on page 102 Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 101 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview Q Sessions 2 normal a 0 warning 1 severe we Storage Systems A Host Systems Management Servers gt Advanced Tools a Package Log Files Click the button below to package PE data PF IWNR1198I Aug 8 2013 12 36 45 PM Log packages were successfully created and placed at location C Program Files IBM TPC vdp u
57. Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Last Update Jul 31 2013 10 58 49 AM Sign Out db2admin Health Overview Sessions Pa i normal amp o warming 5 0 severe 1 Normal Storage Systems amp Host Systems amp Management Servers Management Servers EL Configure Storage Systems Connections to local server All storage systems connected Figure 4 28 Health Overview window 2 On the Storage Systems panel click the Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer tab then click Add Storage System as shown in Figure 4 29 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Syebens Wolumes ESS DS Paths M aneagement Servers Ad ministration Advanced Tools Storage Systems Console About Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Sign Out db2admin Status pisapiea Enable Transfer Disable Transfer Health Overview Add Storage Systems Sessions 1 normal Select Action 0 waming Ho storage systems ore cumenti added Q D sever Ma Storage Systeme ay Host Systems Fe Managenvent Senrers Figure 4 29 Adding storage system Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 187 3 Select the Storage Systems to be included on the HMTU as shown in Figure 4 30 Click Add Storage Subsystems Select All Deselect All Storage System Ml osso00 sox 2107 03621
58. Out db2admin Health Overview e Sessions 2 normal Bo warning Q 0 severe B Storage Systems A Host Systems Pe Management Servers Volumes Volumes Storage System DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 Logical Storage Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 LSS 01 v Refresh Table Username DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010A DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010A 1 113 Cyls Last Update Aug 6 2013 1 10 17 P DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010B DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010B No 3390 1 113 Cyls No No a DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010C DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010C No 3330 1 113 Cyls No No l DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010D DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010D No 3390 1 113 Cyls No No DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010E DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010E No 3390 1 113 Cyls No No DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010F DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 010F No 3390 1 113 Cyls No No DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 0110 DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 0110 No 3390 1 113 Cyls No No DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 0111 DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 0111 No 3390 1 113 Cyls No No DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 0112 DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 0112 No 3390 1 113 Cyls No No DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 0113 DS8000 2107 TK831 VOL 0113 No 3390 1 113 Cyls No No Figure 3 9 Volumes panel Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin amp Storage Systems A Host Systems Management Servers ESS DS Paths panel The ESS DS Paths panel shows you the defined p
59. Prepared state This command is available only for sessions for SAN Volume Controller Storwize V3500 Storwize V3700 Storwize V7000 and Storwize V7000 Unified storage systems Completes the FlashCopy operation Initiate Background Copy Copies all tracks from the source to the target immediately instead of waiting until the source track is written to This command is valid only when the background copy is not running Terminate Removes all active physical copies and relationships from the hardware during an active session If you want the targets to be data consistent before you remove their relationship you must issue the Initiate Background Copy command if NOCOPY was specified and then wait for the background copy to complete by checking the copying status of the pairs Snapshot commands Table 1 6 shows the commands for Snapshot sessions Note Snapshot sessions are available only for IBM XIV Storage System Table 1 6 Snapshot commands commana Meaning OOOO Create Snapshot Creates a snapshot of the volumes in the session Restore Restores the H1 volumes in the session from a set of snapshot volumes You must have at least one snapshot group to restore from When you issue this command in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI you are prompted to select the snapshot group Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 23 Table 1 7 shows the commands for Snap
60. Productivity Center for Replication users can start the action that is needed to restore or recover the session to the wanted configuration After the session restart is identified as the appropriate action because of the suspension event analysis we can proceed the session restoration process Table 4 4 on page 277 shows the actions that can be performed to restore a session according to the Session type the configuration that is running at the moment of the suspension and the pair that was suspended Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Table 4 4 Action to restart a session following a suspension event Metro Globe Mirror ar Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 277 278 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family In this chapter we describe the use of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication v5 2 to manage and monitor Copy Services in the IBM Storwize family of Storage Systems We show you how to set up replication sessions how to manage these sessions and give some tunable parameters guidance We also provide some disaster recovery scenarios and troubleshooting guidance The IBM Storwize family of Storage Systems includes the following models gt IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller IBM Storwize V7000 and V7000
61. Sign Out Administrator Health Overview Sessions LA M A normal dy My warning Mya severe B Storage Systems a Host Systems Ek Management Serwers Remote Storage Systems di Remote Host Systems a 3 Management Servers ee Status My Disconnected Consistent Select Action Go Server Role Port 172 31 83 171 ACTIVE 9561 IICTPCRT1 PRI windows ssclab lj simet STANDBY a561 Figure 3 63 Takeover action After few seconds the Management Servers panel that is shown in Figure 3 64 opens Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems olumes E55 DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out Administrator Health Overview Ld Sessions 4 normal Bo warning severe Mice Systems Al Host Systems BB iccnagement Servers eal Remote Host Systems nM B i Management Servers Taking over server IWMR30631 Success Open Console Completed Status Mo Standby Select Action Gol Server Role Port IICTPCRT1 PRI windows ssclab lj sinet ACTIVE 9561 Figure 3 64 Takeover complete 120 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Sessions Your standby server is now an active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server The Sessions menu item in the Navigation Area is now active You can manipulate your sessions from the activated s
62. Space Efficient volumes cannot be used gt The target of an XCOPY operation cannot be a Remote Mirror source volume 8 3 DS8000 LSS symmetry Unlike the IBM ESS800 systems logical subsystems LSSs are logical constructs in the IBM System Storage DS8000 series A single LSS can have volumes coming from different physical arrays This simplifies the LSS design layout for example with the possibility to assign LSSs to applications without concern of the underlying physical disk resources LSSs play an important role on copy services sessions In Metro Mirror logical paths are defined between source and target LSSs within source and target DS8000 Storage Systems These logical paths run through the physical links between the storage subsystems and are unidirectional To avoid having issues with logical path limits on the DS8000s we recommend that you configure your remote copy sessions with a one to one symmetrical LSS configuration In the DS8000 this is achieved by for example making all volumes that are defined in DS8000 1 LSS 00 that are mirrored to remote DS8000 2 have their respective target volumes also in LSS 00 For more information see IBM System Storage DS8000 Copy Services for Open Systems SG24 6788 06 which is available at this website http publib b boulder ibm com abstracts sg246788 html 0pen 8 4 HyperSwap enabled sessions troubleshooting After a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session co
63. Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following operations Resume H1 H2 pairs in Metro Mirror mode Start H2 I3 pairs Wait until the H2 I3 first pass copy is completed Start the Global Mirror H2 H3 The go home procedure is then completed and the normal operation configuration is restored In this case a full copy of the data is required to populate Site 2 and to restart the Global Mirror to Site 3 see 4 3 4 Scenarios requiring a full copy on page 241 Planned outage of Site 3 storage systems In this scenario we consider a planned maintenance activity that requires powering off the Site 3 storage systems We also describe the go back procedure to return to the original configuration The flow of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication operations is shown in Figure 4 123 on page 270 Assuming that the host operations are running on Site 1 we can complete the following steps 1 Start a SuspendH2H3 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs a Global Mirror pause operation and a suspension of the Global Copy pairs H2 13 After the action is complete the status of the session is Severe and the state is SuspendedH2H3 Now we can proceed with powering off the storage systems in Site 3 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alerts you about the communication loss to Site 3 storage systems but this does not affect the curren
64. Storwize family The following assumptions are made gt Storage Systems were already configured into Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication including user IDs with proper privilege to create and manage sessions gt Storage Systems that were involved were properly configured to handle Copy Services Also proper licenses were enabled when applicable gt Proper communication links were established and configured In the case of Metro Mirror that means the inter switch links ISLS and zoning between the Storage Systems are in place gt Partnerships between source and target systems were successfully created gt Source and target volumes were already provisioned in the storage systems that are involved Special attention should be paid if thin provisioned volumes are used in sessions when applicable Note These tasks were not described in more detail to avoid repetition with other published documents For more information about how to perform these prerequisite tasks see the publications that are listed in Table 5 2 on page 282 Creating sessions by using the web based GUI Creating sessions by using the web based GUI is a two step process that is run by two wizards in sequence The first wizard creates the basic session and prompts you to choose the hardware type session type and storage systems that participate in the session witha few tunable parameters The second wizard adds Copy Sets to the session and pro
65. Targetl SYC VOL SVC8 43 TPCS1_s cs_1001 amp IWNR1246W Aug 14 2013 12 37 27 AM Warning for copy set SYC VOL SVC8 37 in session Imported_session volume S YC VOL S C8 37 is already in session SYCS8 S C2_MM Previous Copy Set Next Copy Set gt Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 86 Selecting and Checking Copy Sets to be imported Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 137 138 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication displays the panel to confirm that you want to add the Copy Sets Click Next to confirm that you want to add the Copy Sets Click Finish to exit the wizard as shown in Figure 3 87 Add Copy Sets Imported session ka Choose Hosti Choose Targetl st Matching Matching Results Select Copy Sets Confirm Adding Copy Sets gt Results lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Results IWNR1314W 4ug 14 2013 12 44 18 AM Copy sets were created for session Imported_session but with warnings Press Finish to exit the wizard Ld 1 successes AB warnings 0 errors View individual results Figure 3 87 Finishing importing Copy Sets Importing Copy Sets into an existing session From the Session window select the session to which you want to add the Copy Sets then select Add Copy Sets from the drop down menu Click Go as shown in Figure 3 88 Sessions Remote Storage Systems A Remote Host Systems
66. Unified IBM Flex Systems V7000 Storage Node IBM Storwize V3700 IBM Storwize V3500 available in some geographies Yv YV Yy Note The IBM Flex System V7000 Storage Node is available as an integrated component of IBM Flex System and IBM PureFlex Systems Although functionally equivalent to Storwize V7000 Flex System V7000 is not officially supported by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication V5 2 Ask for a request for price quotation RPQ if you intend to use the Flex Systems V7000 Storage Node with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication V5 2 For more information about the IBM Storwize family of Storage Systems see this website http www 03 ibm com systems storage storwize Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 279 This chapter includes the following topics Introduction SAN Volume Controller Storwize Products New Functions Session Types and Setup Why and when to use certain session types Disaster Recovery use cases Troubleshooting YY YY YY 280 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 5 1 Introduction This section provides an overview of the Storwize family and describes the replication Session types that are supported on the Storwize product portfolio 5 1 1 The Storwize family of Storage Products The first product that was started in the Storwize family of Storage systems was the SAN Volume Controller in July 2003 Since then new memb
67. V ossoo0 Box 2107 xCBSt Add Storage Systems Cancel Figure 4 30 Storage System selection Note In the Add Storage System to Easy Heat Map Transfer panel Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication shows only the storage systems with the Heat Map Transfer function internally enabled 4 After the storage systems are included in HMTU all of the systems are presented with inactive connection status Select which storage system must have the transfer enabled first and then click Enable Transfer as shown in Figure 4 31 Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Enable Transfer baggi Add Storage Systems Status Disabled Select Action Connection DSR000 BOX 2107 03611 inactive DSRODD BOX 2107 XCR91 inactive Figure 4 31 Enabling map transfer 5 Click Yes in the confirmation panel to complete the operation as shown in Figure 4 32 Enabling Easy ter hest map transfer starts the transfer of the Easy Tier hest map data from the scure to the taret storage systems that are deplayed on the page Do you want to enable the transfer of Easy Tier heat map data res Ne Figure 4 32 Enable Transfer confirmation panel 188 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Checking the transfer status To check the transfer status and validate when the latest transfer occurred you can use two different processes click Select Action and then
68. VOL6104 FO Hi Hi Yt Li I Volume Details User Manet CSEDDD 2107 03611 V0OL614 Full Name CSBODD 2107 03611 V0L6106 Type FIXEDBLE Capacity 2 0 GiB Protected Mo Spece Eficient ho z 05 Connection ho Figure 4 69 Host 2 volume selection 3 Click Next and complete the copy set definition by selecting the i2 volume as shown in Figure 4 70 Wf Choose Hosti wt Choose Host G Choose Intenmediste2 Matching Matching Results Select Copy Sets Confirm Adding Copy Sets Results lt Back Net gt Finish Choose Intermediate Choose the Intermediste storage system intenmediste storage system DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 Irtermedistel logical storage subsystem DS8000 2107 03611 L55 62 intennediste volume DS58000 2107 03611 VOL 6204 Cancel Volume Details User Name OSBODO 2107 03611 VOL 604 Full Nane D58000 2107 03611 V0L 6204 Type FICEDELE Capacity 2 0 GiB Protected Mo Spece Efficient No z OS Connection No Figure 4 70 Intermediate 2 volume selection 4 When the volume selection for the copy set is completed click Next to start the matching process After the matching process is completed the Select Copy Sets panel opens as shown in Figure 4 71 on page 217 216 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Add Copy Sets ITSO MM FOFB wP Ea af Choose Hosti Select Copy Sets af Choose Host2 Choose whi
69. XIV VOL 7803441 100985 i0 todd 1 and target XIV VOL 7803448 101658 io0 todd 1 in role pair H1 H2 The hardware returned an error code of VOLUME BELONGS TO CG Complete the following steps to resolve this issue 1 Remove all of the volumes from the existing consistency group on the XIV 2 Restart the session Issue Volume already is a part of mirroring relationship This issue includes the symptoms that are shown in Example 6 4 Example 6 5 on page 352 and Example 6 6 on page 352 Example 6 4 Volume is in relationship VOLUME_IS_MASTER SLAVE IWNR2108E Aug 23 2013 1 25 56 PM A hardware error occurred during the running of a command for the pair in session exisitingMirrors for copy set XIV VOL 7803441 100985 with source XIV VOL 7803441 100985 i0 todd 1 and target XIV VOL 7803448 101658 io0 todd 1 in role pair H1 H2 The hardware returned an error code of VOLUME_IS MASTER Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 351 Example 6 5 Volume is in relationship VOLUME_HAS_MIRROR IWNR2108E Aug 23 2013 1 41 46 PM A hardware error occurred during the running of a command for the pair in session exisitingMirrors for copy set XIV VOL 7803441 100986 with source XIV VOL 7803441 100986 io todd 2 and target XIV VOL 7803448 101659 io todd 2 in role pair H1 H2 The hardware returned an error code of VOLUME_HAS MIRROR Example 6 6 Volume mirror copy set is wrong copy type IWNR2512E Aug 23 201
70. Yes Copying Yes Copy Sets 1 Error No C Program Files IBM TPC cli gt After the Flash command finishes the FlashCopy target is available and the session status changes to Normal FlashCopy is created by using the CLI script and you can check the status in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI as shown in Figure 3 22 Session Details SVCS FC Select Action gt Ge FlashCopy Site B Status a Normal State Target Available nf Active Host H1 ecoverable Yes 0 Description modify Copy Sets 1 view eP Transitioning No T1 Participating Role Pairs PHi Ti 0 1 1 3 E FC Aug 8 2013 8 08 52 AM Figure 3 22 FlashCopy status in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI If you intend to add a certain set of copy sets to a session it is more convenient to use the CLI instead going through all the GUI panels With two Copy Sets a script can look as shown in Example 3 16 on page 85 84 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Example 3 16 CLI Adding copy sets Add copy sets to Metro Mirror session setoutput fmt stanza Issess mkcpset h1 SVC vol SVC8 37 h2 SVC vol SVC2PROD 223 SVC8 SVC2_ MM mkcpset h1 SVC vol SVC8 38 h2 SVC vol SVC2PROD 224 SVC8 SVC2_ MM Ispair 1 cpset SVC vol TPC51 SVC8 1000 SVC8 SVC2 MM Issess The result of the script in Example 3 16 is shown in Example 3 17 Example 3 17 Adding Copy Sets in CLI C Program Fi
71. a Suspend command 184 The Role Pairs Info tab see Figure 4 26 shows that H1 H2 Global Copy pairs are already recoverable with a time stamp that is the same of the consistency group that was hardened on the journal Role Pairs Info Global Mirror Info Global Mirror Master D58000 2107 TK831 L55 61 Last Master Consistency Group Time Jul 29 2013 5 22 06 PM MST Master Time During Last Query Jul 29 2013 5 23 24 PM MST Data Exposure 2 66 seconds CG Interval Time 0 seconds Max Coordination Interval 50 milliseconds Max CG Drain Time 30 seconds a a a Previous Query Total o 0 1 0 47 100 105 99 Figure 4 27 Global Mirror Info tab after a Suspend command In the Global Mirror Info tab See Figure 4 27 a Paused with secondary consistency state is reported Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note There is no means of disabling the Pause with consistency option for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication always uses this option following a Global Mirror suspend command 4 2 3 Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer The IBM System Storage DS8000 Easy Tier heat map transfer function transfers heat map information from a source storage system to one or more target storage systems Each target storage system then generates volume migration plans that are based on the heat map data and the physi
72. a lower value also causes the session to attempt to create consistency groups more frequently which can increase network traffic Possible values are 0 65535 The default is O seconds Global Mirror settings For the Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice session type you can use the following commands gt chsess maxdrain_h2jl xx NameSession to set to xx seconds the Maximum Consistency Group Drain Time for the session NameSession for the Role Pair H2 J1 gt chsess coordint_h2j1l yy NameSession to set to yy milliseconds the Maximum Coordination Interval Time for the Role Pair H2 J1 These settings require a Global Mirror session suspension gt Recovery Point Objective Alerts Specify the length of time that you want to set for the RPO thresholds The values determine whether a Warning or Severe alert is generated when the RPO threshold is exceeded for a role pair The RPO represents the length of time in seconds of data exposure that is acceptable if a disaster occurs Use the following options to set the RPO threshold values For these options you can specify an RPO threshold in the range of 0 65535 seconds The default is O seconds which specifies that no alerts are generated Warning level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the warning level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value a warning console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the
73. an entire Parallel Sysplex Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication manages the HyperSwap function with code in the Input Output Supervisor the I O Supervisor component of z OS IBM analyzed all field storage system failures and created a set of trigger events that are monitored by z OS HyperSwap When one of these HyperSwap trigger events occurs a Data Freeze across all LSSs on all storage systems is started All I O to all devices is queued Extended Long Busy state which maintains full data integrity and cross volumes data consistency z OS then completes the HyperSwap function of recovering the target devices and rebuilding all z OS internal control blocks to point to the recovered target devices When this process is complete all I O is released and all applications continue to run against the recovered target devices which transparently manage a complete storage system outage with a dynamic busy and a redirection of all host I O Applications must tolerate the Extended Long Busy state which is not apparent to their operation but elongates I O that is in progress until the HyperSwap actions are completed As of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center version 5 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication that is running on an open system Windows AIX or Linux or running on z OS can manage z OS HyperSwap as shown in Figure 7 1 on page 357 By using this Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication c
74. and Copy Sets that are generated from existing sessions You also see how to use a CSV file to record Copy Sets by using a text editor or spreadsheet editor Note CSV files are text files that are created in a spreadsheet program such as Microsoft Excel To manage Import and Export Sessions you must have an Administrator or Operator role 3 10 1 Exporting CSV files By exporting a CSV file you can maintain a backup copy of your copy sets for example if you lose your session or upgrade to a different server By exporting the copy sets in a session you can take a snapshot of your session at a particular point and save the exported file for backup or to be used for import purposes You export the Copy Sets from a session into a CSV file which you view or edit in a spreadsheet program Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 129 Access for export activity is managed in the Session panel in the Navigation Area You can start this panel by clicking Sessions in the Navigation Area of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI as shown in Figure 3 74 Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview Q Sessions 4 3 normal of O warning 1 severe B Storage Systems A Host Systems 23 Management Servers Figure 3 74 Health Overview Session Overview 3 Norma
75. are SAN Volume Controller initialized Storwize V3500 Storwize V3700 Storwize V7000 and Storwize V7000 Unified storage systems Suspended Replication is stopped on all role pairs Another recoverable flag indicates whether data is consistent and recoverable Target Available The target volumes are write enabled Another recoverable flag indicates whether data is consistent and recoverable Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 19 Terminating The session is terminating because a Terminate command was issued under the following conditions gt The target volume is permitted to be Metro Mirror or Global Copy gt The Require or Attempt to Preserve Mirror option is set Figure 1 18 shows the relationship of these states If an error occurs when the Start or Flash command is issued the session state becomes Suspended Not Defined Create Session Delete Session terminate terminate Target Available Figure 1 18 FlashCopy session states Remote copy session states Table 1 4 shows the states for remote copy sessions Metro Mirror Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror Table 1 4 Remote copy session states Defined The session exists but is not All started and is not managing any relationships on the hardware Flashing The session is creating the All sessions with practice practice FlashCopy 20 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Repl
76. are described next 7 3 1 Basic HyperSwap sessions Basic HyperSwap is a Copy Services solution that provides continuous availability of data if a storage system failure occurs It uses Z OS HyperSwap functionality to extend Parallel Sysplex availability to include management across planned and unplanned events It also masks storage system failures through a switch to the Metro Mirror target devices This solution works on the same data center floor and can be extended across two local sites or three site configurations with Metro Global Mirror architecture The scope of the HyperSwap functionality that is provided is only z OS With the Basic HyperSwap session type Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication offers only single site HyperSwap functionality and is not intended for two site HyperSwap functionality Planned or unplanned Metro Mirror suspend capabilities are not available for Basic HyperSwap sessions even though these functions are performed as part of the HyperSwap process The Basic HyperSwap session type does not ensure any data consistency on auxiliary storage systems in case of mirroring failures For this reason Basic HyperSwap can be considered a Continuous Availability feature without disaster recovery capabilities Basic HyperSwap replication performs the following tasks gt Manages count key data CKD volumes in Metro Mirror to manage synchronous copy relationships only The graphical user interface GUI show
77. are documented in the IBM Redbooks publication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Series z SG24 7563 which is available at this website http pic dhe ibm com infocenter tivihelp v59r1 index jsp Storage system requirements Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication supports the following storage systems DS8000 SAN Volume Controller Storwize family Storwize Unified XIV DS6000 ESS800 YYYY YV Yy To provide replication management tasks the storage systems must include supported firmware and network connectivity to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication management servers For more information about the storage systems and corresponding supported firmware see this website http www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid swg27027303 vendorstorage The storage systems must also feature activated copy services licenses which are used Some of the licenses are provided by default with storage systems and some must be bought separately Web browser requirements Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses the GUI to provide a single point of control to configure manage and monitor copy services Whether you start it on the server where the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is installed or on a remote system the GUI is web based and displayed in a browser For more information about the certified versions of supported web browsers for the Tivoli Storage Productiv
78. as shown in Figure 4 94 on page 242 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 241 13 Yeo No Figure 4 94 Confirmation panel In the following sections we describe the scenarios that require a full copy of data Important Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Start actions that usually perform the data copy incrementally might require a full copy to ensure the data consistency in case of unplanned mirroring disruption situations 242 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session While returning to the original configuration after a switch site role a full copy of data is required to perform the final StartH1 H2 action as shown in Figure 4 95 Figure 4 95 Start H1 gt H2 action that requires a Full Copy Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 243 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session While returning to the original configuration after a switch site role a full copy of data is required to perform the final StartH1 H2 action as shown in Figure 4 96 StartH1H2 LNS Figure 4 96 Start H1 gt H2 action that requires a Full Copy 244 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice session For this session the following scenarios
79. can make a general purpose script run an action on the selected session This script helps you to automate actions on your defined sessions Example 3 18 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication action run script GECHO OFF echo kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk echo TPC R ACTION EXECUTION SCRIPT aR echo kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk set Sess 1 set CMD 2 IF 1 GOTO syntax IF 2 GOTO syntax SET P yesno Do you want to issue CMD for the session Sess Y N IF yesno y GOTO start IF yesno Y GOTO inizio ELSE GOTO Cancel Start echo FOR F tokens 1 30 delims i in csmcli noinfo lssess fmt delim hdr off Sess do Set sn 1 GOTO error Startaction echo INITIAL STATUS echo Session name sn echo Status st echo State ss echo FOR F tokens 1 30 delims i in csmcli noinfo lssessactions fmt delim hdr off Sess do echo Executing CMD call csmcli noinfo cmdsess quiet action CMD Sess GOTO run ELSE rem GOTO error run FOR F tokens 1 30 delims i in csmcli noinfo lssess fmt delim hdr off Sess do 86 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems echo Session name sn echo Status st echo State ss echo
80. compatibility Check code versions compatibility if you are planning to use VAAI with DS8000 and even more so if 390 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems you are planning to combine VAAI features with DS8000 Copy Services that are managed directly or by using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The first step is to make sure that you have the appropriate DS8000 firmware version Previous versions of DS8000 firmware had problems with the VAAI Zero Blocks Write same features which can be easily solved with a firmware upgrade or a workaround For more information see the Flash alert that is available at this website http www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid ssg1 1004112 Check the IBM System Storage Interoperation Center SSIC and select the VMware Operating System version that you use The SSIC is available at this website http www 03 ibm com systems support storage ssic interoperability wss The next step is to carefully plan your remote replication sessions and topology Remember the restrictions and limitations when you are cascading copy services across volumes If you plan to use VAAI XCOPY the following restrictions apply gt A Fixed Block FlashCopy license is required gt Logical unit numbers LUNs are used by the ESX and ESXi servers must not be larger than 2 TB For optimal performance use volumes of 128 GB or less gt Track Space Efficient volumes and Extent
81. components including the following checks gt Determine whether the HyperSwap address spaces are running This check can be performed through System Display and Search Facility SDSF or by using z OS Display Active command as shown in Example 8 2 Example 8 2 Display Active D A L command output 10 36 38 SYSTEM1 IEE114I 10 36 38 2013 219 ACTIVITY 917 C JOBS M S TS USERS SYSAS INITS ACTIVE MAX VTAM OAS 00002 00018 00001 00038 00008 00001 00020 00012 LLA LLA LLA NSW S DFM DFM DFM NSW S SDF SDF SDF OWT S JES2 JES2 IEFPROC NSW S VLF VLF VLF NSW S DLF DLF DLF NSW S SDSF SDSF SDSF NSW S IGVDGNPP IGVDGNPP IGVDGNPP OWT S STGINIT STGINIT STGINIT OWT S RRS RRS RRS NSW S VTAM1 VTAM1 VTAM NSW S TCAS TCAS TSO OWT S APPC APPC APPC NSW S ASCH ASCH ASCH NSW S TCPIP TCPIP TCPIP NSW SO INETD1 STEPI IBMUSER OWT AO FTP1 STEP1 IBMUSER OWT AO IWNSRV IWNSRV STEPI IN SO HSIBSOCK HSIBSOCK STEP NSW SO HSIBAPI HSIBAPI NSW S IBMUSER OWT gt Review the Address Spaces job log for error messages gt Check the HyperSwap configuration status This check can be performed by using the z OS Display HyperSwap commands as shown in the Example 8 3 Example 8 3 Display HyperSwap command output D HS STATUS RESPONSE SYSTEM1 IOSHM0303I HyperSwap Status 797 Replication Session ITSO MM HS Socket Port 5858 HyperSwap enabled 392 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems New member configuration load failed Disable Planned swap
82. configuration data Figure 7 17 z OS displays Select Start H1 H2 from the Select Action drop down menu and click Go to start the session During the session starting process Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication performs the following tasks which are also reported in the console log see Figure 7 18 gt Establishes the mirroring relationships in this example there is only a Metro Mirror and waits until all of the replication is in consistent state gt Loads the mirroring configuration to the HyperSwap address space Se i chien messages F Aug 7 2015 4 45 18 PM db sdmin IWNR4AD1ITI Suocessfuly grented the adminetrator rol to DEZUSERS a Sug 7 2013 4 45 38 PM db a min INNRID BI The Start Hl gt H2 command in the ITS0 MM HS session was msusi F fog 7 2015 4 45 42 PM db admin INMRGODOI Starting all pairs in role pair Hi H E fog 7 2015 4 45 43 PM db asdmin IWNRODDSI Waiting for all pairs in role pair Hi H to reach a state of Prepared F Aug 7 2015 4 45 43 PM db as min IWNR1IOZ6I The Start Hi gt H2 command in the ITSO MM HS session completed L i children messages E sug 2015 4 45 43 PM dbdadmin IMANE Seo HIMM H enged Tram the D d tat Co Prepanmg stai P Aug 7 2013 4 45 56 PM db admin INNR4015I Successfully granted the session operator me to DEZUSERS F fog 7 2013 4 46 04 PM db admin IWNRHJ9I Twoli Storage Productivity Cent
83. configuration or from the Target Available H2 gt H1 gt H3 state From the H2 gt H1 H3 configuration this command returns the session configuration to a Global Mirror only session configuration between H2 and H3 with H2 as the source Use this command in case of an H1 failure with transition bitmap support that is provided by incremental resynchronization It can be used when the session is in the Preparing Prepared and Suspended states because there is not a source host change involved Start H2 gt H1 gt H3 can be used from some Metro Global Mirror configurations to return to the starting H2 gt H1 H3 configuration Start H3 H1 H2 After recovering to H3 this command sets up the hardware to allow the application to begin writing to H3 and the data is copied back to H1 and H2 However issuing this command does not ensure consistency in the case of a disaster because only Global Copy relationships are established to cover the long distance copy back to Site 1 To move the application back to H1 you can issue a suspend while in this state to drive all the relationships to a consistent state and then issue a freeze to make the session consistent You can then issue a recover followed by a start H1 gt H2 H3 to return to the original configuration Start H3 gt H2 Metro Global Mirror command to start Global Copy from the disaster recovery site back to the H2 volumes This is a host volume chan
84. do not overwrite the configuration of the active server or damage it in any other way Click Ok to define your server as standby as shown in Figure 3 55 on page 113 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Health Overview Sessions Management Servers Storage Systems Gi a Host Systems Yolumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Status No Standby A Sessions 4 4 normal Ho arning Domain IP of active server 172 31 93 171 O severe B Storage Systems A Host Systems B Management Servers LOK Cancel Figure 3 55 Enter the address of the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 113 Important Defining a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server as a standby server overwrites the complete database of the standby server There is no way within Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to recover the configuration after it is overwritten After you click OK a confirmation message is shown that provides a warning that you will overwrite the current configuration for this management server and prompts you to confirm that you want to continue as shown in Figure 3 56 Click Yes Waming IWNR3113W Aug 15 2013 12 24 38 4M This command will set this management server as a standby for another management server This will overwrite
85. ee HS KH eee ee ee ee ee Figure 4 120 Site 1 and Site 2 planned outage state transition diagram Stage One Now we can start the host operations on the H3 volumes and powering off the storage systems in Site 1 and Site 2 can proceed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alerts you about the communication loss to Site 1 and Site 2 storage systems but this does not affect the current configuration Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 267 Host on Remote site StartH3H1 D as Enable Copy Figure 4 121 Site 1 and Site 2 planned outage state transition diagram Stage Two After the maintenance is completed and Site 1 and Site 2 storage systems are running again we can start the go home procedure 4 Start a StartH3 H1 H2 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following operations Remove H1 H2 pairs Remove H2 13 pairs Start H1 H2 pairs in Global Copy mode Start H3 H1 pairs in Global Copy mode After the action is complete the status of the session is Warning and the state is Preparing This action performs a full copy from the H3 volumes to the H1 volumes and in cascading to H2 volumes see 4 3 4 Scenarios requiring a full copy on page 241 When the initial copy is completed we can continue the go home procedure The session remains in Warning status beca
86. flag parameters which allow multiple values For more information about the CLI see BM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Command Line Interface Reference SC27 4089 3 3 1 Configuring the CLI The following properties files are used to configure the CLI gt repcli properties This file contains the server and port information that us used to communicate with the IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server and the CLI You can find it in the directory where the CLI was installed the default directory is TPC_install_directory IBM TPC cli Example 3 3 shows the contents of this file in our system In this example server points to the server where Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is running Port is the port to be used for communication between Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and the CLI It must point to the same port as specified in communications port in the rmserver properties file Otherwise you cannot log in to the CLI Example 3 3 repcli properties example server WISC64 itso ibm com port 9560 gt rmserver properties This file contains configuration information about logging as shown in Example 3 4 It is in the default directory TPC_install_directory IBM TPC cli Example 3 4 rmserver properties example log file cliTrace log log file maxFiles 5 log file maxFileSize 10240 log file level ALL gt tpcrcli auth properties This file conta
87. have the option of replacing and updating the Primary Master volume with information from the Target Slave volume Production Site Switch From the Select Action drop down menu select Enable Copy to Site 1 as shown in Figure 6 49 on page 338 Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 337 Session Details XiV MMFOFB Select Action E Select Action Start H1 gt H2 aici She aae i Fela HiT a Enable Copy to site Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties Cleanup Remove Copy Sets Remove Session Terminate Other Export Copy Sets Refresh States View Copy Sets View Messages Figure 6 49 Preparing to reverse link The icon has the blue triangle over H2 which indicates that the mirror session switched and Site 2 is now active 5 Click Go and then confirm the selection See Figure 6 50 which causes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to send the appropriate commands to both XIVs Figure 6 50 Confirm Enable Copy to Site 1 of the Metro Mirror session 6 After the reversal you must activate the link which is shown as the Start H2 gt H1 menu choice that is now available in the drop down menu that is shown in Figure 6 51 on page 339 Click Go and confirm to have Tivoli Storage Productivity for Replication activate the link in reverse 338 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Session Details iv
88. i El tpcr vmn41 storage t RM Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 L55 C5 Communication failed ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 4M 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati ee ation Analysis al 9 tpcr vm41 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 L55 C3 Communication Failed 4ug 6 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 4M 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Data Mana aiiai al tpcr vm4i storage th RM Subsystem D58000 2107 TK831 L55 C1 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatit Data Manager for Databases a g tpcr vm41 storage t RM Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 L5S BF Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 4M 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 4M 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatit Data Manager for Chargeback El tpcr vm4 storage t RM Subsystem D58000 2107 TK831 L55 BD Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Disk Manager al tpcr vm4 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 L55 BB Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Fabric Manager al g tpcr vm41 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 L55 B9 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 4M 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatit Replication Manager tpcr vm41 storage t RM Subsystem D58000 2107 TK831 L55 B7 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 4M 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replicatio
89. in Figure 2 1 on page 44 Chapter 2 Planning and installation 43 e IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation v License Agreement Server Information w Before You Begin Hostname v Installation Location CTPCRT1 PRiwindows ssclab lj si net E b Freinstallation Validation Ports 9549 to 9564 Verity port availabili gt Common User Name and Password Specify a username and password to configure all components Username Test Password essssss0 gt Advanced Customization Configure Database reposito ag ali iii ES BPCINOD27E The user name Testis notin the administrative l a aa group Administrators Figure 2 1 Common Username and Password The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation program automatically maps the following groups to the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Administrator role gt Administrators Windows gt System AIX gt Root Linux The user name that is used to install the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center database repository must belong to DB2 administrator groups That user name depends on your installation configuration If you use the same common user that is used for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation this common user must have DB2 privileges The following DB2 administrator groups are available gt DB2ADMNS Windows gt db2iadm1 AIX and Linux Note The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center database reposit
90. is an inherent capability of HyperSwap enabled session types 7 4 Description and usage of HyperSwap enabled sessions In this section we describe how to set up HyperSwap enabled sessions and how they can be managed through the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI Several unplanned scenarios also are described 7 4 1 Setting up a HyperSwap enabled session To enable the HyperSwap functions for a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session you must first set up the z OS components starting with the address spaces as described in Software on page 358 After the z OS address spaces are running the communication between Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and z OS can be established From the Health Overview window open the Host Systems panel through one of the available links as shown in Figure 7 11 on page 370 Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 369 Health Overview Seestons Health Overview Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Last Update Aug 7 2013 4 20 25 PM Sign Out db2admin Health Overview Sessions 3 normal 0 waming o 0 severe Storage Systems amp Host Systems amp Management Servers Management Servers Bi me Configure Storage Systems
91. l gt mE E bttostecrvendL storage tucson ibm com 9559 C SM MvizardFactory jsp fwizardname CreateSessionWizard TOP Create Session Site Locations wf Choose Session Type choose Location far Site 1 wf Properties O gt Location 1 Site Site 1 location Results swch lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 5 9 FlashCopy Site Locations for Storwize family In the wizard you see the results of the Create Session operation and you have the option of finishing the wizard without further action or starting the Add Copy Sets wizard as shown in Figure 5 10 on page 292 Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 291 Create SessionWizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition iM httos tocr vin4L storage tucson ibm com 9559 C SM WizardFactory jsp fmwizardname CreateSessianWizard TOP Create Session wW Choose Session Type Results af Properties w Location 1 Site wf Results iw IWNR1I0211 Aug 6 2013 4 30 21 PM Session FCDB2session was successfully created Back Next gt Cancel Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard Figure 5 10 FlashCopy Create Session Results 6 You can start the Add Copy Sets wizard any time by selecting Sessions in the upper left menu Select the session to which you want to add copy sets then select Add Copy Sets as shown in Figure 5 11 Health Overview Sessions Storage Sy
92. last password entered for this storage system will be used Apply Reset Figure 4 127 Connection Details panel 4 5 2 Managing suspending events Unplanned replicating suspension events can occur following a hardware or connectivity failure The suspension event notification is sent from DS8000 to the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication through the IP storage system connection and can affect one or more active sessions Notifications that are related to volumes that are not used in active sessions are discarded from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication performs different actions depending on the session that is affected by the suspension event In particular if the suspension event is related to a Metro Mirror replication that is managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with a Metro Mirror or Metro Global Mirror session types Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication ensures the data consistency that is starting a freeze Following a suspension Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication updates the affected session with a status and a state accordingly to the event In particular the status always becomes Severe because a major disruption of the replication configuration occurred while the state depends on the type of replication that was affected Metro Mirror or Global Mirror and on the state at the suspensi
93. layer to other storage systems such as DS8870 XIV and supported storage systems from other vendors see Figure 5 1 Among other features SAN Volume Controller provides a common set of Advanced Copy Services functions that can be used across all its managed storage systems whether homogeneous or heterogeneous Servers and Applications Layer SAN Volume Controller Virtualization y Virtualization ae e Advanced Copy Services Layer Scale out cluster 2N Cache Storage Layer DS8000 Figure 5 1 SAN Volume Controller conceptual and topology overview SAN Volume Controller was designed under project COMmodity PArts Storage System or COMPASS with the goal of using as many as possible off the shelf standard components Its hardware is based on IBM xSeries 1U rack servers The most recently released hardware node the 2145 CG8 is based on IBM System x3550 M3 server technology with an Intel Xeon 5500 2 53 GHz quad core processor 24 GB of cache four 8 Gbps Fibre Channel ports and two 1 GbE ports as shown in Figure 5 2 Figure 5 2 One pair of SAN Volume Controller 2145 CG8 nodes The SAN Volume Controller node model CG8 now offers a FlashCopy ports expansion option that gives you four more FlashCopy ports per node By using this expansion option some of these other ports can be configured as dedicated to remote copy services connections Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volum
94. le Re 43 Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved iii 2 1 6 HyperSwap configuration for z OS and Open systemS 0000005 2 2 Installing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 0 PN SO VEI VIC Wiese he tres mcs Boe BWethls a a ea a eo oS A Sa it Sth a ewer 2 2 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation packages 2 2 3 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation 0 00000 c eee eee Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 3 1 Accessing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 3 1 1 Accessing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI 3 1 2 Accessing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI S22 GULOVGIVICW cue ooo Ree ae it Geeks Cae ee ae Beis ee Ee SAME T DANG EEE E E EE Ait bee aw ee eae Bee eee ie os auto gee 3 3 CUO GEV CW aana nt is ta Jest oi esa cen ta he Gee ale attendee aeons Uc a ae eae PI ei ae 3 01 COMMGUIING INESGiEls sired ier kee ale bee oie be eae E E ad 3 3 2 Setting up automatic login to the CLI 0 0 ce 3 30 30 Remote GUlinstallalOes ch cveoes tht ees i ee et ee edd 3 0 A CLE AUIOMANON ni ou wn Se widale He Ow Mie en ee OU Rak ae IR ae hd 3 4 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication interaction with Tivoli Storage Productivity Centers esrin ae lalate Gs Ree ted ve erat orate oe le ARE nia Bg a
95. not set REM kkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk ERROR_CLI echo The CSMCLI_HOME environment variable is not set Please see documentation gt END if not ERRORLEVEL 0 pause Cendlocal 4 Edit the repcli properties file to include the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server name as shown in Example 3 11 The server name must be the fully qualified DNS entry or the actual IP address of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server The port must not be changed because this is a system setting and is used to communicate with the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Example 3 11 repcli properties server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net port 9560 80 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Important The repcli properties file in the client images includes the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server host name and port number You do not need to modify or edit this information It is recommended that you configure the DNS on the system this can be done by editing the hosts file instead of modifying these files In our example we modify the properties file because the DNS is not configured 5 Edit the tpcrcli auth properties file to include your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication user name and password as shown in Example 3 12 This properties file must be placed in
96. notification Suspending event notification SNMP traps indicate that a session moved to a Severe status because of an unexpected error Note Traps for suspension events are sent only by the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication active server Communication failure SNMP trap descriptions This section describes the SNMP traps that are sent during a communication failure Note Traps for communication failure events are sent by active and Stand by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 145 Communication failure SNMP traps are sent after the following events occur gt A server times out when it attempts to communicate with a storage system gt A server encounters errors when it attempts to communicate with a storage system gt An active server terminates communication with a standby server because of communication errors gt A standby encounters communication errors with an active server Management Servers state change SNMP trap descriptions This section describes the SNMP traps that are sent when the state of the management server changes Note Traps for communication failure events are sent by active and Stand by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers A management server state change SNMP trap is sent when the management server changes to one of the following states gt Unknown Synchronization Pending Synch
97. number of inconsistencies in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication database and logs and can lead to unpredictable results In the following sections we provide a brief architectural description of each Storwize Storage product as an introduction to explore in detail the use of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication For more information about the Storwize family of Storage Systems and their respective Copy Services functions see the IBM Redbooks that are listed in Table 5 2 Table 5 2 Recent IBM Redbooks on Storwize Storage products IBM System Storage SAN Volume SG24 7521 02 http publib b boulder ibm com Controller Best Practices and Performance abstracts sg247521 html 0pen Guidelines IBM System Storage SAN Volume SG24 7574 02 http publib b boulder ibm com Controller and Storwize V7000 Replication abstracts sg247574 html 0pen Family Services Implementing the IBM System Storage SG24 7933 01 http publib b boulder ibm com SAN Volume Controller V6 3 abstracts sg247933 html 0pen Implementing the IBM Storwize V7000 SG24 7938 01 http publib b boulder ibm com V6 3 abstracts sg247938 html 0Open Implementing the IBM Storwize V3700 SG24 8107 00 http publib b boulder ibm com abstracts sg248107 html 0pen Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 5 2 SAN Volume Controller The SAN Volume Controllers primary function is to act as a gateway which provides a common virtualization
98. of H1 volumes to the H2 volumes for test purposes This is achieved completing the following steps 1 Runa Metro Mirror Freeze Unfreeze command to bring the i2 volumes in consistent state 2 Establish the FlashCopy to H2 volumes 3 Restart the Metro Mirror All of these actions are reported in the console log as shows Figure 4 81 Aug 2 2013 4 02 25 PM acosmible Aug 2 2013 4 02 42 PM acosmible U 2 2013 4 03 34 PM acosmsible Aug 2 2013 4 08 35 PM Aug 2 2013 4 08 35 PM Aug 2 2013 4 08 36 PM Aug 2 2013 4 08 37 PM Aug 2 2013 4 08 37 PM 2013 4 08 37 PM Aug 2 2013 4 08 40 PM Aug 2 2013 4 08 40 PM Aug 2 2013 4 08 42 PM dib2adiman dib2adiman db admin db admin db a dmin db a dmin db admin db admin db admin DWAR LOZET DWhRGOD2T IWHRGODOL IWHRGOLST IWNRGOLIT IWNRGODOL IWNRLSSOL IWNRLOSEL IWHRLSSOL 2 The Flesh command in the 17S0 MM FOFE wP session was msued gt Suspending all pairs in role pair H1 I2 Releasing 0 for all pairs in role pair H1 T2 Flashing all pairs in role pair H2 I2 Starting all pairs in role pair Hi I Background copy is runing for role pair H2 I Serer INNHIOJBI Device DSERDD BON 2107 SCRS1 managed by herdhvare commection ESSNID9 11 225 79 2107 4091 m mow Server INNHIOJBI Devike DSEOD0 BON 2107 TKES1 managed by hardwar commection ESSNI 9 11 229 212 2107 TKES1 im i
99. on the remaining system s Select this option to partition out the failing systems and continue HyperSwap processing on the remaining systems when a new system is added to the sysplex and the HyperSwap operation does not complete Requirement You must restart the system if you select this option e Disable HyperSwap after attempting backout Select this option to enable I O Supervisor to back out the HyperSwap operation if possible if an error occurs during HyperSwap processing HyperSwap is disabled Note When Manage H1 H2 with HyperSwap is used with Enable Hardened Freeze the freeze option is ignored HyperSwap includes I O Supervisor for managing freeze operations The Enable Hardened Freeze option ensures data integrity if Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication freezes and HyperSwap is not enabled for a session Open HyperSwap related tunable parameters When an AIX host connection is established to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication see Adding and connecting host systems on page 155 the Manage H1 H2 with Open HyperSwap Open HyperSwap option is available for Metro Mirror Failover Failback session type Select this option to trigger an Open HyperSwap operation for volumes that are attached to an IBM AIX host This option redirects application I O to the target volumes when there is a failure on the host accessible volumes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses Open HyperSwap to m
100. pair and creating the necessary control bitmaps Thereafter you have access to a Point in Time Copy of the source volume When the pair is established you can read and write to the source and target volumes In a FlashCopy relationship the source and target volumes must exist within the same storage system For this reason FlashCopy is considered to be a single site replication capability The following variations of FlashCopy are available gt Standard FlashCopy Uses a fully provisioned volume as a target volume gt FlashCopy Space Efficient SE Uses Track Space Efficient volumes as FlashCopy target volumes and must be in a background no copy relationship An SE volume has a virtual size that is equal to the source volume size However space is not allocated when the volume is created and the FlashCopy started Space is allocated in a repository when a first update is made to a track on the source volumes which causes the source track to be copied to the FlashCopy SE target volume to maintain the point in time copy Writes to the SE target also use repository space gt Extent Space Efficient ESE volume FlashCopy is supported starting with the DS8000 microcode version 6 2 With this kind of FlashCopy space is not allocated when the thin provisioned volume is created Extents are allocated from an extent pool when the first update is made to an extent on the thin provisioned volume Thin provisioning does not use tracks from a repo
101. panels are repeated here 294 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 2 In the Create Session wizard Choose Session Type window select the following Hardware Type and one of the Synchronous Session Types Hardware Types e SAN Volume Controller e Storwize Family e Storwize V7000 Unified Session Types e Metro Mirror Single Direction e Metro Mirror Failover Failback e Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice 3 In the Properties window enter the name and description of the Session Note If you chose a Metro Mirror Failover Failoback with Practice session you are asked for the parameters of the FlashCopy between H2 target volume and 12 practice volume in addition to Name and Description You also are prompted if this FlashCopy is to be Incremental and for the background copy rate as shown in Figure 5 15 and Table 5 3 on page 291 ey CreateSession wizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition 3 fmesel ia https tpcr vrmgL storage tucsonibm comg559 CSMvizardFactory sp fmizardname CreateSessionvVizardt OP Create Session Properties Name and describe the session wf Choose Session Type k Properties Location 1 Site Session name Location 2 Site MMwP_DB2_S01 Results Description Metro Mirror with Practice volumes session for DBS in server 501 SAN Volume Controller d Stornwize Family Stornwize VFO000 Unified Metra Mirror Options IM Incremental Bac
102. perform the operation A message is shown with the Results If the operation was successful click Finish to close the wizard If the operation failed open the Console window to review the error messages Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 297 5 5 3 Global Mirror sessions The same considerations that are described in 5 5 2 Metro Mirror sessions on page 294 are valid here for Global Mirror sessions Complete the following steps 1 In the main Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication window click Sessions gt Create Session Note A comparable process was shown in 5 5 Session Types and Setup on page 288 beginning with Figure 5 6 on page 289 The session creation process is similar across all session types therefore not all panels are repeated here 2 In the Choose Session Type window of the Create Session wizard select the following Hardware Type and one of the Asynchronous Session Types Hardware Types SAN Volume Controller e Storwize Family e Storwize V7000 Unified Session Types Global Mirror Single Direction e Global Mirror Failover Failback e Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice e Global Mirror Failover Failoack with Change Volumes Click Next 3 In the Properties window enter a name and description for the session and depending on the chosen session type set up the following parameters
103. properties file is in the following location TPC_Install Program Files IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer properties Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 141 Example 3 27 shows you how to change rmserver properties file Example 3 27 Location of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository backup Property db backup location backup directory This property controls where the internal data store will be backed up when using the mkbackup command The default in the code is database backup and relative to the runtime directory Only change this if you want to direct the backup files to be written to a different location NOTE This property is not required to be set in this file db backup location database backup Restoring Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository Restoring of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository from a backup file takes the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication back to the point when the backup was made Relationships on the storage systems that were created by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication after the backup was made no longer are managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication until you add the copy set to the session and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication assimilates the relationship into the session Copy sets that were deleted after the backup are res
104. recovery Disable Unplanned swap recovery Disable FreezeAll Yes Stop No D HS CONFIG IOSHM0304I Active Configurations Replication Session Name Replication Session Type ITSO MM HS HyperSwap gt Check the devices status by using the z OS Display Unit and Display Matrix commands 8 5 Stuck in a particular state If Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Session is stuck in a particular state the recommended workaround in this case is to stop and restart the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication processes by using the following scripts Tip Before the server is restarted try running the Refresh States command from the session drop down menu gt Windows TJTPC_install_directory scripts stopTPCRep lication bat TPC _ install directory scripts startTPCReplication bat Default TPC_install_directory in Windows is C Program Files IBM TPC gt AIX or Linux TPC install directory scripts stopTPCReplication sh TPC_install_directory scripts startTPCReplication sh Default TPC_install_directory in AIX or Linux is opt IBM TPC Example 8 4 shows an example of running scripts to start and restart the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server in Windows Example 8 4 Stop and Restart Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server processes C Program Files IBM TPC scripts gt stoptpcreplication bat Server replicationServer stop failed Check server logs for details SUC
105. residency index and apply online at this website http www ibm com redbooks residencies html Comments welcome Your comments are important to us We want our books to be as helpful as possible Send us your comments about this book or other IBM Redbooks publications in one of the following ways gt Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form that is found at http www ibm com redbooks gt Send your comments in an email to redbooks us ibm com gt Mail your comments to IBM Corporation International Technical Support Organization Dept HYTD Mail Station P099 2455 South Road Poughkeepsie NY 12601 5400 Stay connected to IBM Redbooks gt Find us on Facebook http www facebook com IBMRedbooks gt Follow us on Twitter http twitter com ibmredbooks gt Look for us on LinkedIn http www 1inkedin com groups home amp gid 2130806 gt Explore new Redbooks publications residencies and workshops with the IBM Redbooks weekly newsletter https www redbooks ibm com Redbooks nsf subscribe 0penForm gt Stay current on recent Redbooks publications with RSS Feeds http www redbooks ibm com rss html xiv Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication This chapter provides an overview of IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for open systems It reviews copy services functions and then describes ho
106. role You also can add or remove sessions for a user who is assigned to the Operator role Complete the following steps to change the role for a user or group 1 On the Administration page click the user or group that you want to modify click View Modify Access in the Select Action list and then click Go as shown in Figure 3 35 on page 99 The View Modify Access page opens 98 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview i Sessions 0 normal A 0 varning 1 severe D Storage Systems A Host Systems Management Servers Add Access View Modify Access egl Name Role Classification db2admin Administrator User DB2USERS Operator Group Administrator User Administration tocFileRegistryUser Figure 3 35 Modify a user or group to a role 2 On the View Modify Access page click a role if you want to change the user role If you want to change the sessions that are assigned to a user in the Operator role select or clear the applicable sessions In Figure 3 36 the group DB2USERS is changed from the Operator role to the Administrator role Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Ad
107. roots and a pointer to child messages https tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm com 9559 CSM Console jsp CONSOLE_BOTTOM Aug 8 2013 1 10 09 PM Server i 2 children messages Aug 8 2013 1 10 14 PM Server Q Aug 8 2013 1 10 23 PM Server Q Aug 8 2013 1 10 23 PM Server INNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 a Aug 8 2013 1 10 23 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 10 27 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 10 28 PM Server IWNHOOO6I The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server has been initialized with 2984 volumes for storage system DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 Aug 8 2013 1 14 28 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 14 49 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 15 12 PM Server IWNHOOOSI The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server has been initialized with 26023 volumes for storage system DS8000 B0OX 2107 LM841 Aug 8 2013 1 30 01 PM db2admin IWNR11981 Log packages were successfully created and placed at location C Program Files IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer diagnostics T PC_RM tpcr vm41_2013 08 08_13 30 0Ol1 jar Z IWNH1768I The Easy Tier heat map transfer service was started IWNR19001 Copy Services Manager version 5 2 0 has started successfully IWNH1037E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is no l
108. running over 80 percent Compare it with earlier performance statistics if available If an external storage system is used verify its error logs Metro Mirror or Global Mirror target volume is a Volumes in the Prepared state have write cache FlashCopy source in Preparing or Prepared state in write through mode which reduces their write performance Source volume or storage controller overloaded Collect and verify Storwize performance data at the time the error occurred 5 8 2 Troubleshooting replication links Problems that are encountered by your replication sessions and might be traced back to your replication links often occur because of the following causes gt Your replicated Storage Infrastructure grew in capacity or I O demand and the replication link bandwidth did not grow gt Other applications and services started using the replication link for inter site communication gt The quality of service QoS of the replication link was reduced for some reason gt Changes in networking devices SAN or IP such as firmware update or configuration caused an unexpected impact gt Changes in replication session parameters caused more data to be transmitted over the replication link A good starting point to debug replication link problems is to use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to trace back when the problems with your sessions began You can also check your Problem and Change Managemen
109. sessions with practice volumes do not handle In addition to the scenario that we described we can manage the following components gt Configurations with multiple sets of practice volumes gt Configuration that uses Space Efficient Volumes as practice volumes gt Three site configurations where practice volumes are required at the intermediate site gt Configuration in which Flash before resync function is required While implementing these combinations of sessions provides the opportunity to handle more complex configuration it increases the management complexity The following steps often are required to create a consistent point in time copy by using a combination of two sessions 1 Suspend the mirroring session and as a precaution recover the volumes to be flashed 2 Run the FlashCopy by using the FlashCopy session 3 Resume the mirroring of the suspended session In the next section an example of a combination of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions is described Using FlashCopy session with Metro Mirror session In this example we consider a Metro Mirror configuration with another set of Space Efficient Volumes in the secondary site To manage this configuration we must set up the following Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions gt Session ITSO TEST Metro Mirror Failover Failback session that manages the Metro Mirror Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity C
110. site In this case the process can be used 1 Suspend the Metro Mirror 2 Recover the Metro Mirror secondary volumes 3 Start the Metro Mirror from Site 2 site to Site 1 The flow of the operations for this second scenario is shown in Figure 4 75 Suspend d Recover y StartH2H Figure 4 75 State transition diagram for second scenario Starting the Metro Mirror Figure 4 76 on page 220 shows the ITSO MM FOFB wP session as we defined it We defined only one copy set in our example Because this is Failover Failback type of a session it can be started in direction from Host 1 to Host 2 and in direction from Host 2 to Host 1 Initially the session can be started only in direction from Host 1 to Host 2 To start it from the drop down menu select Start H1 H2 and then click Go Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 219 Last Update Aug 2 2093 3 01 18 PM Session Details ITSO MM FOFB wP Start H1 gt H2 a a erie Failower Failback Site i Site 2 Status inactive State Defined Active Host Hi Hi H2 Recoverable H Description modify SY Y Copy Sets i view Transitioning Mo Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type Timestamp oo o WA Fc nfa Non Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Timestamp Figure 4 76 Start Metro Mirror The
111. still maintained at the remote site with the Global Mirror solution From H2 H1 H3 configuration this command changes the session configuration to a Global Mirror only session configuration between H1 and H3 with H1 as the source Use this command when the source site has a failure and production is moved to the H1 site This can be done for unplanned HyperSwap The Global Mirror session is continued This is a host volume change so this command is valid only when you are restarting the H1 H3 configuration or from the Target Available H2 gt H1 H3 state Start H2 gt H1 gt H3 Metro Global Mirror start command This is the configuration that completes the HyperSwap processing This command creates Metro Mirror relationships between H2 and H1 and Global Mirror relationships between H1 and H3 For Metro Global Mirror this includes the J3 volume to complete the Global Mirror configuration 28 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems comm eS Start H2 gt H3 From the H1 gt H2 H3 configuration this command moves the session configuration to a Global Mirror only session configuration between H2 and H3 with H2 as the source Use this command when the source site has a failure and production is moved to the H1 site This can be done for unplanned HyperSwap The Global Mirror session is continued This is a host volume change so this command is valid only when you are restarting the H1 H3
112. that lists the H2 l2 pair see Figure 4 82 you can see the time stamp when the point in time copy was created This can be used as a reference After the Flash action completes you can start using the Host 2 volumes The point in time copy is created with the background copy option and the progress bar for H2 I2 role pair shows the percentage of copied data You can use Flash action any time in the life span of the session Suspending the session After the volumes of the session are synchronized we can start the Suspend action From the Sessions Details panel select Suspend from the drop down menu and click Go as shown in Figure 4 83 on page 225 224 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Last Update Aug 2 2073 4 24 20 PM Session Details ITSO MM FOFB wP Select Action m Ge Merrin Failover Failback Select Action Site 1 Site 2 Actions Flash a P Stop XN a Suspend I Add Copy Sets Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type Timestamp Remove Copy Sets i D r FC Bug 2 2013 4 08 35 PM Remove Session Teminate Other Export Copy Sets Refresh States Recoverdble Copying Progress Copy Type Timestamp View Copy Sets View Messages oO oO Nya MM ns Figure 4 83 Session Details panel showing the Suspend action Confirm the action in the next panel to continue The Su
113. the following command PERMIT ANT REPLICATIONMANAGER CLASS FACILITY ID BHIHSRV ACCESS CONTROL 4 To define the user ID and password that are used for authentication from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to the z OS host system run the following commands ADDUSER userid PASSWORD password PERMIT ANT REPLICATIONMANAGER CLASS FACILITY ID userid ACCESS CONTROL You must enter this user ID and password when you add the z OS host system to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 To activate the changes in the previous steps run the following command SETROPTS RACLIST FACILITY REFRESH Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 359 6 Start the IOSHMCTL address space with the SOCKPORT parameter as shown in the following example HSIB JOB MSGLEVEL 1 1 TIME NOLIMIT REGION 0M TEFPROC EXEC PGM IOSHMCTL PARM SOCKPORT port_number The port_number is 1 65535 You must enter this port number when you add a z OS host system to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication as described in 7 4 1 Setting up a HyperSwap enabled session on page 369 7 3 z OS HyperSwap sessions The following Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions use HyperSwap functions gt Basic HyperSwap gt Metro Mirror Failover Failoack gt Metro Global Mirror gt Metro Global Mirror with Practice These sessions
114. the original site roles Limitation TSE volumes can be used only for Journal volumes J3 volumes for this session type Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not allow the use of TSE volumes as FlashCopy target for the practice copy H3 volumes The Metro Global Mirror with Practice session is shown in Figure 4 21 Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 J3 Figure 4 21 Metro Global Mirror with Practice session Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 179 The state transitions for a Metro Global Mirror with Practice session that has the host running on Local site is shown in Figure 4 22 From Host on From Host on Intermediate Site Remote Site Transition Transition Diagram Inactive Diagram Session startH2H3 StartH1H2H3 or 4 SHS LAN IA d Suspend StartH1H3 Suspend Suspend Ll as r StatH1H3 1 Recover RecoverH2 Flash A Enable Copy gt d Flash s ToSitel E EE L ee DORT i Enable Copy Enable Copy gt s ToSitel r ToSitel Hoston agi vy vy Remote site Hoston Intermediate site Go to Host on Remote Site Transition Diagram Go to Host on Remote Site Transition Diagram Go to Host on Intermediate Site Transition Diagram Figure 4 22 Metro Global Mirror with Practice session while the host is running on Local Site 180 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replicat
115. the session i Tivoli Stora F Jul 29 F Jul 25 Jul 29 Ea state Eq Jul 25 Eq jul 29 Eq Jul 29 Eq Jul 29 Jul 29 E state F Jul 29 F Jul 29 Ep 30 ooo ao Ey ot F Jul 29 2013 2 19 2013 2 19 2013 2 19 2013 2 19 22 2013 2 19 22 2013 2 19 2013 2 19 2013 2 19 52 2013 2 19 32 2013 2 20 2013 2 20 05 db2admin db2admin db2admin db2admin db2admin db2admin db2admin db2admin 1 db2admin db admin db admin IWNR amp O1L2I IWNRGEOLIIT IWNRGO2ZOI IWR 19501 IWNR LO2Z6I IWNR LO2EI IWNR GOOSI IWNFR LO2Z6I IWR 19501 IWNR LO2ZEI IWHRGEOLZT Session ITSO FlashCopy changed from the Defined state to the Target Available Flashing all pairs in role pair H1 Ti Background copy is running for role pair H1 T1 Releasing I O for all pairs in role pair Hi Ti The Flash command in the ITSO FlashCopy session completed The Terminate command in the ITSO FlashCopy session was issued Terminating all pairs in role pair Hi Ti The Terminate command in the ITSO FlashCopy session completed Session ITSO FlashCopy changed from the Target Available state to the Defined The Flash command in the ITSO FlashCopy session was issued Flashing all pairs in role pair H1 Ti 29 2013 2 20 2013 2 20 db admin db admin IWR LO261 IWNR 19301 The Flash command in t
116. this option to trigger a HyperSwap operation which redirects application I O to the target volumes when there is a failure on the host accessible volumes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses HyperSwap to manage the H1 H2 sequence of a Metro Mirror or Metro Global Mirror session Setting this option automatically sets the Release I O after suspend Metro Mirror policy The following settings are available Disable HyperSwap Select this option to prevent a HyperSwap operation from occurring On Configuration Error e Partition the system s out of the sysplex Select this option to partition a new system out of the sysplex when an error occurs because the system cannot be added to the HyperSwap configuration e Disable HyperSwap Select this option to prevent a HyperSwap operation from occurring On Planned HyperSwap Error e Partition out the failing system s and continue swap processing on the remaining system s Select this option to partition out the failing system and continue the swap processing on any remaining systems e Disable HyperSwap after attempting backout Select this option to enable I O Supervisor to back out the HyperSwap operation if possible if an error occurs during HyperSwap processing HyperSwap is disabled 240 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems On Unplanned HyperSwap Error e Partition out the failing system s and continue swap processing
117. tiered and ETMonitor set to automode Heat Map Transfer and data placement occurs for logical volumes in multi tiered pools only gt With ETAutoMode set to all and ETMonitor set to all Heat Map Transfer and data placement occurs for logical volumes in all pools To change the Easy Tier settings including the Heat Map Transfer you can use the chsi DSCLI command as shown in Example 4 2 Example 4 2 Enabling Heat Map Transfer function dscli gt chsi ethmtmode enable IBM 2107 75XC891 CMUC00042I chsi Storage image IBM 2107 75XC891 successfully modified Tip If you do not have Easy Tier activated and want to run an Easy Tier evaluation on the primary and secondary storage systems you can set the Easy Tier control on the primary and secondary storage systems to monitor only etmonitor all The heat map transfer utility then automatically transfers the heat map data and uses this data to generate an Easy Tier report without changing the data layout on either of the storage systems Log on to the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI to start the DS8000 adding procedure Complete the following steps 1 From the Health Overview window access the Storage Systems panel through one of the available links as shown in Figure 4 28 on page 187 186 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Health Overview Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths
118. to the Prepared state unless you switch to Metro Mirror Stop Suspends updates to all the targets of pairs in a session This command can be issued at any point during an active session However updates are not considered to be consistent Suspend Causes all target volumes to remain at a data consistent point and stops all data that is moving to the target volumes This command can be issued at any point during a session when the data is actively copied Terminate Removes all physical copies from the hardware during an active session If you want the targets to be data consistent before you remove their relationship you must issue the Suspend command the Recover command and then the Terminate command Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 25 Global Mirror commands Table 1 9 shows the commands for Global Mirror sessions The applicable commands depend on the Global Mirror session type and the storage system Table 1 9 Global Mirror commands command Meaning Enable Copy to Site 1 Confirms that you want to reverse the direction of replication before you reverse the direction of copying in a failover and failback session After you issue this command the H2 H1 command becomes available Enable Copy to Site 2 Confirms that you want to reverse the direction of replication before you reverse the direction of copying in a failover and failback session After you issue this command the Start
119. use that field to filter the list of volumes that is returned Volume Protection SY Welcome Choose Volumes Searching Choose Volume Enter a name in the volume mask field to refine your search Search Results a Select Volumes Storage system Updating Protection AIV BOX 7825429 XIV_A Results Pool CSMReg_p01 Volume CSMReg_xwv3_Thiv03 Enter a volume name Optionally you may use the character as a wildcard Volume mask Figure 6 58 Choose Volumes panel 3 Click Next to display the volumes as shown in Figure 6 59 and select the volumes that you want to mirror Volume Protection Welcome Select Volumes Searching Select which volumes to protect Search Results Op Select Volumes Updating Protection Results a F CSMReg_xiv3_1hiv i No CSMReg_xiv3_1hivoz No F CSMReg_xiv3_1hiv03 No F CSMReg_xiv3_ihivo4 No P CSMReg_xiv3_1hivo5 No F CSMReg_xiv3_1hivo6 No P CSMReg_xiv3_1hivo7 No al CSMReg_xiv3_ihivos No al CSMReg_xiv3_ihivo9 No FP CSMReg_xiv3_ihivio No Figure 6 59 Select Volumes panel 4 Click Next Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication ensures that the selected volumes are protected from other Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication operations Important These actions help inside the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication system only Any administrator who is accessing the XIV GUI directly is not informed of the volume prote
120. user name and password for cluster 0 are automatically entered in the corresponding fields for cluster 1 You can edit this information if required for your environment 152 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems a Es Add Storage System Wf Type Connection G Connection Enter connection information for the DS8000 storage system Adding Storage System i i Result HMC Direct Connect Cluster 0 Cluster 1 IP Address Domain Name IP Address Domain Name 197 0 2 2 192 0 2 3 Port Port 2433 2433 Username Username DS8000 admin admin Password Password ete e000 6 ete e000 6 Back Figure 3 98 Add a DS8000 connection by using a direct connection Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 153 154 Complete the connection information as shown in Figure 3 99 Adding Storage System Results SAN Volume Controller Add Storage System Type Connection Connection Enter connection information for the SAN Volume Controller Cluster IP Domain Name 192 0 2 4 Username SuperUser Password Note The username and password will be used to install a public key on the cluster for use within the command line interface Figure 3 99 Add a SAN Volume Controller connection Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 3 13 2 XIV System Storage Connection window Complete the connection information as shown in Figure
121. 0 with Two Site Practice bidirectional Metro Global Mirror 3 data replication can be ESS and DS8000 multidirectional Metro Global Mirror with 3 data replication can be ESS and DS8000 Practice multidirectional For session types that support multiple sites and are not single direction only you can start data replication in multiple directions for recovery purposes For example you can start data replication from the target volume to the source volume for a bidirectional session type 1 5 1 Practice sessions By using practice sessions you can test disaster recovery actions while maintaining disaster recovery capability Practice sessions include intermediate volumes on the remote site that contains the target volumes A FlashCopy operation is completed from the intermediate volumes to the target volumes The target volumes contain point in time data that you can use to test data recovery actions For example you can run scripts that attach your host systems to the target volumes on the remote site or complete an initial program load IPL on the site Because data replication continues from the source volume to the intermediate volume ina normal manner your data is recoverable while you are testing the practice volume To use practice volumes the session must be in the Prepared state 12 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note When practice sessions are used Tivoli Storage Productivity Cent
122. 0 Failed 4 Reporting is not available To enable it install the 0 Not running required components Learn how View all monitors View all alerts Settings Figure 2 4 Web based GUI reporting Before DB2 is installed review the prerequisites and follow the steps that are described in the draft of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4058 After you successfully install DB2 you can install JazzSM 1 1 Tivoli Common Reporting 3 1 1 and Cognos 10 2 or you can install it later For more information about the steps and requirements see the draft of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4058 After you install DB2 you can start your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation by using the installation wizard or the command line in silent mode In silent mode a command is provided with the values in a response file We recommend the use of the installation wizard to install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center because it requires minimal user interaction If the system where you want to install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center is running from a terminal that cannot display graphics use silent mode installation Note Before you start the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation wizard
123. 0 seconds Session ID 0x5 Master State Ka Running Unsuccessful CG s since last successful CG O CG Interval Time 0 seconds Max Coordination Interval 50 milliseconds Max CG Drain Time 30 seconds Previous Query Total Unsuccessful CGs o 0 2 0 Successful CGs 61 100 48836 99 Consistency Group Failure Messages Last Consistency Group Failure Failing LSS 058000 2107 TK831 L55 61 Error Reason 0Ox0FCC XDC starting increment with wrong state Master State Ox4 Global Mirror Start Increment In Progress Figure 4 41 Global Mirror status information An expandable section is reported whenever there is unsuccessful CG information that was encountered since the start of the session In this case the following information is shown for the last previous and first unsuccessful CG gt Failing LSS gt Error reason gt Master state On the right side of the tab the Data Exposure graph is shown as shown in Figure 4 42 on page 194 The Data Exposure graph shows the instant Recovery Point Objective RPO trend for the last 24 hours or the last 15 minutes You can set up a data exposure threshold which highlights unusual spikes Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 193 Data Exposure Seconds ws Time Last 15 Minutes 100 S S a 8 amp B88 0 10 20 AM 10 24 AM 10 28 AM 10 32 AM Wiew Last 74 Hours Highlight Data Exposure Data Ex ure
124. 00 00 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn IOSHM0424I Master status 20000000 00000000 0000001009000100 IOSHM0414I 17 50 46 80 Unplanned HyperSwap completed IOSHM0200I HyperSwap Configuration Purge complete IOSHM0424I Master status 20000000 00000000 0000001100000100 IOSHMO2Z00I HyperSwap Configuration LoadTest complete II II Figure 7 31 Unplanned HyperSwap related messages in the z OS system log 380 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 7 5 Use cases Most z OS customers require continuous availability and disaster recovery to protect their business applications To address the high availability requirements of business applications many z OS customers implemented Parallel Sysplex However high availability also must be extended to storage systems Storage systems today manage more data and therefore the effect of a storage system outage is more widespread often affecting a Parallel Sysplex and potentially causing a Parallel Sysplex wide outage To address these outages the HyperSwap technology helps mask storage system failures with an Extended Long Busy function ELB to the application I O followed by a redirection of that I O to a recovered secondary device By using this technology there is no effect on business applications when a storage system planned or unplanned outage occurs In this section two high availability and Disaster Recovery scenarios and the possible solutions tha
125. 00 BOX 2107 03611 a connected 8k00 M Dss000 a O warning opera DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 2 connected 8k09 x DS8000 D Storage Systems pss000 B0x 2107 xC891 z Connected 8k11 DS8000 A Host Systems STORWIZE V3700 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD4 tpcrtbird4 z Connected tb4 id STORWIZ WS management Servers P STORWIZE V3700 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRDS tpertbirds BA connected tb5 kd STORWIZ STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD2 tpcrtbird2 id Connected tbird2 STORWIZ STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD3 tpertbird3 EA connected tbird3 ba STORWIZ STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCR_IFS tper ifs A Connected tpcr_ifs Y STORWIZ Figure 3 96 Adding a connection to a storage system 3 On the Type page of the Add Storage System wizard see Figure 3 96 click the icon for the storage system that you want to add The Connection page of the wizard opens Note On the Type page of the Add Storage System wizard use the Storwize Family icon to add a Storwize V3500 Storwize V3700 or Storwize V7000 storage system 150 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 4 An example of a DS8000 connection is shown on the Connection page a shown in Figure 3 97 on page 152 Complete the connection information for the storage system The following sections show the Connection page for DS8000 SAN Volume Controller and XIV systems The fields are the same on the Connection pages for SAN Volume Controller Storwize Family and Storwize V7000 Unified storage syste
126. 1 Server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net Port 9560 Authentication file C Users tpcadmin tpcr cli tpcrcli auth properties Device ID Connection Type Device Type Local Server Connection SVC CLUSTER SVC2PROD Direct SVC Connected SVC CLUSTER SVC8 Direct SVC Connected lf you must start FlashCopy for example the script that is shown in Example 3 14 creates FlashCopy relationships for all FlashCopy volume pairs that are included in the session Example 3 14 FlashCopy script Create FlashCopy relation ship Issess 1 fmt stanza SVC8 FC cmdsess quiet action flash SVC8 FC Issess l fmt stanza SVC8 FC end of script Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 83 The output of the script is shown in Example 3 15 Example 3 15 FlashCopy script output C Program Files IBM TPC cli gt csmcli script flashcopy txt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Command Line Interface CLI Copyright 2007 2012 IBM Corporation Version 5 2 0 Build 20130719 0641 Server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net Port 9560 Authentication file C Users tpcadmin tpcr cli tpcrcli auth properties Name SVC8 FC Status Warning State Prepared Copy Type FlashCopy Recoverable No Copying No Copy Sets 1 Error No IWNR10261 Aug 8 2013 8 08 52 AM The Flash command in the SVC8 FC session completed Name SVC8 FC Status Norma State Target Available Copy Type FlashCopy Recoverable
127. 1 41 The HyperSwap process starts and the z OS system log reports the actions that are performed by HyperSwap address space as shown Figure 7 25 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 TOSHMO4001 TOSHM04241 TOSHMO4011 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04021 TOSHM05011 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04031 TOSHM04041 TOSHM05011 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04051 TOSHM04061 TOSHM05011 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM0407 I TOSHM04081 TOSHM05011 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04091 TOSHM04101 TOSHM05011 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04111 TOSHM05011 TOSHM04291 TOSHM04121 TOSHM05011 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04131 TOSHMO803E TOSHM08091 TOSHM05011 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04141 TOSHMO2001 TOSHM04241 17 18 41 68 HyperSwap requested Master status 00000000 00000000 0000000F00000000 17 18 41 68 Planned HyperSwap started UserExit Master status 00000000 00000000 0000000F01000000 0 00 00 00 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 2 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000000F01000000 17 18 41 69 HyperSwap phase
128. 13 1 06 09 AM Aug 6 2013 1 06 09 AM db2admin db2admin db2admin db2admin IWNR1959W Session ITSO has changed from Normal status to Severe status IWNH1044E The Replication Manager is disconnected from a cluster for the hardware device server at DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 IWNH1037E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 51 2107 03611 is no longer accessible IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 Aug 6 2013 1 07 16 AM Qy Aug 6 2013 1 39 55 AM Aug 6 2013 1 41 21 AM Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM Aa Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM Q Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM Aug 6 2013 5 42 35 AM Aug 6 2013 5 42 35 AM Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM Server Server Server Server db2admin IWNH1037E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 51 2107 03611 is no longer accessible db2admin IWNR1959W Session ITSO has changed from Normal status to Severe status Server IWNH1037E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 51 2107 03611 is no longer accessible db2admin IWNH1044 E The Replication Manager is disconnected from a cluster for the hardware device server at DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 Server IWN
129. 2 2013 4 30 17 PM ma Figure 4 89 Session Details panel showing the Start H2 H1 action results After the resynchronization is complete the session goes to Normal status and Prepared state as shown in Figure 4 90 Last Update Aug 2 2013 3 48 44 FM Session Details ITSO MM FOFB wP Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action r Go w Practice Site 1 Site 2 Status Nonmal State Prepared P amp Active Host Hi Hz Recoverable Yes Description madify Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No a I Participating Role Pairs Timestamp Copying Progress Copy Type Role Parr Error Count Recoverable Hi H2 Non Participating Role Pairs Role Parr Error Count Recowerable Copying Progress Copy Type Timestamp l Aug 2 2015 9 45 45 PM ma Figure 4 90 Session Details panel showing the session in Normal status To return to the original configuration the process is the same as described in Recovering the session on page 226 and Reversing the Metro Mirror on page 227 where the role of H1 and H2 is reversed A full copy from H1 to H2 is required in this case Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 229 4 3 3 Session tunable parameters E Sessions E3 Select Action In this section we describe the tunable parameters Session Options for all of the session types that are available for DS8000 All of these tunable parameter
130. 2013 08 08_13 34 37 jar B Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Se IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ifm com has encountered communication errors with storage system DSS000 50X 2107 LM amp 41 e Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM S IWNH1044E The Replication Manager is disconnected from a duster for the hardware device server st DS8000 80X 2107 LM841 Q Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM S IWNH1037E Device DS8000 80X 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is no longer accessible QO Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Server IWNH1O37E Device DSS000 50X 2107 LM amp 41 managed By hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM amp 41 is no longer accessible Qo Aug 8 2013 1 41 48 PM Server IVNH1031E The Replication Manager is disconnected from the hardware device server at 9 11 222 96 B Aug 8 2013 1 41 48 PM Server IWNRISSSE Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ifm com has encountered communication errors with storage system 9 11 222 96 g 5 ES Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Server IWNR1SSSE Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ifm com has encountered communication errors with storage system DS8000 50X 2107 LM841 Figure 4 124 Console Log showing a connection loss event In Figure 4 125 on page 271 and Figure 4 126 on page 271 the statuses of the storage system and sessi
131. 3 1 25 56 PM The volume mirror copy set XIV VOL 7803441 100987 with source XIV VOL 7803441 100987 io todd 3 and target XIV VOL 7803448 101660 io0 todd 3 in session exisitingMirrors existed on the hardware but was not the right copy type Complete the following steps to resolve this issue 1 Deactivate the mirror 2 Remove the mirror 3 Restart the session Issue Volumes have existing snapshots replications This issue includes the symptoms that are shown in Example 6 7 Example 6 7 Pair errors after starting the session IWNR2108E Aug 23 2013 11 07 15 AM A hardware error occurred during the running of a command for the pair in session todd mm for copy set XIV VOL 7804988 580312 with source XIV VOL 7804988 580312 io todd 001 and target XIV VOL 1302136 107903 io0 todd 001 in role pair H1 H2 The hardware returned an error code of VOLUME _HAS SNAPSHOTS Complete the following steps to resolve this issue 1 Remove the existing snapshots and replications on the XIV 2 Restart the session Issue Sessions go severe because of XIV hardware link errors This issue includes the symptoms that are shown in Example 6 8 and Example 6 9 Example 6 8 Prepared session and pairs go suspended or suspend after starting session IWNR2061E Aug 23 2013 7 41 37 AM The pair was suspended on the hardware because the source was disconnected from the target Example 6 9 Mirrors on XIV show RPO lagging IWNR2750E Aug 23 2013 11 53
132. 3 10 Using CSV files for importing and exporting sessions 00000 eee 3 10 1 Exporting CSV files 2 0 cece eee 3 10 2 IMPOHING CSV TIES xicc 2 225 eoee na aans kh Remy ees eae essa ewe 3 10 3 Working with CSV files under Microsoft Excel 00 000 ee eee 3 11 Backing up and restoring a repository 0 0 ee ee 3 12 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication SNMP management 3212 1 ONMPVAICNS errans mosh ees on o8 see Se MRI RES Be Ss Oe eRe 3 12 2 ONMP SETUP sc nu renee 5b de oo ee ae eee we hese ae e Sees eee hae 3 13 Adding and connecting to storage systeMS 2 0 0 es 3 13 1 DS8000 Connection page 0 0 eee 3 13 2 XIV System Storage Connection window 0 00 cee eee 3 14 Adding and connecting host sySteMS 0 00 cc es 3 141 AIX THIOS OY SEC Me anana an se an eran Ab dade aa Sti mana he deca cab ah dees aveh eed 3 142 AOS HOS SY SIOM ops 5 eo Sik be Reals a aes ag hs Ral ole oe Seda ene Bee ees Se Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 159 4 1 Capabilities overview 0 0c ee eee eens 160 BN Me ASIN CS OO cant aa th asdiae eed tei arash dase sedoeR senda Bide ane d ar rae Bak aang at DD AN 2 ana 161 A712 Meto NTO lt 2 106 2b ate ae esd Bae be Se ee OS Ea OS ee oA eee EN eRe 162 Bel 23 AGO AL IMIMON a acter telah ae a 1S nr a
133. 3 100 Adding Storage System esults KIW lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 100 Add an XIV system connection Add Storage System Wf Type Connection G Connection Enter connection information for the XIV storage system IP Address Domain Name 192 0 2 5 Username admin Password Tip When you are entering the connection information as shown in Figure 3 100 you must enter the IP information for only one of the nodes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication discovers the rest automatically 3 14 Adding and connecting host systems Host systems are required to enable certain replication features for storage systems There are two types of host systems to which you can connect an AIX host system or a z OS host system A connection to an AIX host system is required if you want to enable the Open HyperSwap feature in Metro Mirror Failover Failback sessions Chapter 3 General administration and high availability A connection to a z OS host is required if you want to enable z OS features such as HyperSwap and the management of freeze operations in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions If Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is installed on the z OS host system the host system connection is automatically displayed on the Host Systems page This connection is referred to as the native z OS connection Note If Tivoli Storage Productivity Center f
134. 4 11 Global Mirror Failover Failback session The state transitions for a Global Mirror Failover Failback session are shown in Figure 4 12 on page 170 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 169 startH1H2 2 StartH1H2 a f Suspend StartH1H 2 ef Recover startH1H2 StartH2H1 Y A UG Suspend 8 r Enable Copy im _ToSite 2 gt ae StartH2 H1 hy startH2H1 Figure 4 12 Change state diagram for a Global Mirror Failover Failback session Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice replication combines Global Mirror Failover Failback and FlashCopy capabilities to provide a point in time copy of the data on the remote site This session type provides volumes that can be used to practice for disaster recovery without losing your disaster recovery capability By using this type of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session you can perform the following tasks gt gt gt 170 Start the Global Mirror Pause and resume the Global Mirror Create a consistent copy of Global Mirror secondary site at the remote site by using FlashCopy This copy can be used as practice copy for a DR test Recover the Global Mirror secondary site volume which makes them available for use in the remote site This also creates a copy of Global Mirror secondary sit
135. 51 TOSHMO5011 TOSHMO5011 TOSHMO5011 TOSHMO08081 5 minutes STCO0054 STC00054 STC00054 TOSHMO5011 TOSHMO03051 TOSHMO3001 Response from API for FC 0 RC 4 Rsn 0 Response from API for FC 1 RC 0 Rsn 3 HyperSwap Configuration Load complete HyperSwap enabled with limited capability HyperSwap Enabled Response from API for FC 0 RC 0 Rsn 0 Response from API for FC 19 RC 0 Rsn 2 Response from API for FC 13 RC 0 Rsn 0 HyperSwap Configuration Monitoring started time Response from API for FC 15 RC 0 Rsn 0 HyperSwap allowed by operator HyperSwap function enabled for all PPRC pairs Figure 7 19 HyperSwap address space that shows the configuration loading Note The IOSHM0201I LOADTEST fails messages as shown in Figure 7 19 are typical and used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to assure that they identify which of the storage systems is the primary Querying the z OS components an active configuration is now shown as shown in Figure 7 20 on page 375 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems D HS CONFIG IOSHMO304I Active Configurations Replication Session Name Replication Session Type ITSO MM HS HyperSwap D HS CONFIG DETAIL IOSHMO304I HyperSwap Configuration Replication Session ITSO MM HS Prim SSID UA DEV VOLSER Sec SSID UA DEV Status 06 03 OOF43 8K1103 06 03 00F83 D HS STATUS ITOSHM0303I HyperSwap Status Repli
136. 6 PM Aug 8 2013 1 10 26 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Suspending Analytics al tpcr vn44 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 1 10 26 PM 4ug 8 2013 1 10 26 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati E Alerting as al tpcr vmn41 storage t RM Subsystem DS8000 B0 2107 TK831 Communication failed 4ug 8 2013 1 06 35 PM 4ug 8 2013 1 06 35 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati ee eon eee fq 9 tpcr vm41 storage tyRM Subsystem DS8000 B0x 2107 03611 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 1 06 28 PM 4ug 8 2013 1 06 28 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatil 7 s P pe i a g tpcr vm41 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 Communication Failed 4ug 6 2013 1 00 13 PM 4ug 8 2013 1 00 13 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Alerts Directed to db2admin al g tpcr vm41 storage t RM Session ITSO TEST Suspending event occurred Aug 8 2013 12 53 44 PM 4ug 8 2013 12 53 44 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Suspending E Authentication Configuration al tpcr vm4 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 B0 2107 LM841 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 12 53 44 PM 4ug 8 2013 12 53 44 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Replication al tpcr vm4i storage th RM Subsystem D58000 B0X 2107 LM841 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 12 53 43 PM 4ug 8 2013 12 53 43 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatit Storage Subsystem fl tpcr vm41 storage ty RM Subsystem 9 11 222 96 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 12 53 39 PM Aug 8 2013 12 53 3
137. 8 0 18 The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server Management Server connection X Y changed state to Disconnected 3 12 2 SNMP setup Complete the following steps to set up the SNMP on Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 1 Configure the SNMP community name By default the SNMP community name on Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication has a value of public To change the community name modify or add the csm server snmp community string property in the rmserver properties file which is in the WAS _HOME usr servers replicationServer properties directory 2 Add the SNMP managers To add an SNMP manager the mksnmp CLI command must be used as shown in Example 3 30 Example 3 30 mksnmp CLI command to add an SNMP manager csmcli gt mksnmp server 192 0 0 4 port 166 IWNR17011 Aug 19 2013 4 02 45 PM Host 192 0 0 4 166 was added to the SNMP listeners list To check the list of SNMP managers that are configured on Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication use the Issnmp CLI command as shown in Example 3 31 Example 3 31 Issnmp CLI command to list the SNMP managers configured csmcli gt Issnmp SNMP Manager Port 192 0 0 4 166 192 0 0 3 162 192 0 0 2 162 192 0 0 1 162 148 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 3 Configure the SNMP managers with the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication MIB files Tivoli Storage Produc
138. 9 Global Mirror Failover Failback Global Mirror Failover Failback sessions provide the same capabilities as Global Mirror Single Direction sessions The difference is that data replication for Global Mirror Failover Failback sessions is bidirectional Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 15 ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems Figure 1 12 represents the volumes and data flow for an ESS DS6000 or DS8000 Global Mirror Failover Failoack session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 2 Site 1 Site 2 pT E Hi HZ Figure 1 12 Global Mirror Failover Failback session for ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems All other storage systems For all other storage system sessions the data flow is the same However there is no FlashCopy to a journal volume 1 5 10 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes sessions Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes sessions provide the same capabilities as Global Mirror Failover Failback sessions The difference is that Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes sessions also provides the option of enabling or disabling the use of change volumes Note Snapshot sessions are available only for SAN Volume Controller and Storwize storage systems Figure 1 13 shows the volumes and data flow for the session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 2 Site 1 Site 2 fm Hi ti H2 C2 Figure 1 13 Global Mirro
139. 9 PM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati i a Computer El tpcr vm4 storage t RM Subsystem DS8000 B0 2107 TK831 Communication failed ug 8 2013 5 45 46 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 46 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati a en Ql tper vin41 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 46 4M 4ug 8 2013 5 45 46 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Directory Ql tper vmn41 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 B0X 2107 C891 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 46 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 46 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatit User al g tpcr vm41 storage tyRM Subsystem DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 45 4M 4ug 8 2013 5 45 45 4M 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatit 0S User Group al tpcr vmn41 storage t RM Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 L55 85 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Fabric al tpcr vmn41 storage ty RM Subsystem D58000 2107 TK831 L55 CB Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Switch al tper vin41 storage ty RM Subsystem D58000 2107 TK831 L55 C9 Communication Failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatit Endpoint Device Ql tpcr vm41 storage ty RM Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 L55 C7 Communication Failed Aug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM Aug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicatit External T
140. A SystemMirror for i that you can use to simplify and customize your PowerHA SystemMirror for i runtime environment Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 399 A 1 Integration with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication You can use ACS to manage Metro Mirror and Metro Global Mirror copy services for the DS8000 storage systems that are in your environment Integration with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is required to manage Metro Global Mirror replication through ACS Integration with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is also required to create consistency groups for Metro Mirror replication through ACS If you do not want to form consistency groups for Metro Mirror replication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is not required To manage Metro Global Mirror replication or Metro Mirror replication with consistency groups you must first create the following sessions in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and define these sessions in ACS The sessions that you create depend on the copy service that you want to manage gt Metro Mirror Failover Failback gt Metro Global Mirror Figure A 1 shows the ACS and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication relationship for a three site DS8000 environment that uses Metro Global Mirror replication IBM Power Systems Production IBM Power Systems Backup 1 IBM Power Systems Backup 2 Ex I
141. Appendix A Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and Advanced Copy SOIVIGCS 0k oh daiwa ad a weae 4 odet died dh ema oben baa a t 399 A 1 Integration with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 400 Appendix B Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication integration 403 B 1 Integration with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 404 Related publications 0 0 0 0 ee eee ee ene 407 IBIVISACODOOKS o mitered es Me es 5 ate Be eal aee ee ee 2 ke a ee eles eee 407 OMEN DUDIICATONS 5 cocru og 4 dace phere dre on dele bined 4 dtd betas Rinne e oa A aN 407 ONNE TESOUICSS s aa pan bee ar ons at oS me oh ee ined nate a stots ees kant Rone aes a ht 408 PISO STON IBM se endana atk he drag hie el aie decks EE a a and eh Gearon drab A eect A tbat 408 Contents vii viii Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U S A IBM may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in other countries Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any
142. Before you run the Recover command make sure that all the host activity on H2 volumes is stopped There is a message at the top of the window as shown in Figure 4 86 on page 227 that indicates that Recover action was successfully completed The status of our Metro Mirror session is Normal and the State is Target Available which indicates that H2 volume is available to your host Also the new FlashCopy was established between i2 and H2 226 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems s es si on D etails Last Update Aug 2 2013 4 49 40 PM ITSO0 MM FOFB wP Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action Go wf Fase f Site i Site 2 Status Hormel fiz State Target Availabl cf uctive Host H2 Hi HZ Recoverable Yes Description modify A Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No 12 Detailed Status E TWNRGO1LI Sug 2 2013 4 49 40 PM Background copy is ranning for role pair H2 I2 Estimated Time to Complete Calculating Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Copy Type Hi H2 o o o N A MM fH a 1 1 om FI FC Non Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Copy Type Timestamp oi oO i D NFA MM Awg 2 2013 4 30 17 PM Figure 4 86 Session Details panel showing the Recover action results After the Metro Mirror session is recovered in Target Available state the following options are available gt Flash gt
143. By using its web based GUI Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication offers an effective user interface to configure the HTMU For more information about Easy Tier heat map transfer see IBM System Storage DS8000 Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer REDP 5015 In the following sections the HMTU main configuration steps through the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication web based GUI are described Adding a storage system to HMTU Before a DS8000 storage system is added to HMTU you must verify whether the Heat Map Transfer function is enabled on the box For this purpose the showsi DSCLI command can be used as shown in Example 4 1 on page 186 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 185 Example 4 1 Showsi command to verify the Easy Tier settings dscli gt showsi IBM 2107 75XC891 Name desc ID IBM 2107 75XC891 Storage Unit IBM 2107 75XC890 Model 961 WWNN 5005076303FFD414 Signature 6641 eccc ca9 cla State Online ESSNet Enabled Volume Group VO os400Serial 414 NVS Memory 2 0 GB Cache Memory 48 7 GB Processor Memory 62 2 GB MTS IBM 2421 75XC890 numegsupported 1 ETAutoMode all ETMonitor all TOPMmode Managed ETCCMode Disabled ETHMTMode Enabled The ETHMTMode setting reports the status of the Heat Map Transfer function The scope of Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer is determined by the following Easy Tier automatic mode settings gt With ETAutoMode set to
144. C Program Files IBM TPC scripts gt starttpcreplication C Program Files IBM TPC scripts gt 5 Resolve any changes that occurred since the backup was created 6 Start the IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions by using the appropriate start commands The start commands reestablish the relationship between the volume pairs and synchronize data on those volumes If you have a standby management server reestablish that standby relationship to update the database on the standby server as shown in Figure 3 94 n F Management Servers f all Status A Disconnected Consistent Select Action Go Select Action Remove Standb IICTPCRET1 FPEI STANDBY 9561 SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si met ACTIVE 9561 Figure 3 94 Reconnecting Standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server 3 12 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication SNMP management Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers can send Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP traps to registered SNMP managers when various events occur In the following sections the SNMP alerts and the basic SNMP setup are described 3 12 1 SNMP Alerts SNMP alerts are sent during the following general events gt YY vV Yy Session state change Configuration change Suspending event notification Communication failure Management Server state change In the following sections trap descriptio
145. CESS The process with PID 3168 child process of PID 4680 has been terminated C Program Files IBM TPC wlp bin server bat status replicationServer Server replicationServer is not running C Program Files IBM TPC scripts gt starttpcreplication bat C Program Files IBM TPC scripts gt C Program Files IBM TPC wlp bin server bat status replicationserver Server replicationserver is running Chapter 8 Hints and tips 393 C Program Files IBM TPC scripts gt 8 6 High availability server platforms When you are operating in a high availability environment your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication active server and standby server can be servers of the same operating systems or servers of different operating systems For example your active server can be a Windows server and your standby server can be a Linux server or vice versa A same server example is when your active server and your standby server both are AIX servers One such case of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication high availability is to have your main site with the active server running on z OS in a Mainframe LPAR and your standby server running on a Windows server in the remote data center so that you do not need a Mainframe LPAR for the standby server 8 7 Simple Network Management Protocol setup Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication can be sent up by sending the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP traps to registered SNMP
146. Center for Replication GUI The Easy Tier heat map transfer function is available in System Storage DS8000 Release 7 1 and later 1 6 4 New in V5 2 The following features and enhancements are new in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication V5 2 New session type for SAN Volume Controller and Storwize The Global Mirror Failover Failoack with Change Volumes session is available for SAN Volume Controller and Storwize storage systems that use change volumes Global Mirror Failover Failoack with Change Volumes sessions provide the same capabilities as Global Mirror Failover Failback sessions The difference is that Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes sessions also provide the option of enabling or disabling the use of change volumes Change volumes contain point in time images that are copied from the host and target volumes Connect to z OS from open systems and manage HyperSwap You can use a host name or IP address to connect to z OS host systems in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication regardless of the operating system on which the application is installed 32 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems By using this feature you can connect to a z OS host system from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication that is running on Windows Linux AIX or z OS After you are connected to a host system you can fully manage HyperSwap sessions that are running on the sy
147. Center for Replication also is not available only a physical direct connection to the server can help analyze and resolve the problem The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication HA configuration that uses two different LANs for active and stand by server can mitigate this kind of problem Storage systems network isolation When the network issue affects a storage system s LAN assuming that is different from the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication LAN a complete loss of the connectivity to all storage systems not only DS8000 that are using that LAN occurs In this case the connectivity to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is still available and this can help to address the issues A dual HMC configuration that uses two different LANs for primary and secondary HMC can mitigate this kind of problem HMC problems The DS8000 HMC is a multi purpose piece of equipment that provides the services that the client needs to configure and manage the storage and manage some of the operational aspects of the Storage System It also provides the interface where service personnel perform diagnostic and repair actions The HMC is the communication interface between Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and DS8000 controller A software or hardware failure of the HMC causes the loss of communication between Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and DS8000 In this case the HMC also become
148. Center for Replication capabilities for DS8000 Copy Services To describe the flow of the operations that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication supports for each session type State Transition Diagrams are provided These diagrams are not intended to be exhaustive of all the actions that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication can start in every specific condition for example the StartGC actions are not shown in any diagram but they list the actions that are considered the most significant to describe the product capabilities Table 4 1 shows a description of the notation that is used in the state transition diagrams Table 4 1 State transition diagrams notation mon S Session status is in Defined state Session status is in a Normal state Session status is Severe Session status is in a Warning state Denotes a state transition following the Action i Action 160 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems aa Denotes a condition in which the host should work on the Location Site Denotes a state transition following the action of Enabling the Copy to SiteX 4 1 1 FlashCopy By using the DS8000 FlashCopy feature you can create point in time copies of logical volumes that make source and target copies immediately available to the users When a FlashCopy operation is started it takes only a few seconds to complete the process of establishing the FlashCopy
149. Cleanup starting Response from API for FC 12 RC 0 Rsn 0 17 18 41 85 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000000F08000000 17 18 41 85 HyperSwap phase Cleanup completed HyperSwap Disabled HyperSwap Configuration Monitoring stopped Response from API for FC 0 RC 4 Rsn 0 0 00 00 00 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 Master status 20000000 00000000 0000000F09000000 17 18 41 86 Planned HyperSwap completed HyperSwap Configuration Purge complete Master status 20000000 00000000 0000001000000000 Figure 7 25 z OS system log showing the ongoing HyperSwap Note Message IOSHM0429I 17 18 41 84 HyperSwap processing issued an UnFreeze as shown in Figure 7 25 indicates that the HyperSwap is complete now After Resume and UnFreeze are complete I Os resumes processing Cleanup is not necessary for the applications and system to resume running and is purposely designed to avoid the use of CPU resources which potentially take a long time so that the customer s applications can continue Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 377 Ed sug 7 a Su 7 2013 4 55 15 PM 2013 4 56 15 PM 2013 5 18 30 PM F Ag 7 F Aug 7 Ed sug 7 F Aug 7 Ea aug 7 20173 5 15 30 PM 2013 5 18 33 PM 2013 5 18 33 PM 2013 5 18 33 PM 2013 5 18 33 PM iibisdiman b2sdiman biasdiman bisdiman
150. DS Paths The panel in which you manage the paths opens as shown in Figure 4 50 ESS DS Paths Manage Paths Storage System Paths Errors 43 o DS8000 80X 2107 03611 DSS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 141 DSS8000 BOX 2107 TKS31 DS8000 BOX 2107 xC8S1 73 o Figure 4 50 Manage paths Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 203 2 Click Manage Paths The Path Management wizard opens as shown in Figure 4 51 From the drop down menu in the wizard select the source storage system source logical storage system target storage system and target logical storage system Click Next Path Management Qi Choose Storage Systems Welcome Select Paths Confirm Patte Choose source ani taret storage systems and logical storage subsystems E S0urce storage system Target storage system on D58000 50x 2107 XC81 DSe000 6O 2107 LM641 Source logical storage subsystem Target logical storage subsystem DS8000 2107 4C891 L55 61 ka D58000 2107 LM8 L55 61 z Back Finish Figure 4 51 Selecting Source and Target storage systems 3 From the drop down menu in the wizard select the source port and target port and click Add You can add multiple paths between the logical storage subsystems or one ata time After you make your selections click Next as shown in Figure 4 52 Path Management Choose Storage Systems Select Paths GD Select Paths Confirm Paths Select the paths t
151. DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 Qy Aug 8 2013 2 29 02 PM Server Aug 8 2013 2 30 52 PM Server IWNH1031E The Replication Manager is disconnected from the hardware device server at 9 11 222 96 IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr wm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system IWNH1037E Device DSS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is no longer accessible IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr wm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system IWNH1044E The Replication Manager is disconnected from a cluster for the hardware device server at DSS000 BOX 2107 LM841 IWNR1959W Session ITSO TEST has changed from Normal status to Severe status IWNH1037E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is no longer accessible IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr wm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system IWNR1959W Session ITSO TEST has changed from Severe status to Normal status IWNH1038I1 Device DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is now accessible IWNHOOOS6I The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server has been initialized with 1597 volumes for storage system XIV
152. Disconnected Consistent Console About z al Sign Out Administrator ee Server Role Port Health Overview 172 31 83 171 ACTIVE 9561 Sessions IICTPCRT1 PRIwindows ssclab lj sinet STANDBY 3561 B na normal db ya warning E nua severe B Storage Systems Gl Host Systems ER Management Servers Remote Storage Systems F Remote Host Systems Figure 3 61 Standby server Takeover You also have the opportunity to attempt to reconnect to your active server before you decide that a takeover is necessary The active server is down so you can omit this step You first see a confirmation message that warns you that if the original active server is still up you have two active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers with identical configurations in your environment as shown in Figure 3 62 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 0 Management Servers o 2 a lt gt Yes No Figure 3 62 Standby server Confirm takeover Because you shut down your original active server click Yes to continue Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication changes the role of your standby server to an active server as shown in Figure 3 63 on page 120 Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 119 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Yolumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About
153. Ea 3 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication security and user administration 3 5 1 Adding Tivoli Storage Productivity Center users and groups to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 0 0 0 0 eee 3 5 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication role based access control 30 0 Managing USChACCCSS hci G oy oN wasn cond he eee aah oad oa Se ee 3 5 4 Modifying access to a user role 1 eee 3 5 5 Removing access to a user role 0 0 0 ce ees 3 6 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication advanced tools 360 1 PACKAGING log TIES codiera rina Whe ae ek ka aes ace Me ae wee oe 3 6 2 Setting the auto refresh rate for the browser 0 0 0c cee eee 3 6 3 Managing the Metro Mirror heartbeat 0 0 ee 3 7 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console 55 3 8 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication High Availability 3 8 1 Setting up a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server S02 WAKCOVCl 2 2 05 4 cee ound Se aaie de od ele ooo end eee Beka eee eee 20 0 BESU DIACUCES ceive 3 grenard fists cnt y Seat etevap a Gediaeh oe eal aes Sets eaaa 3 9 Starting and stopping the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server 3 9 1 Verifying the status of components 0 0 0 0 cee 3 9 2 Starting and stopping Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication
154. FlashCopy sessions Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 31 HyperSwap options available for Metro Global Mirror with Practice sessions The session properties for Metro Global Mirror with Practice sessions include the same HyperSwap options that are available for Metro Global Mirror sessions 1 6 3 New in V5 1 1 1 The following features and enhancements are new in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication V5 1 1 1 DS8000 pause with consistency available for Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror sessions The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Suspend command starts a pause or pause with secondary consistency command for DS8000 storage systems The command that is started is the equivalent of the DS8000 pausegmir or pausegmir withsecondary command depending on the DS8000 microcode level Both pause commands temporarily pause the formation of consistency groups after the current consistency group is formed However the command for a pause with secondary consistency creates a consistent data set on the secondary volumes Easy Tier Heat Map transfer for DS8000 The DS8000 Easy Tier heat map transfer function transfers heat map information from a source storage system to one or more target storage systems You can enable heat map transfers for DS8000 storage systems that are connected to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication from the Tivoli Storage Productivity
155. Folder f il 7 lt ir E TE Mame Date modified Type Size BE Desktop d ldap 10 7 2013 21 10 File Ffolder J Downloads startTPCData 26 7 2013 10 32 Windows Batch File 1KB H R t Pl aa ecen t aes startTPCDevice 26 7 2013 10 32 windows Batch File 1 KE z Libraries B startTPCReplication pelea Windows Batch File 1 KE Open eee starkTPCWeb a Windows Batch File 1 KB al Music stopTPCDiata Print Windows Batch File 1 KE Pictures stopTPCDevice Run as administrator Windows Batch File 1 KB E Troubleshoot tibilit E videos E stopTPCReplication e ere eee eat ie Windows Batch File 1 KE j Restore previous versions stopTPCweb Windows Batch File 1 KE iE Computer Send to H Local Disk C ey LOCA Cr Cut cow Local Disk D4 Copy Gis Network Create shortcut j ay Delete ay Rename Properties Figure 3 72 Running the script from Windows Explorer Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server starts and you can check the status by logging in to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication To stop the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server on the Windows operating system enter the stopTPCReplication bat command from the scripts folder in an administrator Windows Command Prompt or run the script as administrator from Windows Explore Figure 3 73 on page 129 shows you the message when the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server stops 128 Tivoli Storage Productivity Ce
156. GM Defined Hi No E View Copy Sets MM Defined Hi Ne o View Details View Messages Snap Defined Hi No a Gs S ie ai Figure 4 92 Select View Modify Properties From the View Modify Properties panel the session options can be modified as shown in Figure 4 93 View Modify Properties ITSO MM Last Update Aug 6 20723 2 04 05 PM Descnption Sample Fession ESS DS Metro Mirror Options Basic Options z OS Management System or sysplex F Reset Secondary Reserves No cation E Fail MM GC if target is online CKD ony A Enstle Hardened Freese Metro Mirror Suspend Policy OO is is es om Hoki V0 after Suspend pan Desble HyperSwap D pelense TO after Suspened On Configuration Error D partition the system s out of the sysplex Disable Hypesrap On Planned HyperSewap Error Partition out the failing system s and continue swap processing on the remaining system s D Disable HyperSeap after attempting backout On Unplanned HyperSwap Error Partition cut the fading system s and continue swap processing on the remaining system s Dest Hyperswap after attempting backout Figure 4 93 View Modify Properties panel Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 231 232 FlashCopy session tunable parameters The FlashCopy session includes the following options gt Incremental Select this option to apply incremental changes to the target vo
157. Gost systems C y7KR7 V7KR1 GM inactive GM Defined H1 N 1 wR Management Servers Remote Storage Systems A Remote Host Systems Figure 3 89 Warning when Copy Sets are added to an existing active Session Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication automatically starts the copying process The session changes its status to Normal when the new Copy Sets finishes its initial copy process and enters Prepared state in the MM configuration as shown in Figure 3 90 Health Overview Sessions Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems e Yolumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Create Session Console About Select Action 7 Go Sign Out tpcadmin Name Statue Type State Reve Host Recover able Copy Sag S C2 S C8 GMwP Normal GM Prepared H1 Yes 1 Health Overvie w syce svc2_ MM Normal MM Prepared H1 Yes 2 a Sessions C DSSKMMFOFB inactive MM Defined H1 N 0 2 normal Imported session inactive aE Pil nl ne 5 O warning bisiten z O SYC2 VC8 GM Inactis ve GM Defined H1 No 1 storage systems syce svc2 GMwP inactive cm Defined Ht N o Sl Host Systems v7KR7 V7KR1 GM inactive GM Defined H1 N 1 PA Management Servers Remote Storage Systems amp Remote Host Systems Figure 3 90 Session back to normal after adding Copy Sets 3 10 3 Working with CSV files under Microsoft Excel To simplify creating and implementing sessions you can create a session with s
158. H1 gt H2 command becomes available Ensures that all l2s are consistent and then flashes the data from 12 to the H2 volumes After the flash is complete the Global Mirror session is automatically restarted and the session begins forming consistency groups on I2 You can then use the H2 volumes to practice your disaster recovery procedures Recover Completes the steps necessary to make the target available as the new primary site Upon completion of this command the session becomes Target Available Start Sets up all relationships in a single direction session and begins the process that is necessary to start forming consistency groups on the hardware Start H1 gt H2 Indicates direction between two hosts in a Global Mirror failover fallback session This command can be issued at any point during a session when the data is actively copied Start H2 gt H1 Indicates direction of a failover failback session If a recover was performed on a session such that the production site is now H2 you can issue Start H2 gt H1 to start moving data back to Site 1 However this start does not provide consistent protection as it copies only asynchronously back because of the long distance An extended distance XD relationship is used When you are ready to move production back to Site 1 issue a suspend to the session This puts the relationships into a synchronized state and suspends them consistently StartGC H1 gt H2 Establishes Globa
159. H1044E The Replication Manager is disconnected from a cluster for the hardware device server at DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 Server IWNH1044E The Replication Manager is disconnected from a cluster for the hardware device server at DS8000 BOX 2107 XC891 db2admin IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system db2admin IWNR2732E The connection between the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server and Master box 2107 03611 has been lost so the state of the Global Mirror copy in session ITSO is unknown IWNR1959W Session ITSO has changed from Severe status to Normal status IWNH10381 Device DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 51 2107 03611 is now accessible IWNH1037 E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 223 212 2107 TK831 is no longer accessible IWNH1037 E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 XC891 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 223 79 2107 XC891 is no longer accessible DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM db2admin IWNR1955E DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM db2admin IWNR1955E DS8000 BOX 2107 XC891 Aug 6 2013 5 42 34 AM db2admin IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr wm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system T
160. Hyperswap On Planned HyperSwap Error O Partition out the failing system s and continue swap processing on the remaining system s 0D ete HyperSnap after attempting backout On Unplanned HyperSwap Error a Partition vut the fading system s and continue swap processing on the remaining system s W Dede HyperSwap after attempting backout Figure 7 15 Sysplex selection in the Session Properties panel Click Next and complete the session creation process By opening the Session Details panel see Figure 7 16 we can see that an association with a z OS system is shown which means that the session is HyperSwap enabled Last Update Aug 7 2013 4 Session Details ii ITS0 MM HS m Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action vr Go Skil skos Stetus Insctive gt r State Defined Hi H2 Active Host Hi Recoverable No Description sample session modify Copy Sets 1 view Participating Role Pairs Error Count Recoverable Copying Figure 7 16 Session Details panel that shows the z OS association 372 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems The z OS components still show that there is no active configuration to manage as shown in Figure 7 17 D HS CONFIG IOSHM0304I Active Configurations No configuration data D HS STATUS IOSHM0303I HyperSwap Status Replication Session N A Socket Port 5858 HyperSwap disabled No configuration data SYSTEM1 No
161. IBM intellectual property right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non IBM product program or service IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not grant you any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation North Castle Drive Armonk NY 10504 1785 U S A The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication IBM may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice Any references in this information to non IBM websites are provided for convenien
162. J3 the following Global Mirror options are available gt Consistency group interval time seconds Enter how often in seconds the Global Mirror session attempts to form a consistency group A lower value can reduce the data exposure of the session However a lower value also causes the session to attempt to create consistency groups more frequently which can increase network traffic Possible values are 0 65535 The default is O seconds Global Mirror settings For the Metro Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror with Practice session type you can use the following commands gt chsess maxdrain_h1j3 xx NameSession to set to xx seconds the Maximum Consistency Group Drain Time for the session NameSession for the Role Pair H1 J3 gt chsess coordint_h1j3 yy NameSession to set to yy milliseconds the Maximum Coordination Interval Time for the Role Pair H1 J3 These settings require a Global Mirror session suspension Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 237 238 gt Recovery Point Objective Alerts Specify the length of time that you want to set for the RPO thresholds The values determine whether a Warning or Severe alert is generated when the RPO threshold is exceeded for a role pair The RPO represents the length of time in seconds of data exposure that is acceptable if a disaster occurs Use the following options to set the RPO threshold values For both options you can specify a
163. M Edition Co Laoi w hittps tpcr vm4Lstorage tucson ibm com 9559 CSMAWizardFactory sp twizardname AddCopySets Wizard amp sessName FCDB2session Add Copy Sets FCDB2session gt Choose Hosti Choose Host1 Choose the Hosti storage system Choose Targeti Matching Hosti storage system svcO8 er SVC CLUSTER RMSVC08 rmsvc08 Ya 3 Select Copy Sets Hi Confirm Hostl 10 group Adding Copy Sets SsYC IOGROUP RMSYC06 0 F Results Pa HHostl volume E Red_vol01 v Ti Volume Details F Use a CS file to import cop User Name Red_vol01 a Full Name S C VOL RMSVC08 1142 Eee Type FIXEDBLK Browse Capacity 100 0 MiB Protected No Space Efficient No z OS Connection No lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 5 12 Select the source volume Host1 for the copy set 8 The wizard prompts you to select the target volume Target1 T1 in this case Host volume Red_vol01 Select H1 as shown in Figure 5 13 Click Next E AddCopySetsWizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition o amp amp W https tpcr vm4Lstorage tucson ibm com 9559 CSMAWizardFactory sp wizardname AddCopySets Wizard amp sessName FCDB2session T OP Add Copy Sets FCDB2session Choose Hosti Choose Target Choose the Targeti storage system G gt Choose Targeti Matching Targetl storage system Matching Results SYC CLUSTER RMSYCO08 rmsvcl6 v Select Copy Sets svcO8 Confirm Targeti IO group Adding Copy Sets s C IOGROUP RMSYC08 0 X
164. Metro Mirror is a method of synchronous remote data replication that operates between two sites that are up to 300 kilometers apart You can use failover and failback to switch the direction of the data flow Metro Mirror replication maintains identical data in the source and target When a write is issued to the source copy the changes that are made to the source data are propagated to the target before the write finishes posting If the storage system fails Metro Mirror provides zero loss if data must be used from the recovery site If you are familiar with the use of the Metro Mirror session type with other supported storage systems you find the process within Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is similar In this section we highlight areas that are unique to the XIV Storage System Figure 6 22 shows Metro Mirror session in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Session Details XiV MMFOFB EE An Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action vy Go Site 1 Site 2 Status kd Normal gt p State Prepared H1 H2 Active Host Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning lo H1 Pool CSMReg_pO01 H1 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB H2 Pool CSMReg_pO1 H2 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB Participating Role Pairs Figure 6 22 XIV Metro Mirror session Configuration You must have the following environment to work with Metro Mirror sessions gt Two or more XIV storage systems wit
165. Notification Login ID Windows Event Log Event Type Warning Run Script Define Email Email Recipients Add Del Edit e mail Figure 3 23 Enabling Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alerts In the same panel you define triggered actions to occur as a result of the alert You can define the following notifications or triggered actions SNMP Trap Tivoli Enterprise Console OMNIbus Event Login Notification Windows Event Log UNIX Syslog Run Script Email YYYY YV Y When the alerts are enabled they are shown in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center stand alone GUI as shown in Figure 3 24 on page 91 90 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems fe IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center tpcr ym41 storage tucson ibm com Alert History All Replication File view Connection Preferences Window Help e m a x javigation Tree Administrative Services ia IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Delete Clear All Delete All Page Up Page Down Refresh Job Management Reporting Topology Monitoring Computer Obj Type Object Alert Type First Triggered Last Triggered v Times Alert Creator Alert Name Storage Resource Group Management Af tpcr vm41 storage ty RM Session ITSO TEST Suspending event occurred Aug 8 2013 1 10 2
166. O TEST o Severe MM Suspended Hi Yes i a FCDB2session edd Normal FC Target Available Hi Yes ITSO e Normal MGM Prepared Hi Yes ITSO TEST FC dd Normal FC Target Available H1 i ITS0 FlashCopy inective ia ER x ITSO MM inactive MM Defined Hi No 1 rso mM rors np inactive MM Defined Hi No ITSO MM HS inactive MM Defined Hi No 1 T503 tractive GM Defined Ht No ITSO4 inactive MGM Defined H1 No 1 ITSOS Inactive GM Defined H1 No A Ref Figure 4 108 Session panel showing the recoverable state for the FlashCopy session Now we can proceed with the final step of resynchronization of the Metro Mirror Issue the Start H1 H2 command for the session ITSO TEST Both sessions are now in Normal state as shown in Figure 4 109 on page 254 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 253 Sessions E 3 FCDE2session Target Svaiatle Hi Yes oso el Normal MGM Prepared Hi Yes MM Prepared Hi Yes FC Target Available Hi Yes FE Defined Hi Mo MM Defined Hi No MM Defined Hi Ne 7 ITS0 MM HS inactive MM Defined Hi No msa inati GM Defined Hi No mso natie MGM Defined Hi No mos inactive GM Defined Hi Ne iy aha Pie Se we bim Figure 4 109 Session panel showing the Normal Status for the sessions After the tasks on FlashCopy target volumes are completed a cleanup is needed to release the space that is allocated by the Space Efficient v
167. OFB Participating Role Pairs H1 H 0 2 a Figure 6 69 Console link for a running action You also can click the link to the message ID for example IWNR10261 to open the message description Troubleshooting issues with Metro Mirror and Global Mirror sessions This section addresses some of the issues you might encounter with Metro Mirror and Global Mirror sessions Symptoms that you might see example errors and steps to resolve errors are provided to aid you with troubleshooting Issue Pool snapshot size not large enough for global mirroring This issue includes the symptoms that are shown in Example 6 1 and Example 6 2 Example 6 1 With volume IO pair errors after starting session all pairs go suspended IWNR2055W Aug 22 2013 9 16 45 AM The pair in session volumespace for copy set XIV VOL 7803441 100987 with source XIV VOL 7803441 100987 io_todd_3 and target XIV VOL 7803448 101660 io_todd_3 in role pair H1 H2 was suspended due to a reason code of Master_Pool_Exhausted but was not yet consistent no action was taken on the session Example 6 2 Session after prepared moves severe suspended on volume IO IWNR2050E Aug 22 2013 9 48 42 AM The pair in session testfullpool for copy set XIV VOL 7803441 100985 with source XIV VOL 7803441 100985 io todd 1 and target XIV VOL 7803448 101658 io0 todd 1 in role pair H1 H2 was suspended unexpectedly with a reason code of Master Pool Exhausted 350 Tivoli S
168. OX 7825429 XIV_A Adding Copy Sets H1 Results Hosti pool CSMReg_p01 Hosti volume raMiReg_xv3_ Thivd4 Volume Details F Use a CSW file to import copy sets User Name CSMReg_xiv3_ihiw03 a Full Name XIV WOL 7 825429 b7 1240002d Type FIXEDBLK es Capacity 16 0 GiB Browse Protected Mo Space Efficient Yes z 05 Connection No lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 6 13 Host Storage system selection page 320 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems If the Copy set matches were successful click Next and you see the Select Copy Sets page as shown in Figure 6 14 Add Copy Sets XiV SNAP Choose Hosti Select Copy Sets Matching Choose which copy sets to add Click Next to add copy sets to the session Matching Results gt Select Copy Sets Select All Deselect All Add More ares Add More Adding Copy Sats Host e py Result EE CSMReg_xiv3_1hiv03 Shov lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 6 14 Copy Sets selection 3 Select the Copy Set that you want to add and click Next On the Confirm page click Next to confirm If the Copy Set was created you see the Results page as shown in Figure 6 15 Choose Hosti Results Matching Matching Results Select Copy Sets Confirm Adding Copy Sets wy IWNR10001 gt Results Aug 22 2013 12 47 53 PM Copy sets were created for the session named XiV SNAP Press Finish to ex
169. Open Systems Triggering condition Explanation Related error message Replication Communication Failure Replication Management Server State Change Replication Configuration Change An alert is generated when the ALR4339W following communication errors are detected gt The Replication standby server encountered communication errors with the Active server The Replication server timed out when attempting to communicate with the storage system The Replication server encountered communication errors with the storage system The Replication active server stopped communicating with the standby server An alert is generated when the ALR4339W replication HA connection changes to the following states gt Unknown Synchronized Synchronization Pending Disconnected Disconnected Consistent An alert is generated when the ALR4339W following replication configuration changes are detected gt One or more path definitions were added or removed One or more copy sets were added to a session One or more copy sets were deleted from a session Note The error message identifiers help you to locate any other information about the error messages that are related to triggering conditions You can check the information in the Messages section of the IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Information Center or the BM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Messages Guide SC27 4061 lf you want to disable the alerts you c
170. Opening exported Copy Set file Click Next Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication checks if the volumes are defined in another session It might show you a warning as shown Figure 3 85 on page 137 After you click Next Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication shows you the reason for the warning This warning does not prohibit you from adding this Copy Set 136 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Choose Hosti Matching Results Choose Targeti Matching gt Matching Results Select Copy Sets Confirm IWNE9431W Adding Copy Sets Aug 14 2013 12 37 27 AM One or more copy set Matches have a warning Results Click Next to continue Finish Next gt Cancel Figure 3 85 Matching results warning After clicking Next Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication shows the panel to select the Copy Sets It also shows the reasons for the warning message if there is one Verify whether the selected Copy Set to be imported is selected and click Next as shown in Figure 3 86 Choose Hosti Select Copy Sets Choose Target Choose which copy sets to add Click Next to add copy sets to the session Matching Matching Results eis alae Cope eats Select All Deselect All Confirm Host 1 Copy Set Adding Copy Sets jv TPcS1_svcs_1000 oe Results Copy Set Information Role Volume ID User Name Hosti SYC VOL SYCS 37 TPCS5i_s cs_1000
171. Productivity Center installation details see the draft of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 and the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4058 2 1 2 Licensing With the convergence of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication function into the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center license there is no longer a separate license for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication as it was in the previous Tivoli Storage Productivity Center versions 4 x and before The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center license enables all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication functions which were in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site and Three Site Business Continuity It also enables all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center functions such as storage resource management and reporting and performance monitoring Tivoli Storage Productivity Center is licensed per Terabyte a terabyte is 2 to the 40th power bytes and it must cover all of your storage that is managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center The storage that is managed is the total allocated size of all volumes that are managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center whether they are replicated or not It means if you are using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication the license must cover the total allocated size of all volumes on primary and disaster recovery site
172. Replication 058000 2107 TK831 LSS 85 1 Aug 8 2013 05 45 44 MST Replication Communication Failure Danlinstinn anmmuniastine filers A sar Rowe O 9049 NR AR AA BACT ee nto ee NCONNN I4N7 TWO94 1 CC O7 4 Rae O PNA NR AR AA BACT Danliastinn Cammuniacstinn Caihern ettinas Showing 1 500 of 2023 items Selected 0 items Refreshed 6 minutes ago Page1of5 gt gt g Figure 3 26 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alerts To explore an alert click the resource in Internal Resource column as shown in Figure 3 26 If the resource is a storage system click the hyperlink and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI opens and the storage system details are displayed as shown in Figure 3 27 If the user that is using the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center web based GUI does not have access to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication login window opens Enter a user name and password of a user who is authorized to use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and the storage system details panel opens as shown in Figure 3 27 For more information about the user access control see 3 5 3 Managing user access on page 95 Health Overview Sessions Storage System Details Storage Systems Host Systems olumes DS8000 BOX 2107 16381 ESS DS Paths Management Servers Select Storage System Action x Go Administration P Loc
173. Replication that is running on z OS and a planned or unplanned suspend occurs In this scenario if the Hardened Freeze option is not selected the suspend operation is performed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Because Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is on the same disks that are part of the Metro Mirror session and therefore subject to freeze this can lead the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to freeze which prevents the successful completion of the suspend operations Having the Hardened Freeze enabled the suspend operation is performed by I O Supervisor which does not require access to disks to complete the freeze operations gt A disabled Metro Mirror session that is managing z OS storage that is not HyperSwap enabled is managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication that is running on Open Systems Consider a situation in which an extended outage in the network infrastructure prevents Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication from communicating with the storage systems In this scenario without Hardened Freeze enabled an unplanned suspension event does not trigger a freeze which leaves the auxiliary storage systems inconsistent and affects primary storage systems With the Hardened Freeze option enabled the suspend operation is performed by I O Supervisor which does not require network connectivity to complete the freeze operations The Hardened Freeze
174. Replication version 5 2 has the following hardware requirements gt Windows and Linux Processor Intel Xeon or greater at least four processors at 2 5 GHz CPUs each Memory 8 GB of RAM Disk space 15 GB of free disk space gt AIX Processor IBM POWERS or later at least four processors at 2 3 GHz CPUs each Memory 8 GB of RAM Disk space 22 GB of free disk space Software requirements for operating systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 5 2 supports the following operating systems gt Windows and Linux Windows 2012 x86 x86 64 Standard Edition Enterprise Edition Windows 2008 R2 x86 64 Standard Edition Enterprise Edition Red Hat Enterprise Linux Base Server and Advanced Platform 5 x86 64 Red Hat Linux Base Server and Advanced Platform 6 x86 64 gt AIX AIX V6 1 64 bit AIX V7 1 64 bit Chapter 2 Planning and installation 39 gt VM on VMWare VMware ESX and ESXi 3 0 x 3 5 x 4 0 x 4 1 x and 5 x Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Windows 2008 Windows 2008 R2 Windows 2012 Note The hardware and software requirements for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication are the same for the active and standby management servers for a high availability environment The hardware and software requirements for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for System Z
175. Results Targeti volume Red_vol02 v Volume Details User Name Red_vol02 Full Name S VC VOL RMSVCO8 1143 Type FIXEDBLK Capacity 100 0 MiB Protected No Space Efficient No z OS Connection No lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 5 13 Select the target volume Target1 for the copy set 9 By using the wizard you can add more Copy Sets to the list before they are added to the session Click Add More in the Select Copy Sets window as shown in Figure 5 14 on page 294 and then repeat steps 5 and 6 as needed Confirm that the required Copy Sets are selected and then click Next Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 293 7 AddCopySetsWizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition fo e https tpcr vm4L storage tucson ibm com 9559 C SM WizardFactory sp wizardname AddCopySetsWizard amp sessName FCDB2session T OP Add Copy Sets FCDB2session Choose Hosti Select Copy Sets Jf Choose Targeti Choose which copy sets to add Click Next to add copy sets to the session Matching F Watching nari SelectAll DeselectAll Add More Select Copy Sets i alas e SE Confirm ost 1 Copy et Adding Copy Sets Red_volO1 Show Results Red_volo3 Show Copy Set Information SSS SSS SS Role Volume ID User Name Hosti SVC VOLIRMSYVC08 1144 Red_vol03 Targeti SYVCiVOL IRMSYC0S 1145 Red_vol04 lt Previou
176. Role Status Port SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net ACTIVE No Standby 9561 csmcli gt 3 Run the setstdby command the set the standby server Through the CLI you are informed that this operation overwrites the contents of the standby server database and you are prompted to confirm that you want to continue as shown in Example 3 21 Example 3 21 Adding standby server csmcli gt setstdby password 12345678 server 172 31 149 2 username Administrator IWNR3111W Aug 15 2013 12 56 01 AM This command will define another management server as a Standby for this server This will overwrite the configuration of the specified standby Do you want to continue y n y IWNR30201 Aug 15 2013 12 56 05 AM Connection to the active high availability server at 172 31 83 171 making the server IICTPCRI1 PRI windows ssclab lj si net a Standby was successful csmcli gt 4 Run the Ilshaserves command again to confirm that your active server now has a standby server as shown in Example 3 22 Example 3 22 New standby server csmcli gt Ishaservers Server Role Status Port SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net ACTIVE Synchronized 9561 IICTPCRT1 PRI STANDBY Synchronized 9561 csmcli gt The standby server is successfully defined for your active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server 3 8 2 Takeover If your active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server fails or if there is a planned failover you must perfo
177. SG24 7759 You can search for view download or order these documents and other Redbooks Redpapers Web Docs draft and other materials at the following website http www ibm com redbooks Other publications The following publications also are relevant as further information sources gt IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 2 for System z Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4091 IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 2 for System z User s Guide SC27 4092 IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 2 for System z Command Line Interface User s Guide SC27 4093 IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 2 for System z Problem Determination Guide SC27 4094 IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Version 5 2 Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4058 Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 407 Online resources The following websites also are relevant as further information sources gt IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Information Center http pic dhe ibm com infocenter tivihelp v59r1 index jsp gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center support website http www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid swg21386446 gt IBM Software Lifecyle website http www ibm com software support 1ifecycle index_t html gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Suite Customer Support Technical Information Newsletter http
178. SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT A Example 7 2 HyperSwap API started task JCL HSIBAPI JOB MSGLEVEL 1 1 TIME NOLIMIT REGION 0M EXEC PGM IOSHSAPI 7 2 3 Connectivity Participating hosts in HyperSwap sessions must have FICON connections to both storage systems in a Metro Mirror relationship This means that primary and secondary devices must be defined in the IODF and have operational paths to all devices It is also suggested that both storage systems be defined with the same number of paths and the same number of Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases After the HyperSwap is done all host read and write operations are sent to auxiliary storage system 358 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note You also can have multiple source or multiple target systems for the HyperSwap There is no restriction of having only a single source or target box 7 2 4 Enabling a host name or IP address connection to a z OS host system To connect z OS host systems in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication that is running on Windows Linux AIX or z OS you can use a z OS host name or IP address By adding a z OS host to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication you can fully manage HyperSwap sessions that are running on that z OS host system This feature enables a single instance of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to manage multiple HyperSwap sessions that are running in different z OS systems an
179. Severe level threshold Seconds field Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Severe level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the severe level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value an error console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Severe If the value in this field is other than O it must be greater than the value in the Warning level threshold seconds field The following general options also are available gt Fail MM GC if target is online CKD only Select this option to fail any session commands for a Metro Mirror or Global Copy relationship if the target volume is in the Online state For more information about this state see the documentation for the storage system This option applies to CKD volumes only gt Reset Secondary Reserves Select this option to remove any persistent reserves that might be set on the target volumes of the copy sets when a Start command is issued for the session gt Metro Mirror Suspend Policy options Select one of the following options to specify the policy for holding or releasing I O after a Metro Mirror relationship is suspended When a relationship is in a Suspended state write operations from the source volume are no longer mirrored to the target volume Hold I O after Suspend Select this option to prevent the source volume from receiving new data afte
180. Site A failure Se eee er 00101010 10010100 911101010 3 00110101 wee a SS ae a ae ee a ea ee ee ee ee R ee ee ae ee ee ee eee S oS Cu ab eee ee ee a HyperSwap SS Figure 7 35 Entire primary site failure in an Active Active campus configuration The HyperSwap capabilities of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication enable the applications that are running on Site B to survive the Site A failure by switching to the Site B storage systems In addition the Parallel Sysplex facilities allow an application that is switching from Site A to Site B with minimal or no downtime Scenario 2 Three site configuration A three site configuration combines the high availability features of an Active Active campus configuration with Disaster Recovery capabilities In addition to the infrastructure that is required for the campus solution a remote third site is provided with computing capabilities and storage capacity for Disaster Recovery purposes To make this solution effective in terms of Recovery Time Objective RTO and Recovery Point Objective RPO more data replication capabilities must be provided to ensure data availability at the remote site Furthermore to be considered effective in terms of Disaster Recovery a three site solution must have sufficient distance between the campus sites and the remote site such that it ensures the survival of at least one site in the case of major disaster
181. System exemplifies IBM Smarter Storage for Smarter Computing empowering thousands of organizations worldwide to take control of their storage and gain business insights from their data Designed for consistent Tier 1 performance and five nines availability XIV storage offers low total cost of ownership and addresses even the most demanding and diverse workloads The IBM XIV Storage System grid architecture delivers massive parallelism which results in uniform allocation of system resources always IBM XIV Storage System automates tasks and provides an extraordinarily intuitive user interface This interface is accompanied by an equally rich and comprehensive CLI for tailoring the system to user requirements For more information about IBM XIV Storage System see this website http www 03 ibm com systems storage disk xiv index html Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 35 36 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Planning and installation In this chapter we provide an overview of the tasks that are necessary to successfully deploy Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication within your environment This chapter includes the following topics gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installation planning gt Installing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 37 2 1 Tivoli Stor
182. T Replication Communication Failure Replication suspending eventno A Warning Aug 8 2013 12 53 44 MST BI Replication ITSO TEST 1 Aug 8 2013 12 53 44 MST Replication Suspending Event Notific Advanced Replication communication failur A Warning Aug 8 2013 12 53 44 MST E9 Replication Gg 058000 BOX 2107 LM841 1 Aug 8 2013 12 53 44 MST Replication Communication Failure Analytics Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 12 53 43 MST B Replication E 0S8000 80x 2107 LM341 4 Aug 8 2013 12 53 43 MST Replication Communication Failure Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 12 53 39 MST EJ Replication EJ 9 11 222 96 1 Aug 8 2013 12 53 39 MST Replication Communication Failure ml Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 05 45 46 MST EJ Replication EJ 0S8000 BOxX 2107 TK831 1 Aug 8 2013 05 45 46 MST Replication Communication Failure Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 05 45 46 MST amp Replication 0S8000 B0xX 2107 XC891 1 Aug 8 2013 05 45 46 MST Replication Communication Failure Reporting Replication communication failur_ j Warning Aug 8 2013 05 45 46 MST E9 Replication EJ 0S8000 B0x 2107 TK831 1 Aug 8 2013 05 45 46 MST Replication Communication Failure c Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 05 45 45 MST EJ Replication 0S2000 B0X 2107 03611 1 Aug 38 2013 05 45 45 MST Replication Communication Failure Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 05 45 44 MST EJ
183. V7000 Unified is functionally identical to the Storwize V7000 The difference between the products is that a pair of file system management nodes were included on top of the standard Storwize V7000 These nodes run in a cluster with the same code as the IBM Scale Out Network Attached Storage product and use volumes that are provided by the Storwize V7000 to build file systems and provide CIFS or NFS services to the attached IP networks Figure 5 5 shows the Overview window of the Storwize V7000 Unified with the file system portion highlighted in the red box E Cad amd ae amp _ fd Internal Drives 9 External Storage Sysas 3 Fe Volumes i File System 1 Fila System i File Sak 2 Shares Paal 7 Mieke 4 Pools T i a ae ee Hincte 31 Block q volumes Figure 5 5 Storwize V7000 Unified Overview window Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 5 2 supports Block level Copy Services in Storwize V7000 Unified version 1 4 but does not yet support the management of file system Replication or Remote Caching For Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Storwize V7000 and Storwize V7000 Unified are equivalent in Copy Services management 5 3 3 Storwize V3700 and V3500 The Storwize V3700 is fancifully equivalent to the V7000 It has the same enclosure models which can have Large Form Factor 3 5 inch HDDs or Small Form Factor 2 5 inch HDDs The Storwize V3700 and V7000 feature the following diffe
184. X IX Tivoli Storage l IBM Power Storage Productivity Center IBM Sec apo DS8000 IBM Bair Storage WESH for Replication newer Global Mirror Zay Metro Global Mirror l Session Session SYSBAS i a MM Target GC Source Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Figure A 1 DS8000 three site disaster recovery solution with Metro Global Mirror 400 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note For single point administration you should manage all functions and features for the sessions such as adding copy sets and starting the sessions through ACS exclusively after you define the sessions in ACS Do not use the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI or command line interface to manage the sessions For more information about ACS and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center see the following resources gt PowerHA SystemMirror for IBM i Cookbook SG24 7994 which is available at this website http publib b boulder ibm com abstracts sg247994 html 0pen gt The IBM i Advanced Copy services wiki which is available at this website https www ibm com developerworks community wikis home 1ang en wiki IBM 20i 20Advanced 20Copy 20Services Appendix A Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and Advanced Copy Services 401 402 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication integration In this appendi
185. Yes Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg_pO01 H1 Consistency Group Xi V MMFOFB H2 Pool CSMReg_p01 H2 Consistency Group Xi V MMFOFB Participating Role Pairs Last Update Aug 22 2013 3 13 50 PM Metro Mirror Failover Failback ite 2 Site 1 F H1 H2 Timestamp Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type Figure 6 45 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Metro Mirror Session being suspended Aug 22 2013 3 13 48 PM 2 After you suspend a Metro Mirror link you can perform a Recover operation which causes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to reverse the link and begins to move information from the Target Slave volume back to the Master Primary volume This process is also known as moving data from the Secondary back to the Primary Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication can complete this process only after the link is suspended Make note of the difference in the Session Details window that is shown in Figure 6 46 in which the Recover action is allowed because the link was suspended Select Recover and then click Go Session Details XiV MMFOFB Recover na Go Select Action Recover Start H1 gt H2 Add Copy Sets Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties Remove Copy Sets Remove Session Terminate Other Export Copy Sets Refresh States View Copy Sets View Messages
186. age Productivity Center for Replication installation planning As of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center version 5 1 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is a part of the IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and is installed with the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation Installation planning for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is part of the planning for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center but some specific information regarding Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication must be determined That information is described in the following sections 2 1 1 Pre installation steps It is important to plan pre installation steps to correctly set up the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication environment The pre installation steps consider some specifics regarding Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication which are also important in a presales phase if you are planning to buy Tivoli Storage Productivity Center The following specifics must be considered gt Licensing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication storage systems Operating systems platform High availability configuration versus non high availability configuration Management server connectivity Storage systems connectivity User accounts Managing HyperSwap functionality z OS open systems Host connectivity YYY YY V Yy For more information about the pre installation steps and other Tivoli Storage
187. ail any session commands for a Metro Mirror or Global Copy relationship if the target volume is in the Online state For more information about this state see the documentation for the storage system This option applies only to count key data CKD volumes gt Reset Secondary Reserves Select this option to remove any persistent reserves that might be set on the target volumes of the copy sets when a Start command is issued for the session Metro Mirror FO FB with Practice In addition to the options that were described for the Metro Mirror Failover Failback FO FB session type see Metro Mirror Single Direction and Metro Mirror Failover Failback on page 233 the Persistent FlashCopy option for Role Pair H2 12 is available for the Metro Mirror FO FB with Practice session type Select this option to keep FlashCopy pairs persistent on the hardware Global Mirror sessions tunable parameters Different session options are available for Global Mirror session types depending on the topology of the session Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 233 Global Mirror Single Direction and Global Mirror FO FB For the Role Pair H1 J2 the following Global Mirror options are available gt Consistency group interval time Seconds Enter how often in seconds the Global Mirror session attempts to form a consistency group A lower value can reduce the data exposure of the session However a lower v
188. al Ai warning Q N Storage Systems A Host Systems K Management Servers A Remote Host Systems a Remote Storage Systems Last Update Aug 6 2013 10 46 47 PM a i Management Servers i j a F Status A Synchronized Select Action Go Sener Role Port IICTPCRT1 PRI STANDBY 9561 SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net ACTIVE 9561 Figure 3 11 Management Servers panel Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview ud Sessions B 2 normal Storage Systems A Host Systems B Management Servers Figure 3 12 Select Action Go D Administrators Operator Group D db2admin Administrator User D DB2USERS Operator Group tpcFileRegistryUser Administrator User Administration panel As shown in Figure 3 12 the Administration panel is used to view a list of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication users and groups and their access privileges You can also give users and groups different access privileges Administration Lost Update Aug 6 2013 2 03 07 F ey Administration panel Advanced Tools panel Use the Advanced Tools panel that is shown in Figure 3 13 on page 72 to create a diagnostic package in case you have a problem with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication You can change the automatic browser
189. al Status Connected Advanced Tools Remote Status Connected a Console About Type D58000 endor IBM Sign Out tpcadmin Location None Connections Health Overview id Sessions 3 normal Storage Connection Local Status Remote Status Connection Type o warning HMc 172 31 30 33 A connected E connected HMC O severe B storage Systems G Host Systems OD itsiisssinere Servers B Remote Storage Systems ES Remote Host Systems Figure 3 27 Storage System Details in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI 92 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems If the internal resource is not shown or if it is a Session name double click a new resource in the Internal Resource column as shown in Figure 3 26 on page 141 and in a new window you see the details about the alert that are related to that internal resource as shown in Figure 3 28 Alert 2042 Aug amp 2073 09 06 35 GMT 02 00 Replication configuration change F ALR 43I A A The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication resource SVC8 SVC2_MM triggered an alert with the following message IWNR19561 8 8 2013 9 06 11 At least one copy set has been added to or removed from session S CE S C _MM Alert catego gy Replication Alert definition name Replication Configuration Change Resources Alert creator TPcUser lt Previous Hext close Figure 3 28 Alert information 3 5 T
190. alization layer that abstracts server hardware resources and shares them with multiple virtual machines By running vMotion you can migrate running virtual machines between hosts However if you install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication into a virtual VMware server and run a vMotion Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication often disables the communication between the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server and its managed storage resources Tip Use the High Availability options that are available for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication as described in 1 3 Architecture on page 7 and use dedicated hardware resources to host Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server 8 2 2 VAAI and DS8000 VMware VAAI uses specific functions from the storage array hardware to drive vSphere vStorage operations For instance for VAAI XCOPY IBM FlashCopy at the track level is used To use the VAAI XCOPY primitive the FlashCopy feature of the DS8870 must be enabled This means that a FlashCopy license for Fixed Block capacity is required In any instance in which XCOPY is not supported the storage array indicates to the host that XCOPY is not supported and the host performs the copies The only impact to applications is that operations that might otherwise use XCOPY do not get the benefit of hardware acceleration You should take the standard precautions concerning code versions
191. alue also causes the session to attempt to create consistency groups more frequently which can increase network traffic Possible values are 0 65535 The default is O seconds Global Mirror settings In addition to the Consistency Group Interval Time the Maximum Coordination Interval Time and the Maximum Consistency Group Drain Time are parameters that affect the Global Mirror behavior By default Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication establishes a Global Mirror session that uses the default values for these two parameters The default values are 50 ms for Maximum Coordination Interval Time and 30 seconds for Maximum Consistency Group Drain Time These values are the recommended values that fit most of the Global Mirror installations If a modification of these two parameters is required this can be done only by using the chsess CSMCLI command Depending on the Role Pair that is involved and the session type different options are available for the chsess CSMCLI command to modify Maximum Coordination Interval Time and the Maximum Consistency Group Drain Time settings For the Global Mirror Single Direction Global Mirror Failover Failback and Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session types you can use the following commands gt chsess maxdrain xx NameSession to set to xx seconds the Maximum Consistency Group Drain Time for the session NameSession gt chsess coordint yy NameSession to set to yy milliseconds th
192. an log in to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center stand alone GUI and in the navigation tree click Replication Manager Alerting gt Replication Alerts and select the alert that you want to disable This action opens an alert panel in which the alert details are shown In the panel you clear the Enabled option as shown in Figure 3 23 on page 90 and then click Save Alert is disabled and it does not appear in Alerts Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 89 Eem Tivoli Storage Productivity Center tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm comi Edit Replication Alerts Preferences Window Help File Bj al x amp l View Connection avigation Tree Edit Replication Alerts Administrative Services Creator TPCUser Mame Replication Communication Failure H IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center H Data Manager H D ata Manager for Databases lenabled r Share with external applications I H Data Manager for Chargeback Disk Manager Fabric Manager Replication Manager Condition walie Value Units El Alerting Communication Failed Description The alert For all Replication Communication Failure events Alert Triggering Condition Triggered Actions TPCUser Replication Configuration Change SNMP Trap TPCUser Replication Management Server State Change TPCUser Replication Session Change TEC OMNIbus Event i TPCLUser Replication Suspending Event Notification Login
193. anage the H1 H2 sequence of a Metro Mirror session Only volumes that are attached to host systems that are defined in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Host Systems panel are eligible for Open HyperSwap The Disable Open HyperSwap setting also is available Select this option to prevent an Open HyperSwap operation from occurring while keeping the configuration on the host system and all source and target volumes coupled For more information about Open HyperSwap implementation see HyperSwap configuration for z OS and Open systems on page 45 4 3 4 Scenarios requiring a full copy Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses all of the DS8000 Copy Services options to minimize the need to perform a full copy of data for a session while questioning among its states Nevertheless in some cases a full copy of data is unavoidable For instance starting an Inactive session always requires a full copy of the data often called Initial Copy Furthermore there are other session specific conditions where the full copy is still required In general a specific action might not require a full copy depending on the sequence of operations that were previously started There are some particular actions that irrespective of the previous actions that were performed always require a full copy In these cases Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication explicitly warns the user that a full copy is going to be started
194. anel of your standby server as shown in Figure 3 60 Health Overview Sessions SS Management Servers Storage Systems EO J Host Systems p Yolumes i ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Status fy Disconnected Consistent Console About Select Action Go Sign Out Administrator Server Role Port Health Overview I72 31 83 171 ACTIVE 9561 Sessions IICTPCRT1 PRI windows ssclab lj sinet STANOBY 9561 E M4 normal dh yra warning H A severe a Storage Systems A Host Systems ER Management Servers Remote Storage Systems mall Remote Host Systems Figure 3 60 Management Servers panel on Standby server You now see a list of two Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers with active and standby roles The status of both management servers is Disconnected Consistent from the point of view of the standby server This means that the standby server cannot communicate with its active server but it has a consistent database and can take over the role of the active server In the drop down menu select Takeover and click Go as shown in Figure 3 61 on page 119 to start the takeover process 118 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Management Servers Storage Systems EO a Host Systems E Yolumes ESS D5 Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Status MA
195. ansition diagram Stage Two After the maintenance is completed and the Site 1 storage systems are running again we can start the following go home procedure 5 Start a StartH2 H1 H3 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following operations Failback I3 volumes to H1 volumes Wait until the I3 H1 first pass copy is completed Enable the Incremental Resync from H2 and I3 with noinit option Suspend the Global Copy pairs H2 13 Wait until the I3 H1 copy is completed 100 copied Failover H1 volumes Failback H1 volumes to I3 volumes Start H2 H1 Metro Mirror pairs with the Incremental Resync with option override Wait until the H1 I3 first pass copy is completed Start the Global Mirror H1 H3 After the action is complete the status of the session is Normal and the state is Prepared Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 263 After the operations on H2 volumes are stopped we can proceed with the following steps 6 Start a Suspend action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs a Freeze operation that makes the H1 volumes in Consistent status After the action is complete the status of the session is Severe and the state is Suspended The Global Mirror H1 H3 is still running 7 Issue the RecoverH1 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Re
196. ap A customer can also use z OS HyperSwap with a non parallel sysplex For example a sysplex without a Coupling Facility CF or with a system that is running in XCF local mode 382 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems SITE A SITE B A t ystem z LPAR LPAR LPAR E D F z pa LPAR LPAR LPAR D E F d 222 2 D58000 DS8000 Figure 7 33 Open systems implementation for an Active Active campus configuration Note For more information about Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication HyperSwap on z OS see IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Series z SG24 7563 which is available at this website http www redbooks ibm com redpieces abstracts sg247563 html 0pen Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 383 Figure 7 34 shows a primary storage systems failure in Site A 00101010 00101010 e 1000100 e 10010100 12101010 411101010 to es SS SS a a a a G a T ce ee fe ee a SA Figure 7 34 Primary storage systems failure in an Active Active campus configuration In this case the failure of primary storage system triggers a HyperSwap that allows application transparent switching to the auxiliary storage systems 384 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Figure 7 35 shows a complete
197. ar jar C Program Files IBM TPC wilp lib ws launch jar replicationServer clean C Program Files IBM TPC ewas java binjjava Declipse security Dwas status socket 60102 Dosgi install area C Program Files IBM TPC ewas Dosgi configuration area C Program Files IBM TPClewas profiles WebServerProtile server java Xmx1024m Xrs cp C Program Files IBM TPC datalserver classes C Program Files IBM TPC data server lib aspectjrt jar C Program Files IBM TPC datalserver lib autotrace jar C Program Files IBM TPC data server lib CDM jar C Pro C Program Files IBM TPC jre binijava Dfile encoding Cp852 Xmx512m Djava net preferIPy4Stack false classpath lib csmceli jar lib clicommon jar lib csmelient jar lib essClientApi jar libyibmCIMClient jar lib jlog jar lib jsse jar lib xerces C Program Files IBM TPC jre binijava xx MaxPermSize 256m Xmx1536m javaagent C Program Files IBM TPC wip ib bootstrap agent jar jar C Program Files IBM TPC wlp lib ws launch jar deviceServer clean LogonUl exe flags 0x0 Ci Windows system32 sass exe Ci Windows system32 sm exe Ci Windows System32 msdtc exe C Windows system32 notepad exe rdpclip Windowsisystem32 services exe of 4 b V Show processes from all users End Process Figure 3 68 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication process running Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 125 On AIX and Linux servers you can ch
198. are Support Lifecycle To determine whether your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Version is still supported or whether you should upgrade browse to this IBM Software Lifecyle website http www ibm com software support 1ifecycle index_t html Browse through the list of all products starting with the letter T or use your browser s search function to look for the product name or product ID PID The column on the right shows Chapter 8 Hints andtips 397 when the product was released and when the support ends Select your products and then click View details at the bottom of the page A list of only the selected products opens to which you can subscribe by using RSS technology 8 12 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center support matrix To find the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center support matrix for various components and versions browse to this Tivoli Storage Productivity Center support website http www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid swg21386446 398 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and Advanced Copy Services In this appendix Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication integration with Advanced Copy Services for PowerHA System Mirror for i is introduced Advanced Copy Services ACS is a set of tools that was written by IBM Lab Services for IBM i customers These tools provide more functions for PowerH
199. art of the line Placing it in other positions can cause the line to be invalid The portpairings csv is not shared between two Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers in a high availability environment Thus different port pairings can be established from the standby server after a takeover You must copy the portpairings csv file to the standby server to ensure that the two files are equal 2 To enable the changes in the file you must perform a task that requires new paths to be established For example suspend a session to remove the logical paths and then issue the Start H1 gt H2 command to enable the paths to use the port pairings in the CSV file Note By enabling the CSV file port pairing you cannot differentiate LSS logical paths definitions within a storage systems pairing If you must use different port pairings among LSSs within the same storage systems pairing you must not use the portpairings csv file Adding logical paths by using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI You can add logical paths by using the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI In this section we describe how to add the logical paths Before you add the paths you must ensure that you defined the appropriate storage systems on the Storage Systems panel To add the logical paths complete the following steps 1 In the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication navigation tree select ESS
200. as shown in Figure 7 23 and click Go Session Details Last Update Aug 7 2013 5 17 13 PM ITSO MM HS Select Action w Go ea Mirror ania Select Action Actions Sep Hyperswap H1 H2 Add Copy Sets Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties Recoverable Timestamp Remove Copy Sets Remove Session Temninate Export Copy Sets Refresh States View Copy Sets View Messages Figure 7 23 Session Details panel that shows the HyperSwap action Click Yes in the confirmation panel as shown in Figure 7 24 Bkii BOS F Hi Hit IWARIB23W Aug 7 2013 5 18 04 PM The command wil move application 10 trom amp k11 te BeOS for session I7S0 MM HS Do you want to continue Figure 7 24 Confirmation panel Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 17 17 17 17 17 17 T7 17 Ls 17 17 17 17 17 17 I7 17 ae 17 er I7 17 7 17 17 17 I7 Lis 17 17 T 17 17 We 17 17 17 Les 17 17 17 17 I7 EZ 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 4
201. as the necessary access to all required storage systems When you install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication default ports must be opened through the firewall You must also disable the firewall program or open the ports to allow incoming requests to the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication ports The Table 2 1 on page 42 shows the ports that are used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for incoming and outgoing communication Review these ports before you install the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to establish communication to storage systems Chapter 2 Planning and installation 41 The TCP IP ports that are used only by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center are documented in the draft of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 and in the IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4058 Note Table 2 1 lists default ports that are used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for incoming and outgoing communication The installer automatically detects conflicts and might choose other ports Table 2 1 TCP IP ports that are used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Description Communication 9558 and 9559 A web browser typically Incoming communicates with the Tiv
202. ase see the support matrix at this website http www ibm com support docview wss rs 40 amp context SSBSEX amp context SSMN28 amp cont ext SSMMUP amp context SS8JB5 amp context SS8JFMaui d swg21386446 amp loc en US amp cs utf 8 amp lan g en Clustering environments such as VIO and PowerHA are not supported by Open HyperSwap z OS HyperSwap requirements z OS HyperSwap support requires z OS 1 12 or later and it requires that HyperSwap address spaces the HyperSwap Management address space and the HyperSwap API address space are started and running These address spaces must be running in z OS systems and sysplexes that use HyperSwap function For more information about how to set up z OS HyperSwap see Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems on page 355 Hosts connectivity Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses the Internet Protocol network to communicate with hosts to use HyperSwap You must ensure that your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server has the necessary access to all required hosts that are involved in HyperSwap AIX or z OS Table 2 1 on page 42 shows you the ports that are used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for communication with AIX and z OS host 2 2 Installing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication In this section we provide an overview of the latest Tivoli Storage Produc
203. at is sessions might have volumes that are actively copied or pending to be copied there are no suspended volumes and copy services is temporarily inconsistent but actions are in place to move into duplex state No action is required to make this status Green because states automatically change gt Red Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Copy Services has one or more exceptions that must be dealt with immediately In addition various icons are used to represent a more detailed status of different objects as shown in Table 3 1 Table 3 1 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Symbols Meaning The sessions are in a normal state The sessions are in the warning state The sessions are in an error state The storage systems are connected to the management server At least one storage system cannot communicate with the management servers At least one storage subsystem cannot communicate with the management servers No storage subsystems are defined The session is in an inactive state The standby server is defined and synchronized The standby server is in warning status disconnected synchronizing Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 67 Meaning No standby server is defined The standby server cannot communicate with the local server Sessions panel The Session panel as shown in Figure 3 6 provides you information about all sessions including statisti
204. aths for storage systems You can view and manage the paths for DS8000 DS6000 and ESS800 storage systems By using this panel you start the Path Management wizard to add a path between a source and target storage system After you add the paths you can view them in this panel as shown in Figure 3 10 e ESS DS Paths Last Update Aug 6 2013 1 22 22 P Manage Paths Storage System Pane Enos DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 43 i2 DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 61 o DS8000 BOX 2107 XC891 56 Figure 3 10 ESS DS Paths panel For more information about how to define paths see 4 3 1 DS8000 Path management on page 201 Management Servers panel Use the Management Servers panel to define a standby server and view the status of the management servers configuration If you defined the standby server the list shows you both management servers in operation This panel has two variations depending on which management server you are logged in Actions are also different and they are related to each management server The actions can be Reconnect Takeover Define standby Remove standby and Set this Server as Standby Figure 3 11 on page 71 shows the Management Servers panel 70 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems olumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Sign Out tpcadmin Health Overview amp Sessions 2 norm
205. ating Role Pairs are shown at the bottom of the panel Non Participating Role Pairs are role pairs that are not involved in any replication activity but can become active during specific configurations of the session Last Update Aug 2 2073 3 06 32 PM ITSO MM FOFB wP Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No z z Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action Go ee Stei Site E EAE Hi H2 Recoverable No Deseription modify A E It Detailed Status E DWNRGOOG Aug 2 2013 3 06 33 PM Waiting for all pairs in role pair H1 2 to reach a state of Prepared Estimated Time te Complete Calculating Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count C Timestamp Figure 4 78 Session Details panel Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 221 After the initial copy is completed the session goes to Normal status and Prepared state as shown in Figure 4 79 ere ai Last Update Aug 2 2013 3 32 08 PM Session Details ee si ITSO MM FOFB wP Select Action Go Failover Failback i Site i Site 2 Status E St t i j Active Host s Hi H2 Recoverable vss Description modify Yy Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No E Participating Role Pairs Error Count Recoverable Copying Copy Type MM ma Hi 5 5 N A FE nia Hon Participating Role Pairs Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type Figure 4 79 Session De
206. ation the Incremental Resync a Global Mirror relationship can be established between the local and remote site without the need to replicate all the data After the Metro Global Mirror relationships are established with the Incremental Resync feature enabled the Global Mirror must be running for at least 10 15 minutes before an incremental resynchronization can be started from local to remote site otherwise a full copy occurs Metro Global Mirror with Practice session For this session the following scenarios require a full copy of data gt Consider a configuration where the host is running on a local or intermediate site with the Global Mirror running When the H3 volumes are recovered with the Metro Mirror suspended starting the StartH3 gt H1 H2 action see Figure 4 103 requires a full copy from the remote to local site and from the local to intermediate site Figure 4 103 Start H3 gt H1 H2 action that requires a Full Copy Consider a configuration where the host is running on remote site with a cascading Global Copy running H3 gt H1 H2 When the H1 volumes are recovered starting the StartH3 gt H1 H2 action see Figure 4 104 on page 250 or the StartH1 gt H2 gt H3 action see Figure 4 105 on page 250 requires a full copy of data across the three sites Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 249 m Start3H1h2 AT Se Sa 3 a i
207. ation process Figure 2 8 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Prerequisites window If JazzSM is installed on your computer the page displays a green check mark otherwise the Install Now button is shown If you do not want to install JazZSM on your computer click Next to proceed to the next page in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation program and install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center without reports In our case we do not install reporting Click Next The window that is shown in Figure 2 9 on page 54 shows your installation location and type We select single server as installing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center in a single server environment This is a simple process and can be completed successfully by most Tivoli Storage Productivity Center customers Chapter 2 Planning and installation 53 w IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation v License Agreement Before You Begin Installation location CAProgram FilesiBMiTPC Installation Location Installation Type Single server m Install all components on one server Install selected components on two O Multiple servers SeIvers Upgrade the license to add features to an existing installation Figure 2 9 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation Location and Type window A multiple server environment is ideal if you are monitoring large storage environments where one server is not sufficient to manage the Tivoli Stora
208. ation supports one standby server for an active server This is also true for a three site environment 3 8 1 Setting up a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server To set up a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server for your active server you must install the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center to the standby server This task also installs Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 107 The standby server can be set up by using one of the following methods gt Setting up a different server as the standby server gt Setting up the server you are logged in to as the standby server Note The standby server cannot manage sessions that are running in the active server Also the standby server must be configured after you have your High Availability plan defined After setting a server as a standby server you cannot use this server for any other purpose than a Takeover Setting up a different server as the standby server You set up a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server by logging in to the active server and defining a different server as a standby server Assume that you have an active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server with some sessions defined but without a standby management server as shown in Figure 3 46 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems
209. ca Shad ed Rede ah hd beets oak ek 1s ede Re ne 167 4 1 4 Metro Global Mirror 0 0 eee eee ees 174 4 2 New functions for DS8000 0 0 eee 182 4 2 1 FlashCopy consistency groups for FlashCopy sessions 182 4 2 2 Global Mirror pause with consistency 0 00 eee ee 183 4 2 3 Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer 0 0 00 ee eee 185 4 2 4 Global Mirror Info Tab for DS8000 sessions 00000 eee eee 191 4 2 5 Global Mirror Historical Data 0 0 00 eee 195 4 2 6 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication TOF ODEN SYSICMS renia Peeks ou Ea ake anes at eee wee Bae 201 4 3 Managing DS8000 Sessions 0 cc eee eee ne 201 4 3 1 DS8000 Path management 0 0 0 ee eens 201 4 3 2 Setting up a session 1 0 eee eee 209 4 3 3 Session tunable parameters 0 0 0 cc ee ees 230 4 3 4 Scenarios requiring a full COpy 1 ee 241 BA NISC CASCS 2 5 eh can ho dh NS ae OR Soh Sa he ee Rae a ab hice Paes 250 4 4 1 Practicing disaster recovery by using FlashCopy sessions 251 4 4 2 Two site planned outages scenarios 0 0 ee ee 254 4 4 3 Three site planned outages scenarios 0 ee eee 259 Hs NOUDIGSMOOUNG ayas choir aii eek eee hd fa cat Me cP eran De each Mis Ye ces ne need eas 270 4 5 1 Managing loss of connection to storage SySteM 2 0 0 0 eee 270 4 5 2 Managing suspending eventS
210. cal configuration of the storage system This process ensures that the performance characteristics of the target storage systems are consistently updated to reflect the performance characteristics of the source storage system The Easy Tier heat map transfer function is available for System Storage DS8000 Release 7 1 and later IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication supports the DS8000 Easy Tier heat map transfer function with version 5 1 1 1 or higher The storage systems must meet the following requirements gt The source and target storage systems must be connected to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by using a Hardware Management Console HMC connection gt The Easy Tier heat map transfer function must be enabled on the source and target storage systems To support the Easy Tier heat map transfer function another software component is installed simultaneously to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication This component which is called Heat Map Transfer Utility HMTU operates as a daemon that is running on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server and performs the following actions gt Loads storage system configuration information gt Pulls heat maps from the source storage system gt Applies source heat maps on the target storage system gt Records the heat maps transfer results All of the Easy Tier heat map transfer related tasks are performed by the HMTU
211. can be used for business purposes such as data mining and reporting and for IT purposes such as remote backup to tape or development test and quality assurance Figure 6 67 shows an XIV remote snapshot plus Remote Mirroring configuration Figure 6 67 XIV remote snapshot plus Remote Mirroring configuration 6 5 Troubleshooting Even with careful planning and execution you might still encounter errors when you are attempting data replication tasks This section provides guidance for some of the common errors that might occur Troubleshooting resources The following files and tools can help you find more information when you are examining the errors gt Log package The log package does not require direct access to the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication file system It contains logs with details regarding the actions in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication such as xivApiTrace gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console The Console is a listing in the GUI of csmMessage 1og that is on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server It can be opened by selecting Console from the navigation tree Figure 6 68 shows a sample of the type of messages that are available in the Console It can be used to identify steps that succeeded and you can isolate the step that failed It also includes a historical reference of actions against the Tivoli Storage Productivity C
212. cation Session ITSO MM HS Socket Port 5858 HyperSwap enabled New member configuration load failed Disable Planned swap recovery Disable Unplanned swap recovery Disable FreezeAll Yes Stop No Figure 7 20 z OS display that shows the configuration status Finally the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication shows the session in HyperSwap enabled status by showing a green H in the drawing that represents the session as shown in Figure 7 21 Session Details ITSO MM HS Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action v Bkit 8k09 Status La Normal amp fip eP State Prepared Hi H2 Active Host H1 Recoverable es Description sample session modify Copy Sets 1 vie Transitioning No z OS Association CAPTKEN1 sysplex Participating Role Pairs Figure 7 21 Session Details panel that shows the HyperSwap enabled status Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 375 Now that the configuration is loaded in the z OS address space we can perform a HyperSwap test The volume 8K1103 is online with the device number 0F43 as shown in Figure 7 22 D U VOL 8K1103 RESPONSE SYSTEM1 TEE4571 17 14 51 UNIT STATUS 220 UNIT TYPE STATUS VOLSER VOLSTATE OF43 3390 0 8K1103 PRIV RSDNT Figure 7 22 z OS display that shows the device number for volume 8K1103 From the Session Detail panel select HyperSwap from the Select Action drop down menu
213. cation domain and references The replication domain points to the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server or the server and the standby server ina high availability environment The replication references point to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions Note For single point administration you should manage all functions and features for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions through Tivoli System Automation Application Manager exclusively after you define the replication domain and references in Tivoli System Automation Application Manager Do not use the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI or command line interface to manage the sessions For more information about the integration of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with Tivoli System Automation Application Manager including the steps that are required to perform the integration see Tivoli System Automation Application Manager Administrator s and User s Guide which is available at this website http www ibm com devel operworks servicemanagement dca saam resources html 404 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Figure B 1 shows the Tivoli System Automation Application Manager integration with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Single Nodes and HA Clusters Single Nodes and HA Clusters Single Node Single Mode Single Mode Single Node HA Cluster HA Clust
214. cause the hardware time and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server time might not be aligned Interval Sample interval Session Number Global Mirror session number The format is Oxn where n is the session number Box Name Serial number of the system can be the Master or a subordinate system The format is 2107 XXXXxX where XXXXxX is the storage image serial number LSS LSS queried The format is Oxnn where nn is the LSS number Out Of Sync Tracks Total number of the out of sync tracks for the queried LSS A five row header which is common for both CSV files is automatically created that reports general information about the file A sample of this header for an RPO data file is reported in Figure 4 47 Generated at 5 15 2013 12 26 Session Name MGM ITSO Role Pair H2 J3 Start Date 9 May 13 End Date 15 May 13 lt statistics data here gt Figure 4 47 RPO data file header The CSV file format is suitable to be processed by using a spreadsheet application By using pivot tables or a similar feature you can sort or aggregate the data to obtain more usable information that can be used for performance tuning or problem determination purposes Also by using the spreadsheet chart feature you can create a graph for historical trend information as shown in Figure 4 48 on page 200 You can also create a punctual interval analysis as shown in Figure 4 49 on page 200 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli St
215. ccurs between the source volume and the source change volume The frequency of the FlashCopy operation is determined by the cycle period The data on the source change volume is then replicated to the target volume and finally to the target change volume Important Do not confuse Change Volumes with FlashCopy target volumes or Practice volumes Change Volumes are dedicated to their respective SAN Volume Controller Global Mirror sessions Practice volumes are available for some session types in the DS8000 family Because the data that is replicated between sites contains point in time changes rather than all changes a lower bandwidth link is required between the sites A regular Global Mirror configuration requires the bandwidth between sites to meet the long term peak I O workload whereas Global Mirror with Change Volumes requires it to meet the average I O workload across a Cycle Period only However the use of change volumes can result in an increase to your data exposure because it changes your Recovery Point Objective RPO Therefore you might want to include or exclude change volumes in your Global Mirror sessions depending on your network traffic or business requirements Note One important feature of this kind of session is that you can monitor the current RPO of your session You can set two levels of thresholds Warning and Severe from 1 second to 48 hours and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sends you an alert if
216. ce only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those websites The materials at those websites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those websites is at your own risk IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment Therefore the results obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly Some measurements may have been made on development level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems Furthermore some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation Actual results may vary Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment Information concerning non IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products their published announcements or other publicly available sources IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance compatibility or any other claims related to non IBM products Questions on the capabilities of non IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations To illustrate them as completely as possible the examples include the names of individuals companies bran
217. ch copy sets te add Click Next to add copy sets to the session af Choose Infennediste2 ye Selec Al Ade Wor wf Matching Results Select All Add More O Select Copy Sets Conf Koes wJDse000 2107 xc891 VOL 6002 Show Adding Copy Sets Results v OS8000 2107 xC891 VOL 6104 Show Back Finish Figure 4 71 Select Copy Set panel By clicking Add More more copy sets can be added to the session by using the same process When all of the copy sets are defined you select the copy set to add to the session and click Next to continue 5 The wizard prompts you to confirm your configuration as shown in Figure 4 72 Click Next wf Choose Hosti Confirm Choose Host Choose Intermediate2 vf Matching 1 Copy set will be crested Matching Results ff Select Copy Sets Press Next te add copy sets Gy Confirm Adding Copy Sets Results Next gt Finish Figure 4 72 Add copy sets confirmation panel Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 217 When the Copy Set is added successfully click Finish as shown in Figure 4 73 Add Copy Sets ITSO MM FOFB wP m lea ff Choose Hosti Results WF Choose Host af Choose Intemrmnediste s Matching W Matching Results J IWNRIODOI Wf Select Copy Sets av ug 1 2013 12 19 08 PM Copy sets were crested for the session a Confwm named ITSO MM FOFE wFP Wf Adding Copy Sets C Results Press Finish to exit the wizard
218. ck lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 6 54 Asynchronous Session Type panel Make the appropriate entries and selections in the panel as shown in Figure 6 55 on page 342 The difference between Metro Mirror and Global Mirror sessions is that for Global Mirror Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication asks for the Recovery Point Objective RPO in seconds and the selection box underneath prompts you for the scheduling interval Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 341 Create Session i al Choose Session Type Properties gt Properties Name and describe the session Location 1 Site Session name XiV GMFOFB Location 2 Site Results Description Global Mirror Failover Failbackil PPPLPLA PLL LS XIV Global Mirror Options H1 H2 Recovery point objective threshold seconds 30 30 86400 Synchronization schedule HH MM SS Minimum Interval v lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 6 55 Asynchronous Properties RPO options 4 Click Next to proceed through the wizard s instructions to finish the process This is the same process that is described in Creating a Metro Mirror session on page 326 Defining and adding Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication copy sets to a Global Mirror session This second phase of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication process for Global Mirror ad
219. copy sets formed by the following volumes H1 volume for the host volume in site 1 This is Metro Mirror primary volume H2 volume for the host volume in site 2 This is the practice FlashCopy target volume i2 volumes for the intermediate volume in site 2 This is Metro Mirror secondary volume As shown in Figure 4 68 on page 215 you must specify the storage system 1 in the figure the Logical Subsystem 2 in the figure and Volume ID 3 in the figure for each volume within the copy set This process always starts with the H1 volumes 214 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Cy Choose Hosti Choose Host1 Choose Hostt Choose the Hosti storage system Choose Intennediate Matching Hosti storage system DS8000 BOX 2107_ XC891 Matching Results Select Copy Sets Confirm Hosti logical storage subsystem hich DS8000 2107 XC891 LS5 61 Results Hosti volume DS8000 2107 4C891 VOL 6104 Volume Details User Nantes D58000 2107 MORS1 VOL6104 Full Name D58000 2107 8891 VOL 6104 Type FIXEDBLE j Capacity 2 0 GiB Browse Protected No Spece Efficient Ho 2 05 Connection ho Use CSV file to import copy sets E F FY z Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 4 68 Host 1 volume selection After the volume selection see Figure 4 68 is completed the volume details are reported on the right side of the panel In the select volume drop down menu yo
220. cross the storage systems helps to ensure consistency across the storage systems The Metro Mirror heartbeat is available for Metro Mirror sessions that do not have HyperSwap enabled Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems When you are determining whether to use the Metro Mirror heartbeat analyze your business needs If you disable the Metro Mirror heartbeat data might become inconsistent if the management server is down or connection to a storage system is lost If you enable the Metro Mirror heartbeat and a freeze occurs your applications cannot perform write operations until the freeze timeout value for the storage system passes For more information about the Metro Mirror heartbeat see the topic about using the Metro Mirror heartbeat in the BM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center User s Guide SC27 4060 To enable or disable the Metro Mirror Heartbeat on the Advanced Tools page click Enable Heartbeat or Disable Heartbeat By default the Metro Mirror Heartbeat is disabled as shown in Figure 3 40 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview bd Sessions A 4 normal a 0 warning 0 severe D Storage Systems A Host Systems D Management Servers Coo Advanced Tools Package Log Files Click the button below to package PE
221. cs From this panel you can complete all actions for the sessions you defined or you can create a session The actions depend on the type of session Health Overview Sessions Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems x Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console Create Session About Actions Go Sign Out db2admin an b A 7 Health Overview ITSO EA Normal MGM Prepared H1 Yes 1 Sessions testsession a Normal FC Target Available Hi Yes 1 4 2 normal 2 ITSO FlashCopy inactive FC Defined H1 No 1 SA 5 warn haa ITSO MM one MM Defined H1 No Q 0 severe b ITSO MM FOFB wP inactive MM Defined H1 No 1 Storage Systems Seen I A D 1Ts03 Inactive GM Defined H1 No 1 Host Systems donanesanaoneasnso B 1Ts04 inactive MGM Defined Hi N 1 Management Servers meteren ITSOS inactive GM Defined H1 N 1 XIV GMFOFB inactive GM Defined H1 No 0 J XiV MMFOFB inactive MM Defined H1 N o XiV SNAP inactive Snap Defined H1 N o A a MAMA Dafinad ut n Figure 3 6 Sessions panel Storage Systems panel As shown in Figure 3 7 on page 69 the Storage Systems panel shows you defined storage systems and their connection status to local and remote management servers It also shows you locations types and vendors From this panel you can add or remove storage system and their connections view volumes paths and storage details You can also enab
222. ct Reconnect action on the Management Servers panel from the drop down menu and then click Go The server is synchronized again and you have high available configuration 122 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not automatically resynchronize the servers if the loss of connectivity was the result of a network issue breaking communication Because Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication cannot determine what caused the breakage the server is not automatically resynchronized The original active server might be corrupted during the downtime If this was the case we do not want to wipe out the standby which might be the only uncorrupted version of the server For this reason Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication waits for a customer command that indicates that the active server is not corrupted Upgrading use scenario Upgrading Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication in a high availability configuration requires planning and step by step procedures because the servers are synchronized In this section we describe a procedure to upgrade the active and standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Complete the following steps to upgrade the servers 1 Run the takeover command of active server on the standby server This makes your standby server active and ready for upgrade 2 Upgrade the s
223. ct the current configuration After the maintenance is completed and the Site 1 storage systems are running again we can start the go home procedure by completing the following steps 1 Issue the Enable Copy to Site 1 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This makes available the actions to be used for the go home procedure This action does not change any state of the session Start a StartH2 H1 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This starts a Global Copy that performs the following actions Failback i2 volumes to H1 volumes Change the mode for I2 H1 pairs from Global Copy to Metro Mirror Wait until the 12 H1 pairs are in Full Duplex Freeze 2 H1 pairs Remove 12 H1 relationships Failback H2 volumes to H1 volumes The session remains in Warning status because the replication configuration that is now running does not ensure data consistency Recover ha ie Ge To Site 1 e StartH1H2 8 a y Oe o7 O ime Recover ammo 5 Figure 4 112 Site 1 planned outage state transition diagram Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 257 After the operations on H2 volumes are stopped we can proceed with the following steps 1 Issue the Suspend action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following actions
224. cting host systems on page 155 other z OS HyperSwap options are available for some session types Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 239 Metro Mirror Single Direction and Metro Mirror FO FB with Practice The Enable Hardened Freeze HyperSwap related option applies to Metro Mirror Single Direction and Metro Mirror FO FB with Practice session types Select this option to enable the z OS I O Supervisor to manage freeze operations With this option IOS can freeze volumes regardless of whether the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server is started or stopped Note This option requires the z OS address spaces Basic HyperSwap Management and Basic HyperSwap API see Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems on page 355 even though the HyperSwap function is not available for the type of session Metro Mirror FO FB Metro Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror with Practice The following HyperSwap related options apply to Metro Mirror FO FB Metro Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror with Practice session types gt Enable Hardened Freeze Select this option to enable the z OS I O Supervisor to manage freeze operations With this option I O Supervisor can freeze volumes regardless of whether the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server is started or stopped gt Manage H1 H2 with HyperSwap Select
225. ction for storage volumes whereby you can restrict certain volumes from other Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Sessions or Copy Sets Complete the following steps 1 From the Storage Systems tab select the XIV system and click Volume Protection as shown in Figure 6 57 Storage Systems Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer SfGcal status E annected D58000 B0X 2 107 XC891 BA Connected Skil STORWIZE V3700 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD4 tpertbird4 Lud Connected tb4 STORWIZE V3700 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRDS tpcrtbirds M Connected ths STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD2 tpertbird2 Md Connected third STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD3 tperthird3 M Connected thirds STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCR_IFS tper ifs Ed connected tpcr_ifs STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCR_IFS1 tper_ifst Bi Connected tper_ifs1 S VC CLUSTER RMSVCO8 rmsvcO8 Ed connected swoOs S VC CLUSTER RMSVCO9 rmswcO09 Ed Connected swoOd XIV BOX 7825429 XIV_A Ei connected xiv_a gen3 CO XIV BOX 7825826 XIV_E Ei Connected xiv_e gen3 Figure 6 57 Select array and then Volume Protection Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 343 2 Use the various drop down menus that are shown in Figure 6 58 to select the pool and volumes The use of an asterisk in the last input field returns a list of all of the volumes that are in that pool Optionally you can
226. ctions They still see any snapshot or volume locks that are part of normal operations but not any of the protections that are described here 344 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 6 4 Disaster Recovery use cases Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and XIV remote mirroring solutions Metro Mirror and Global Mirror can be used to address various failures and planned outages from events that affect a single XIV system or its components to events that affect an entire data center or campus or events that affect an entire geographical region When the production XIV system and the disaster recovery DR XIV system are separated by increasing distance disaster recovery protection for more levels of failures is possible as shown in Figure 6 60 A global distance disaster recovery solution protects against single system failures local disasters and regional disasters Remote Mirroring Figure 6 60 Disaster Recovery protection levels The following configurations are possible gt Single site high availability XIV Remote Mirroring configuration Protection for the event of a failure or planned outage of an XIV system single system failure can be provided by a zero distance high availability HA solution including another XIV system in the same location zero distance Usage of this configuration is an XIV synchronous mirroring solution that is part of an HA clustering solution incl
227. d Failover operation 4 3 2 Setting up a session In this section the setup process for a sample session is described Consider that the process of defining a session is about the same for all the DS8000 session types Only the number of volumes that define a copy sets and the session parameters see 4 3 3 Session tunable parameters on page 230 are different among the session types For this reason the processes in this section can be used to define virtually any type of DS8000 session Creating Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session Log on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI interface to start the session creating process Complete the following steps 1 From the Health Overview window open the Session panel by using one of the available links as shown in Figure 4 59 on page 210 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 209 Health Overview Sessions Health Overview Last Update Jul 31 2013 10 58 49 AM Storage S Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Session Overview Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview Sessions i normal A o warming o 0 severe a j AS 7a i a 1 Normal 0 Warning 0 Severe la Storage Systems amp Host Systems amp Management Servers Storage Systems Management Servers au Conf
228. d for storage administrators who ordered and installed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center version 5 2 and are ready to customize Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and connected storage This publication also is for anyone that wants to learn more about Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication in an open systems environment Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved xi Authors This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization Poughkeepsie Center Karen Orlando is a Project Leader at the International Technical Support Organization Tucson Arizona Center Karen has over 25 years in the IT industry with extensive experience in open systems management and Information and Software development of IBM hardware and software storage She holds a degree in Business Information Systems from the University of Phoenix and is Project Management Professional PMP certified since 2005 Otavio Rocha Filho is a SAN Storage IT Specialist for Strategic Outsourcing IBM Brazil Global Delivery Center in Hortolandia He has over 25 years of experience in IT with the last 15 years dedicated to Data Storage solutions He holds a bachelors degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Sao Paulo an MBA from Insper and professional certifications including IBM Level 2 IT Specialist Brocade SAN Manager and ITIL Foundat
229. d new properties Tile woth encrypted password CisUserssAdministratorstpecr clistpcec 1 auth properties qwoltl Storage Productivity Center for Replication Command Line Interface ECLI Copyright 2007 2012 IBM Corporation Version 5 2 0 Build 20130719 0641 Server SSCTCP42 Towindows ssclab 1lj si net Port 9560 Authentication file CiyUsers Admnistratortpce cliytpcrc 1 auth properties camelis q Figure 3 17 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI Complete the following steps to install the CLI by copying the CLI folder from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server on a workstation that is running the Windows operating system 1 Create a CLI folder on your workstation In our example we created the CSMCLI folder 2 Copy the entire CLI program subfolder from your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server as shown in Figure 3 18 on page 79 including all subdirectories into your local CSMCLI directory The CLI folder is in default installation directory under Program Files IBM TPC cli 78 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Organize Includeinlibrary Sharewith New Folder a Ea Favorites BE Desktop ia Downloads Hi Recent Places Libraries Documents al Music E Pictures i Videos Mame ke etc lib libs _ cli properties csmicli _ repel properties __ rmserver properties Epercl
230. d sysplexes For more information about adding the hosts see section 7 4 1 Setting up a HyperSwap enabled session on page 369 7 2 5 Enabling z OS HyperSwap and adding a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication user to z OS host Complete the following steps on z OS host to enable z OS HyperSwap These steps set the required Resource Access Control Facility RACF settings on the host system and define the SOCKPORT parameter when the HyperSwap management address space IOSHMCTL is started 1 Use an OMVS segment to define the name BHIHSRV as a user as shown in the following example command where user_identifier is a number that represents the user ADDUSER BHIHSRV OMVS UID user_identifier SHARED HOME NOPASSWORD Note If your installation uses the STARTED class or the started procedures table ICHRINOS of the z OS Security Server ensure that the user BHIHSRV is associated with the started task BHIHSRV For more information about the use of the STARTED class or the started procedures table see Security Server RACF Security Administrator s Guide SA22 7683 15 which is available at this website http www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid pub1sa22768315 2 If the ANT REPLICATIONMANAGER entity is not defined to the FACILITY class run the following command RDEFINE FACILITY ANT REPLICATIONMANAGER UACC NONE 3 Authorize the name BHIHSRV to the ANT REPLICATIONMANAGER entity in the FACILITY class by running
231. data Create Display PE Packages Set browser auto refresh rate Browser auto refresh rate seconds 5 3600 Apply Enable Disable Heartbeat ESS DS only Enable Heartbeat Disable Heartbeat Figure 3 40 Enable or disable the Metro Mirror heartbeat 3 7 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication provides a detailed log of user and system activity This log is called the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console detects dependent messages and groups them as so called child children messages under the root message for the logged event which significantly improves the readability of the log The console also provides a hyperlink based help system for the various messages You can start the console by clicking Console from the navigation tree area of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI as shown in Figure 3 41 on page 104 Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 103 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Sign Out db2admin Health Overview ei Sessions 4 3 normal O warning 0 severe D Storage Systems A Host Systems amp Management Servers Health Overview P KA Normal Session Over
232. data on the remote site 14 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems For this session type a synchronous copy occurs from a source volume on the local site Site 1 to an intermediate volume on the remote site Site 2 A FlashCopy then occurs from the intermediate volume to a target volume on the remote site Figure 1 10 shows the volumes and data flow for the session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 2 Site 1 Site 2 YA I2 Figure 1 10 Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session 1 5 8 Global Mirror Single Direction sessions Global Mirror Single Direction sessions copy data in a single direction from a source volume on the local site Site 1 to a target volume on the remote site Site 2 ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems For ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems an asynchronous copy occurs from the source volume to the target volume A FlashCopy then occurs from the target volume to a journal volume on the remote site Figure 1 11 shows the volumes and data flow for an ESS DS6000 or DS8000 Global Mirror Single Direction session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 2 Site 1 Site 2 a y c J2 Figure 1 11 Global Mirror Single Direction session for ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems All other storage systems For all other storage system sessions the data flow is the same However there is no FlashCopy to a journal volume 1 5
233. dbooks 0 0 00 eee eas xiv Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 1 1 1 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication overview 0200000 0 2 We Terminology ace nsd canal a eh Aba ew MS aoe Kies alas We Bae Bae ae i 3 163 SACLE CU Cie os eeandisscn a i Seca a eth Seco ce ab a Gen a cede 7 1 4 Copy services overvieW 1 eee eee eee ees 10 1 5 Session types and usage nasan eaaa 11 1 5 1 Practice SESSIONS ceres as ae BAe ws ew Rae aS Oe Ae RE a NG 12 15 2 DalarCODYINGSVIMDOINS eia nc baned ase yl aan oe St ales dai ee ae ae oe ee 13 1 5 3 FlashCopy SESSIONS reei dae oe Aa eee a ie Ee eke ee 13 1 54 Snapshot SESSIONS 2 95 ccs ant bd ie a ee a ee oe er ee GS Bee 14 1 5 5 Metro Mirror Single Direction S SSIONS 0 2 0 0 ees 14 1 5 6 Metro Mirror Failover Failback SESSIONS 0 00 ees 14 1 5 7 Metro Mirror Failover Failoack with Practice sessions 045 14 1 5 8 Global Mirror Single Direction sessions saana ee ees 15 1 5 9 Global Mirror Failover Failback 0 0 0 0 ccc ee ees 15 1 5 10 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes sessions 16 1 5 11 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice sessions 45 16 1 5 12 Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice sessions 17 1 5 13 Metro Global Mirror sessions 20 0 0 ee ees 17 1 5 14 Metro Global Mirror with Prac
234. des intermediate and journal volumes on the local and remote site so that you can practice disaster recovery from either site Figure 1 15 shows the volumes and data flow for the session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 2 uw nF ne Dp C sA n s aa Eh h Figure 1 15 Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice session 1 5 13 Metro Global Mirror sessions Note Metro Global Mirror sessions are available only for ESS800 and DS8000 storage systems Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 17 Metro Global Mirror sessions combine Metro Mirror Global Mirror and FlashCopy replication into a single session Metro Global Mirror sessions support three sites that are varying distances apart For this session type a synchronous copy occurs from the source volume on the local site Site 1 to the target volume on the second site Site 2 An asynchronous copy then occurs from the second site to the target volume on the third site Site 3 and a FlashCopy occurs from the target to the journal volume on Site 3 Figure 1 16 shows the volumes and data flow for the session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 3 e mer e Bo 9a S ie ie Hi H2 H3 c 33 Figure 1 16 Metro Global Mirror session 1 5 14 Metro Global Mirror with Practice sessions 18 Note Metro Global Mirror with Practice sessions are available only for ESS800 and DS8000 storage systems M
235. ding copy sets is identical to what is described in Defining and adding copy sets to a Metro Mirror session on page 329 Activating the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Global Mirror session This is the last phase of the process You are now ready to activate the Global Mirror session From the drop down action menu select Start H1 H2 and click Go to activate the session as shown in Figure 6 56 Session Details XiV GMFOFB Select Action X Go Global _ Failback Select Action Actions a io H1 H2 Start H1 gt H2 Modify Add Copy Sets Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties er Failbacki modify Cleanup Remove Copy Sets Remove Session Export Copy Sets efresh States View Copy Sets View Messages Figure 6 56 Session Actions for Global Mirror 342 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Suspending the Global Mirror session Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication treats Global Mirrors the same way as Metro Mirrors As describe in Suspending the Metro Mirror session on page 335 you might want to suspend if not reverse the Global Mirror session This reversal is done by using the same process that is described in Suspending the Metro Mirror session on page 335 6 3 Adding XIV volume protection Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication has another protection fun
236. directories gt C Program Files IBM IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3 1 WAS profiles CSM 1ogs gt C Program Files IBM IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3 1 WAS profiles CSM logs CSM Chapter 8 Hints and tips 9395 8 9 Auto refresh rate You can customize the auto refresh rate by going to the My Work panel on the left side on the main menu and clicking Advanced Tools The Advanced Tools panel opens Under the Set browser auto refresh rate option you can define the refresh rate for all non wizard panels The default auto refresh rate is 30 seconds This might be useful if you intend to use the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication main window to provide a continuous visual status of your data replication sessions 8 10 User authentication issues In this section we describe how to address issues that might occur when you try to log on to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication or add a user These issues often occur as a result of the following problems gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center internal web server WebSphere Application Server is not running gt There are firewall or network issues that are blocking communication from the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server 8 10 1 An error is displayed when you try to log on 396 The error that is shown in Figure 8 2 on page 396 is displayed when you try to log on to Tivoli Storage P
237. dows Security Search programs and Files 2 Log off gt estar ZA s Figure 2 15 Start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center After you install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center you can verify whether the installation was successful We describe here how to check whether the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is successfully installed and running For more information about how to check other Tivoli Storage Productivity Center components see Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4058 In a command prompt on the Windows operating system go to the directory TPC_installation directory wlp bin where TPC_installation directory is the top level directory where you installed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for example C Program Files IBM TPC Run the server bat status replicationServer command and you see whether the replication server is running as shown in Figure 2 16 ca Administrator DB CLP DB COPY1 Program Files BMS TPOwWw 1 pbinsserver bat status replicationSeryver Server peplicationServer 15 running Program Files TBM TPO wl psb7 n gt Figure 2 16 Verify Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server In a command line window on the AIX or Linux operating system go to the TPC_installation directory wlp bin where TPC_installation directory is the top level directory where you installed Tivoli Storage Productivit
238. ds and products All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental COPYRIGHT LICENSE This information contains sample application programs in source language which illustrate programming techniques on various operating platforms You may copy modify and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM for the purposes of developing using marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions IBM therefore cannot guarantee or imply reliability serviceability or function of these programs Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved Ix Trademarks IBM the IBM logo and ibm com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both These and other IBM trademarked terms are marked on their first occurrence in this information with the appropriate symbol or indicating US registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information was published Such trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at http www ibm com legal copytrade shtml The follow
239. duced cost highly scalable capacity performance and high availability These systems offer improved efficiency and flexibility through built in flash memory optimization thin provisioning and nondisruptive migration from existing storage Storwize V7000 supports block workloads whereas Storwize V7000 Unified consolidates block and file workloads into a single system For more information about IBM Storwize V7000 and Storwize V7000 Unified Disk Systems see this website http www 03 ibm com systems storage disk storwize_ v 000 IBM Storwize V3500 and V3700 Storwize V3500 and Storwize V3700 are entry level disk storage systems that are designed with sophisticated capabilities that are unusual for a system of this class These storage systems offer efficiency and flexibility through built in thin provisioning and nondisruptive migration of data from existing storage Built upon the innovative technology in the Storwize family Storwize V3500 and Storwize V3700 address block storage requirements of small and midsize organizations For more information about this product see website http www 03 ibm com systems storage disk storwize_v3700 index html Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 1 7 3 IBM XIV Storage System IBM XIV Storage System is high end disk storage that supports the need for high performance reliability and flexibility while helping keep costs and complexity to a minimum IBM XIV Storage
240. ductivity Center for Replication for the Open environment walks you through the process of establishing sessions and managing and monitoring copy services through Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The book introduces enhanced copy services and new session types that are used by the latest IBM storage systems Tips and guidance for session usage tunable parameters troubleshooting and for implementing and managing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication s latest functionality up to v5 2 also are provided Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication s integration and latest functionality includes Global Mirror Pause with Consistency Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Change Volumes As of v5 2 you can now manage zZ OS Hyperswap function from an Open System IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems manages copy services in storage environments Copy services are used by storage systems such as IBM System Storage DS8000 SAN Volume Controller IBM Storwize V3700 V3500 V7000 V7000 Unified and IBM XIV Storage systems to configure manage and monitor data copy functions Copy services include IBM FlashCopy Metro Mirror Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror This IBM Redbooks publication is the companion to the draft of the IBM Redbooks publication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 It is intende
241. e or the snapshot is changed 316 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note The snapshot session type is only available for XIV storage systems Figure 6 8 shows a snapshot session in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Session Details XiV SNAP TR a Snapshot Select Action v Go Site 1 Status 2 Normal State Target Available Active Host Hi Recoverable es Description modify Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No Pool CSMReg_pO1 Consistency Group XiV SNAP H1 Snapshot Groups XiV SNAP snap_group_00001 Aug 22 2013 12 35 18 PM 1 5 No Figure 6 8 Snapshot session Configuration XIV snapshot session support is available with all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center editions You must have the following environment to work with snapshot sessions in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt One or more XIV storage systems with pools and volumes configured gt IP connectivity between the XIV Storage System and the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Limitations The XIV snapshot session has the following limitations gt Session name is limited to 58 characters gt Consistency group is limited to 128 volumes This is not enforced by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt All volumes from a session must be in the same pool gt Volumes that are mapped to a host cannot be deleted while mapped gt L
242. e 5 3 Storwize V7000 module The following models are available for Controller or Expansion modules depending on the capacity of the hard disk drives HDDs that best suits your needs gt One model that can hold up to 12 Large Form Factor LFF 3 5 inch SAS HDDs gt One model that can hold up to 24 Small Form Factor SFF 2 5 inch SAS HDDs or E MLC solid state drive SSDs This makes the Storwize V7000 internal storage highly scalable Each Controller enclosure can have up to nine expansion enclosures that are attached to it By using SFF enclosures one I O group can have up to 240 HDDs A Storwize V7000 system can have up to four Controller enclosures or I O groups 284 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Layers The introduction of the Storwize V7000 with its own internal storage also introduced the concept of layers in the remote copy partnerships between systems Layers include the following features gt There are two layers the storage layer and the replication layer The layer that a system belongs to is controlled by a system parameter which can be changed by using the command line interface CLI command chsystem layer lt ayer gt gt SAN Volume Controller systems always are in the replication layer whereas a Storwize V7000 can be in the replication or storage layer By default a Storwize V7000 is in the storage layer gt Changing the layer is only performed at initial setup tim
243. e 6 11 Click Next Create Session 7 Choose Session Type Site Locations Properties Choose Location for Site 1 gt Location 1 Site Results Site 1 location xiv a gen3 xiv_a gen3 X Hi lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 6 11 Session Location The Session is successfully created as shown in Figure 6 12 aata Senica zi u W Choose Session Type Results Properties Location 1 Site Results iw IWNR10211 Aug 22 2013 12 37 00 PM Session XiV SNAP was successfully created lt Back Next gt Cancel Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard Figure 6 12 Create Session Result page Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 319 Adding Copy Sets to snapshot session After a session is defined Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication must know on which volumes to act Complete the following steps to add copy sets to the snapshot session 1 To add copy sets on the XIV Storage System to your created session on the Results page of the Create Session wizard see Figure 6 12 on page 319 click Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard 2 Inthe Add Copy Sets wizard select the storage system storage pool and volume Click Next see Figure 6 13 Add Copy Sets Xiv SNAP il E Choose Hosti Choose Host1 Matching Choose the Hosti storage system Matching Results Select Copy Sets Hostl storage system xiw a gens Confirm i XIV B
244. e Controller and Storwize family 283 Tip When SAN Volume Controller is used intensively for remote copy services the use of dedicated ports for remote copy services significantly reduces the odds of encountering problems because of Fibre Channel fabric traffic congestion In this type of scenario consider the use of this FlashCopy ports expansion option and modify the SAN zoning configuration 5 3 Storwize Products As of April 2012 IBM shipped over 21 500 SAN Volume Controller engines to almost 7 000 SAN Volume Controller systems worldwide To extend the offerings range of storage virtualization new products were developed that were based on SAN Volume Controller that provides the following advantages gt Run the same code and provide the same functions and benefits in a more compact dedicated hardware packaging gt Include their own underlying storage layer that supports different kinds of disks for different purposes 5 3 1 Storwize V7000 The Storwize V7000 controller module includes two redundant controller canisters and 12 or 24 SAS disk drives in a 2U standard 19 inch rack cabinet as shown in Figure 5 3 Optionally this controller module can be attached to Expansion modules to increase the number of managed disks With an optional license the Storwize V7000 can provide the same virtualization layer that it gives to its internal disks to external supported storage arrays that are attached to it through SAN Figur
245. e Ha Merge amp Center aJ Vo 00 SRE Clipboard Font Alignment Number Al je FCDB2session FCDB2session FlashCopy Aug 13 2013 1 56 27 PM H1 T1 SVC VOL RMSVCO08 Red_vol01 SVCVOLRMSVCOS Red_vol0 SVC VOL RMSVCO08 Red_vol03 SVC VOL RMSVCO08 Red_vol04 Ga s c En E u hd Figure 3 91 FC exported session Figure 3 91 shows you an exported FC session which includes the following information gt FCDB2session is the exported session name gt FlashCopy is the session type gt H1 and T1 are labels that describe the Copy Set roles of the storage systems and volumes that belong to the exported FlashCopy session Under these labels are the storage systems and volumes 3 11 Backing up and restoring a repository The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository contains all product data including data about storage systems sessions copy sets paths user administration and management servers You can back up this data and use the backup file to recover from a disaster or restore a previous configuration As described in 3 10 1 Exporting CSV files on page 129 copy sets also can be backed up and recovered by using CSV files but this does not cover other Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository data It is recommended that you back up Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication regularly especially in the following situations gt After the Tivoli Storage Product
246. e IBM ESS model 800 Although they are not required the use of the SNMP alert reduces the latency between the time that a freeze event occurs and the time that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication recognizes that the event is occurring With or without the SNMP alert function however Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication maintains data consistency of its sessions during the freeze event The SNMP trap destination can be set up on your ESS system via the ESS Specialist 8 8 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication logging If problems occur within your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server environment there are several different ways that you can collect logs 8 8 1 Collecting logs by using GUI To collect logs via the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI click the Advanced Tools in the menu After you reach the Advanced Tools page click Create 8 8 2 Collecting logs by using CLI You can also collect logs via the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI start by opening a command prompt from your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server and enter mklogpkg and then press Enter The command prompt displays the location of the logs 8 8 3 Collecting logs manually The logs manually also can be collected manually You can collect the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication logs by compressing all of the files in the following
247. e Maximum Coordination Interval Time These settings require a Global Mirror session Suspension gt Recovery Point Objective Alerts Specify the length of time that you want to set for the RPO thresholds The values determine whether a Warning or Severe alert is generated when the RPO threshold is exceeded for a role pair The RPO represents the length of time in seconds of data exposure that is acceptable if a disaster occurs Use the following options to set the RPO threshold values For both options you can specify an RPO threshold in the range of 0 65535 seconds The default is O seconds which specifies that no alerts are generated Warning level threshold Seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the warning level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value a warning console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Warning If the value in this field is other than O it must be greater than the value in the Consistency group interval time seconds field and less than the value in the Severe level threshold Seconds field Severe level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the severe level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value an error console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Severe If the value in this field is other than O it must be greater than the va
248. e a consistent copy of Metro Mirror secondary site at the secondary site by using FlashCopy This copy can be used as a practice copy for DR test gt Recover the Metro Mirror secondary site volumes and make them available for use at the secondary site This also creates a copy of Metro Mirror secondary site at the remote site by using FlashCopy gt Restart the Metro Mirror following a recovery This is accomplished by performing an incremental resynchronization gt Perform a switch site role which makes the secondary site the source for the replication Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 165 gt Restart the Metro Mirror following a switch site role which copies the changes that were made at the secondary site back to the primary This is accomplished by performing an incremental copy gt Resume the original direction of the Metro Mirror after switching back to the original site roles This is accomplished by performing a full copy Limitation The use of Track Space Efficient volumes as a FlashCopy target for practice copy H2 volumes is not allowed in this session type The Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session is shown in Figure 4 7 Site 1 Site 2 Xop e I2 Hi Figure 4 7 Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session The state changes for a Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session are shown in Figure 4 8 on page 167 166 Ti
249. e aaa re Copy Figure 6 65 Combining snapshots with Remote Mirroring Recovery by using a snapshot warrants deletion and re creation of the mirror as shown in the following examples gt XIV snapshot within a single XIV system Protection against software data corruption can be provided by a point in time backup solution by using the XIV snapshot function within the XIV system that contains the production volumes gt XIV local snapshot and Remote Mirroring configuration An XIV snapshot of the production local volume can be used in addition to XIV Remote Mirroring of the production volume when protection against logical data corruption is required in addition to protection against failures and disasters The other XIV snapshot of the production volume provides a quick restore to recover from data corruption Another snapshot of the production local volume can also be used for other business or IT purposes for example reporting data mining and development and test Figure 6 66 shows an XIV local snapshot plus Remote Mirroring configuration Figure 6 66 Local snapshot plus Remote Mirroring configuration 348 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems gt XIV remote snapshot plus Remote Mirroring configuration An XIV snapshot of the consistent replicated data at the remote site can be used in addition to XIV Remote Mirroring to provide another consistent copy of data that
250. e copy in which the target volume contains the same data as the source volume at the point in time when the copy was established Any subsequent write operations to the source volume are not reflected on the target volume With FlashCopy replication the source volume is in one logical subsystem LSS or I O group depending on the storage system type and the target volume is in the same or another LSS or I O group FlashCopy replication occurs on a single site 10 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Metro Mirror Metro Mirror is a form of synchronous remote replication that operates between two sites that are within 300 km of each other Synchronous mirroring means that a target volume on the remote site is constantly updated to match changes that are made to a source volume on the local site Because the data is the same on the source and target volumes no data is lost if you must use data from the target site for recovery Global Mirror Global Mirror is a form of asynchronous remote replication that operates between two sites that are over 300 km from each other Asynchronous mirroring means that a target volume on the remote site is updated a few seconds after the changes are made to a source volume on the local site With Global Mirror the distance between sites is limited only by your network capabilities and channel extension technology The unlimited distance enables you to better choose your re
251. e describe the following key terms to help you understand and effectively use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt Management server The management server is a system that has Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installed The management server provides a central point of control for managing data replication You can create a high availability environment by setting up a standby management server A standby management server is a second instance of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication that runs on a different physical system but is continuously synchronized with the primary or active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 3 4 The active management server issues commands and processes events while the standby management server records the changes to the active server As a result the standby management server contains identical data to the active management server and can take over and run the environment without any loss of data Storage system A storage system is a hardware device that contains data storage Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication can control data replication within and between various storage systems To replicate data among storage systems by using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication you must manually add a connection to each storage system
252. e in the remote site by using the FlashCopy Restart the Global Mirror following a recovery This is accomplished by performing an incremental resynchronization Perform a switch site role which makes the remote site the source for the replication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems gt Restart the replication only the Global Copy following a switch site role which copies the changes that were made at the remote site back to the local This is accomplished by performing an incremental copy gt Resume the original direction of the Global Mirror after returning to the original site roles This is accomplished by performing a full copy Limitation Track Space Efficient TSE volumes can be used only for Journal volumes J2 volumes for this session type TSE volumes cannot be used as FlashCopy targets for the practice copy H2 volumes in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session is shown in Figure 4 13 Site 1 Site 2 wa p Hi H2 I2 Figure 4 13 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session Figure 4 14 on page 172 shows the state transitions for a Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session Table 4 1 on page 160 provides a description of the states Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 171 startH1H2 Flash W y oi a StartH1 H2 i o
253. e or as part of a major reconfiguration To change the layer of a Storwize the system must meet the following pre conditions The Storwize must not have any host objects defined and must not be presenting any volumes to an SAN Volume Controller as managed disks The Storwize must not be visible to any other SAN Volume Controller or Storwize in the SAN fabric This prerequisite might require SAN zoning changes gt A system can form remote copy partnerships with systems in the same layer only gt A SAN Volume Controller can virtualize a Storwize V7000 only if the Storwize V7000 is in Storage layer gt A Storwize V7000 in Replication layer can virtualize a Storwize V7000 in Storage layer Figure 5 4 shows the concept of layers Partnership Partnership Storage nt Internal Storage ot External Storage vit Virtualized Storage oa in Figure 5 4 Storwize partnerships and layers Partnership a lt gt _ cama Note Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not configure the layer that a Storwize V7000 belongs to nor does it establish partnerships This must be done via the Storwize GUI or CLI before you attempt to create a Session in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 285 5 3 2 Storwize V7000 Unified At the block storage level the Storwize
254. e replicating storage systems falls within metropolitan distances under 300 km and the application software can withstand longer I O latencies without severely degrading performance Metro Mirror typically requires faster larger bandwidth links between sites For campus wide distances up to 10 km this can be achieved with native Fibre Channel long wave links by using dark fibers or dense wavelength division multiplexing DWDM However when Network Service Providers are used the cost of such fast high bandwidth links can make Metro Mirror cost prohibitive for applications that tolerate greater than zero RPO 5 6 3 When to use Global Mirror Global Mirror performs an asynchronous copy between separate storage systems Write I O operations are acknowledged when they can be committed to the local storage system sequence tagged and then passed on to the replication network They do not wait for remote storage acknowledgement Global Mirror can be used with farther distances between sites up to 8000 km without compromising performance on the application software in the local site However it does move your RPO to a value greater than zero Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 301 Global Mirror with Change Volumes Enabling change volumes moves your RPO to an even greater value but at the same time you can use a smaller bandwidth between sites depending on the dif
255. e system I O Group and Volume for the H2 volume Click Next to continue If you selected a Metro Mirror Failover Failoack with Practice session in step 2 you see the Select Intermediate2 window Select the storage system I O Group and Volume for the 12 volume Click Next If you chose a Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change volumes in step 2 you see the Choose Change2 Volume window Select the storage system I O Group and Volume for the C2 volume Click Next 9 If the Matching was successful you see the Select Copy Sets window Click Add More and repeat step 7 see Figure 5 21 and step 8 as needed Click Next The wizard prompts you to reconfirm the number of Copy Sets that you want to add to the session and if confirmed perform the actual operation A message is shown with the results If the operation was successful click Finish to close the wizard Open the Console window to review the error messages if the operation failed 300 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 5 6 Why and when to use certain session types The choice of session type depends on your company or business Disaster Recovery DR plan and the level of protection that is required for each application and service If you still do not have a DR plan consider preparing a preliminary DR plan In this section we provide an overview about the basic selection criteria 5 6 1 When to use FlashCopy FlashCopy creates a poin
256. e system by running the VARY OF83 OFFLINE FORCE command This action triggers an unplanned HyperSwap as shown in Figure 7 31 on page 380 Note Running this command is called boxing the device You can unbox the device by running a VARY OF83 ONLINE UNCOND command on the old primary The device does not come online because of duplicate volume serial volser numbers however this should be sufficient to unbox the device Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 379 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 Ly 17 1 17 Ia 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 Lh 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 Les 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 590 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 TOSHMO4001 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04011 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHM04021 17 50 46 62 HyperSwap requested Master status 00000000 00000000 0000001000000000 17 50 46 62 Un
257. e the business effects From the Disaster Recovery point of view the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication provides capabilities to restart the replication to remote site directly from the primary site without requiring a full copy of the data by using the Global Mirror Incremental Resync feature Figure 7 39 shows a complete production campus failure scenario users 00101010 10010100 411101010 Wy Ss ESE Se SS SS ee eee eee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee 4 Figure 7 39 Production campus failure in a three site configuration A complete production campus failure is a Disaster Recovery scenario that requires a full recovery of the operations to the remote site Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication also offers all of the capabilities that are needed to perform the data recovery operations and the functionalities to return to the original three site configuration Go home procedures 388 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Hints and tips In this chapter we offer information that we encountered while we were writing this book that might help you It includes support references and helpful tips This chapter includes the following topics Introduction VMware DS8000 and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication DS8000 LSS symmetry HyperSwap enabled sessions troubleshooting Stuck in a particular state High availability serve
258. eck whether the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components are running by running the following command ps aef grep replication You can also check whether the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components are running on the Windows operating system by completing the following steps 1 In a Windows Command Prompt go to the directory TPC_installation directory wlp bin where TPC_installation directory is the top level directory where you installed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for example C Program Files IBM TPC 2 Runthe server bat status replicationServer command which should return a status of running as shown in Example 3 24 Example 3 24 TPC R status running C Program Files IBM TPC wlp bin gt server bat status replicationServer Server replicationServer is running If the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components are not running you see a status as shown in Example 3 25 Example 3 25 TPC R status not running C Program Files IBM TPC wlp bin gt server bat status replicationServer Server replicationServer is not running On the AIX or Linux operating system you run the server status replicationServer command from the TPC_installation directory wlp bin where TPC_installation directory is the top level directory where you installed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for example opt IBM TPC You can also check whether Tivoli Storage Productivity Cente
259. eing performed first on it then replicated to the other copies We advise that you configure these mirrored volumes with the primary copy in the same failure domain as the volume preferred node Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 303 When you are configuring a FlashCopy session with the source volume as one such mirrored volume the configuration and placement of the target volume depends on the use you intend to make of it If your FlashCopy target is intended as a point in time backup copy for quick restore if required and it is not mapped to other servers you might want to configure this target volume and its preferred node in the same failure domain as the secondary mirror copy Care should be taken with the use of storage capacity in the failure domains If your servers are concentrated in one failure domain the other requires much more available capacity as shown in Figure 5 23 Figure 5 23 SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster with FlashCopy target in failure Domain 2 If you intend to use your FlashCopy target volume by another server or application for example tape backup or application test consider placing this target volume in the same failure domain as this alternative server Be careful if your servers are concentrated in one failure domain because this might cause the SAN Volume Controller node in this domain to become overloaded as shown in F
260. eives the copy updates from the primary storage system Site 3 The location of the tertiary storage system that receives the copy updates from the secondary storage system Host volume A host volume is a volume that is connected to a server that reads and writes input output I O A host volume can be the source of updated tracks when the server that is connected to the host volume is actively issuing read and write I O A host volume can also be the target of the replication When the host volume is the target writes are inhibited Host volumes are abbreviated as Hx where x identifies the site Journal volume A journal volume stores data that changed since the last consistent copy was created This volume functions like a journal and holds the required data to reconstruct consistent data at the Global Mirror remote site When a session must be recovered at the remote site the journal volume is used to restore data to the last consistency point A FlashCopy replication session can be created between the host or intermediate volume and the corresponding journal volume after a recover request is started to create another consistent version of the data Journal volumes are abbreviated as Jx where x identifies the site Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 gt Intermediate volume An intermediate volume receives data from the primary host volume during a replication with practice session
261. ending the Mirror session also is the first step for allowing the target volumes to be accessible and reversing the actual mirror direction To make the target volumes available you must access the Session and perform a Suspend and then Recover Complete the following steps 1 Browse to the Session Details panel and select Suspend as shown in Figure 6 43 Click Go to start the Suspend action Session Details XIV MMFOFB Status Normal State Prepared Active Host Hi Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 2 wiew Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg p01 Hi Consistency Group xi MMPOFB H2 Pool CSMReg_pO1 H2 Consistency Group siw MMPOFB Participating Role Pairs ee ae _ Error Count Hi H o Figure 6 43 Suspend action A confirmation window opens in which you are warned about the Suspend action as shown in Figure 6 44 on page 336 Click Yes to proceed Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 335 IWNRISs03W Aug 22 2013 3 10 43 PM This command will leave a recoverable copy of data on Site 2 for session XiV MMPOFB Do you want to continue Figure 6 44 Warning The updated Session Details window opens as a result of the Suspend action as shown in Figure 6 45 Session Details Suspend XiV MMFOFB IWNR10261 Success Open Console Completed XiV MMFOFB Select Action vy Go Status Q Severe State Suspended Active Host Hi Recoverable
262. ent folder and run the opt IBM TPCClient gui TPCD sh command In the Linux operating system you must extract the TPC_CLIENT LINUX zip file into the opt IBM TPCClient folder and run the opt IBM TPCClient gui TPCD sh command Organize E Open Print New Folder il C7 lt ir ET Mame gt Date modified Type Size i etc OF l2015 1 27 PM File Folder Libraries bo lib 9 17 2013 1 27PM File Folder 2 ule libs ON7l2013 1 27 PM File Folder Computer a ated TIE _ cli properties Fi26 2013 10 58 AM PROPERTIES File 1 KB amp Local Disk D cliTrace OF 2013 1 29 PM Text Document IKE cy SYC2_O001 FY EA csmcli Fi26 2013 10 58 AM 9 Windows Batch File cow SYC2_DO002 far _ repcli properties OF l2013 1 29 PM PROPERTIES File 1 KB _ rmserver properties 71192013 7 59 AM PROPERTIES File 1 KE Sia Network _ tpercli auth properties 7 19 2013 7 59 4M PROPERTIES File 2 KB E tpctool 7 26 2013 10 58 4M Windows Batch File ZKE Figure 3 16 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication client folder 4 Edit the repcli properties file to include the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server name as shown in Example 3 8 The server name must be the fully qualified DNS entry or the actual IP address of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server The port must not be changed because this is a system setting and is used to communicate with the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Example
263. ent for each path configuration change Suspension event 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 9 The session is in a Severe state because of an unexpected error Communication 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 10 Server X timed out attempting to communicate failure event with storage system Y 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 11 Server X encountered errors while attempting to communicate with storage system Y 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 12 Active server X terminated communication with standby server Y because of communication errors 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 13 Standby server X encountered communication errors with active server Y Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 147 Object ID Trap description Management 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 14 The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Server state Replication Server Management Server change event connection X Y changed state to Unknown previously Offline 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 15 The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server Management Server connection X Y changed state to Synchronized 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 16 The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server Management Server connection X Y changed state to Disconnected Consistent previously Consistent Offline 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 17 The IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server Management Server connection X Y changed state to Synchronization Pending 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 20
264. enter for Replication does not check the path s availability before starting a mirroring relationship If no paths are available between two DS8000s this leads to an error at the first attempt to establish a pair relationship Although the physical Fibre Channel link is bidirectional the logical path definition is not Therefore to use the same port pair in both directions we must define a logical path in both storage systems for example one from box A to B and another from box B to A If you are not using the CSV file to establish the paths as described in section Adding logical paths by using a CSV file on page 202 the following recommendations are important gt Establish all the paths in both directions to avoid bandwidth limitations in the failback operations gt Provide connectivity and path definitions from the local to remote site and vice versa for the three site session types This is because many operations in a Metro Global Mirror configuration require a full interconnection among the three sites Logical Paths limitations The following limitations apply to logical paths gt Maximum number of logical paths per LSS pair is 8 gt Maximum number of LSS pairs per source LSS is 4 Note These limitations might change in future releases and are the supported limits at the time of this writing 206 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Give specific attention to the second limita
265. enter for Replication operations is shown in Figure 4 20 on page 178 and Figure 4 21 on page 179 Assuming that the host operations were stopped on Site 1 we can complete the following steps 1 Start a Suspend action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs a Freeze operation that makes the H2 volumes in Consistent status After the action is complete the status of the session is Severe and the state is Suspended The Global Mirror H2 H3 is still running 2 Issue the RecoverH3 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following actions Suspend the Global Copy pairs H2 13 Failover I3 volumes Recover the last consistency group if needed see 4 2 2 Global Mirror pause with consistency on page 183 FlashCopy the I3 volumes to the H3 volumes The H3 volumes are now ready to be used by host After the action is complete the status of the session is Normal and the state is Target Available 3 Issue the Enable Copy to Site 1 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This makes available the actions to be used for the go home procedure This action does not change any state of the session Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Suspend D Enable Copy g To Site 1 m p ee e ee ee ee ee Ma mn Host on Remote site
266. enter for Replication server F Aug 23 2013 4 26 15 AM db admin IWNRLOSSI The copy sets for session Xi GMFOFB were deleted 2 children messages F Aug 23 2013 4 26 57 AM db admin IWNR10Z2I Session XiV GMFOFB was successfully deleted F Aug 23 2013 4 31 25 AM db admin IWNR10Z1I Session Xi GMFOFB was successfully created F Aug 23 2013 4 31 26 AM db admin IWNR1096I The locations for sessions Xi GMFOFB and Site 1 were set successfully F Aug 23 2013 4 31 26 AM db admin IWNRLOG6I The locations for sessions Xi GMFOFB and Site 2 were set successfully F Aug 23 2013 4 31 26 AM db admin IWNR12281 The options for session Xiv GMFOFB hawe been set successfully F Aug 23 2013 4 34 23 AM db admin IWNR100OI Copy sets were created for the session named Xi GMFOFB z 2 children messages Figure 6 68 Sample Console listing Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 349 It can also be accessed by using links that are provided during actions within the GUI This can be useful for providing more information at the time of the error Click the Open Console link as shown in Figure 6 69 AIV MMFOFB Select Action Go Status Severe State Suspended Active Host H2 Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No Hi Pool CSMReg_ pol Hi Consistency Group Xiv MMFOFB HZ Pool CSMReg_ pol H2 Consistency Group Xiv MMF
267. enter for Replication with DS8000 251 gt Session ITSO TEST FC FlashCopy session that includes managing the FlashCopy and the use of the secondary Metro Mirror volumes as FlashCopy source Because the target volume is a Track Space Efficient volume the no copy option must be used for this session This configuration is shown in Figure 4 106 Figure 4 106 Combining Metro Mirror and FlashCopy sessions As the first step we must create a consistent copy of the volumes in the Site 2 To achieve this perform the Suspend action for the session ITSO TEST Important With the introduction of the FlashCopy consistency group feature for FlashCopy sessions see 4 2 1 FlashCopy consistency groups for FlashCopy sessions on page 182 the FlashCopy session can create a consistent copy of Metro Mirror secondary volumes even without suspending the Metro Mirror The flashing operation freezes the secondary volume which freezes the application The customer must weigh the cost of doing that at the remote site versus the primary site As shown in Figure 4 107 the session ITSO TEST is in a recoverable state which means that the secondary volumes are consistent E 3 Sessions eS Ee ITSO TEST Q Severe MM Suspended Hi ves i a FCDB2session e Normal FC Target Available Hi Yes 2 ITSO wd Normal MGM Prepared Hi Yes ITSO fleshCopy inactive FC Defined Hi Ne 1 1 ITSO MM insctive MM Defined Hi Ne F ITSO MM FOFB w
268. eplication server is not affected by any outages Planned outage of Site 1 storage systems In this scenario we consider a planned maintenance activity that requires powering off the Site 1 storage systems During the maintenance activity all of the Disaster Recovery capabilities must remain active We also describe the go home procedure to return to the original configuration The flow of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication operations is shown in Figure 4 116 on page 262 Figure 4 117 on page 263 and Figure 4 118 on page 264 Assuming that the host operations are stopped on Site 1 we can complete the following steps 1 Start a Suspend action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs a Freeze operation that makes the H2 volumes in Consistent status After the action is complete the status of the session is Severe and the state is Suspended The Global Mirror H2 H3 is still running 2 Issue the RecoverH2 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following actions Suspend the Global Copy pairs H2 13 Failover H2 volumes Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 261 The H2 volumes are now ready to be used by host After the action is complete the status of the session is Normal and the state is Target Available After this action is run the Global Mirror leg is not creating consiste
269. eplication server with the same configuration the original server had at the time of takeover This takeover process often occurs after the active server fails or is down because of a disaster Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server does not need to be on the same operating system platform as the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication supports a standby server that is running in another platform This section guides you through the steps to set up a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server as a standby server and explains how to start a takeover process Figure 3 45 shows an overview of a typical two site storage infrastructure with a high available Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installation SITE A SITE B TPC R TPC R Management Server ACTIVE Management Server STANDBY Synchronisation i ake a F reg sie xw Unified es Unified CIM E CIM Agent DS8000 DS8000 XiV ESS800 ESS800 Figure 3 45 Active and standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers As Figure 3 45 shows both servers must have IP connectivity to each other and to all storage systems that are managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Note Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replic
270. er Storage Server Figure B 1 Configuration for two site disaster recovery Appendix B Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication integration 405 406 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Related publications The publications that are listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics that are covered in this book IBM Redbooks The following IBM Redbooks publications provide more information about the topics in this document Some publications that are referenced in this list might be available in softcopy only gt gt gt gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Series z SG24 7563 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Using DS8000 SG24 7596 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Windows 2003 SG24 7250 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux SG24 7411 Implementing the IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller V6 3 SG24 7933 IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000 Replication Family Services SG24 7574 IBM System Storage DS8000 Copy Services for IBM System z SG24 6787 IBM System Storage DS8000 Copy Services for Open Systems SG24 6788 BM System Storage DS8000 Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer REDP 5015 IBM XIV Storage System Copy Services and Migration
271. er 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 21 Figure 1 19 shows the relationship of these states for sessions that do not include practice volumes Not Defined Create Oe a Session start Event suspend pause 4 Suspending Suspended terminate recover Target Available terminate Add Copy Set sned pu dsns u 4 terminate Figure 1 19 Remote copy session states 1 5 16 Session commands 22 The commands that are available for a session depend on the session type Commands are issued synchronously to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions Any subsequent command that is issued to an individual session is not processed until the first command completes Some commands such as the Start command can take an extended amount of time to complete By using the GUI you can still issue commands to other sessions and not hold up functionality When a command completes the GUI console displays the results of the command The tables in the following sections show the commands that are available by session type These commands represent the GUI and not the CLI command which might require specific syntax to be valid Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems FlashCopy Commands Table 1 5 shows the commands for FlashCopy sessions Table 1 5 FlashCopy commands command eons Start Places the session in the
272. er for Replication amp attempting a koad of type 2 05 Hyparwap for session ITSO MM HS F Aug 7 2013 4 45 04 PM db a min IWNRISSOI Session ITS0 MM HS changed from the Prepanng state to the Prepared state F Aug 7 2013 4 45 09 PM db sdmin IWNRHIDI Basic HypsrSwap is enabled for session ITSO MM H amp Ma fog 7 2013 4 46 09 PM db admin IWAWRS4400 Lo Figure 7 18 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication console log Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 373 374 After the session configuration is successfully loaded to z OS the HyperSwap management is now performed by the z OS IOS component which is in the Syslog as shown in Figure 7 19 16 54 50 STC00054 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 584 584 54 52 585 585 00 55 D0 55 55 5 55 55 55 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 interval 16 55 21 16 55 25 16 55 25 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 STC00054 TOSHMO2011 HyperSwap Configuration LoadTest fails 584 Reason Configuration Validation fails on member SYSTEM1 Reason Code 40 Devices 00F43 00F83 TOSHMO2011 HyperSwap Configuration LoadTest fails 585 Reason Configuration Validation fails on member SYSTEM1 Reason Code 50 Devices 00F83 00F43 TOSHMO5011 TOSHMO5011 TOSHMO2001 TOSHMO803E TOSHMO080
273. er for Replications assumes that the set of volumes that are used for practicing is also used in case of actual recovery For this reason the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication operations and storage resources that are used for practicing are the same in the case of a real recovery or site switch This approach relieves the unpredictably of untested procedures during the real recovery operations Note You can test disaster recovery actions without the use of practice volumes However if you do not use practice volumes data replication between sites is interrupted while you are recovering data to the remote site 1 5 2 Data copying symbols The following sections include symbols that represent the type of copying that is occurring between volumes The symbols are shown in Table 1 2 Table 1 2 Copy type symbols Type of copy Symbol FlashCopy 1 5 3 FlashCopy sessions FlashCopy sessions copy the data that is on the source volume to the target volume on the same site Site 1 The target volume contains the same data as the source volume at the point in time when the copy was established Any subsequent write operations to the source volume are not reflected on the target volume Figure 1 6 shows the volumes and data flow for the session Site 1 pq Hi A 5 T1 Figure 1 6 FlashCopy session Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 13 1 5 4 Snapshot s
274. ers were added to the family so that business environments of any size can find a model that best fits their needs Table 5 1 shows the basic features that differentiate the members of the Storwize family Table 5 1 Storwize Storage Systems Basic differentiators SAN V7000 V7000 V3700 V3500 Volume Unified Controller 2 Yes File system Services NAS CIFS or NFS Note All members of the Storwize family run the same code so they provide the same Copy Services functions to the storage managed by them as external arrays SAN Volume Controller internal disks V3700 V3500 or both V7000 and V7000 Unified They also support Remote Copy services between different family models 5 1 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and the Storwize family Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems provides copy services management for SAN Volume Controller V7000 V7000 Unified and V3700 with the following session types IBM Storwize V3500 does not support Global or Metro Mirror Only FlashCopy sessions are supported for this model FlashCopy Metro Mirror Single Direction Metro Mirror Failover Failoack Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice Global Mirror Single Direction Global Mirror Failover Failback Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 281 282 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Prac
275. ese conditions may involve the storage control its attached disk devices and the ESCON paths between the two sites Verify there are no errors on the PPRC paths between the source and target devices 9 Either an IPL of a power interruption to either storage control have suspended the pair 10 4 CGROUP command with the FREEZE parameter has suspended the pair If the heartbeat is enabled and communication between Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and the storage systems was lost or interrupted this may have caused a freeze 14 The pair suspended due to the failure in releasing the space of the remote copy secondary volume 15 The pair suspended due to a Global Mirror Pause with Consistency command 3852 An Establish FlashCopy command with Preserve Mirror set to Preserve Mirror Required was issued The Establish FlashCopy failed at the remote control unit As a result the Local Peer to Peer Remote Copy pair state was changed to suspended Action Restart the session to resynchronize the suspended pairs If the suspension occurred due to a source site disaster you can recover the session Figure 4 131 Error full description panel Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 275 276 In the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication console log the error message and the actions that were started automatically by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication are disp
276. ess csrss exe SYSTEM 00 1 892K Client Server Runtime Process db2dastrm exe db2admin 00 4 568 K IBM R DB2 R db fmp 4 exe db2admin 00 13 400K IBM R DB2 R db2fmp 4 exe db2admin 00 6 196 K IBM R DB2 R db2fmp64 exe db admin oo 4 928K IBM R DB2 R db2magmtsyc exe SYSTEM 00 2 912K IBM R DB2 R db2rcmd exe db2admin 00 2 448 K IBM R DB2 R db2syscs exe db2admin 00 916 140 K IBM R DB2 R db2systray exe tpcadmin 00 3 080K IBM R DB2 R dilhost exe SYSTEM 00 3 764K COM Surrogate dwm exe tpcadmin o0 1 484K Desktop Window Manager explorer exe tpcadmin 00 45 408 K Windows Explorer firefox exe 32 tpcadmin 00 95 876 K Firefox IBMsshdsvc exe SYSTEM 00 1 024K IBM R DB2Z R tpcadmin 422 064K Java TM Platform SE binary java exe 32 SYSTEM 00 941 932 K Java TM Platform SE binary java exe 32 SYSTEM 00 78 896 K Java TM Platform SE binary java exe 32 tpcadmin 00 30 512 K Java TM Platform SE binary java exe 32 SYSTEM 00 12 524K Java TM Platform SE binary LogonUl exe SYSTEM 00 6 168K Windows Logon User Interface Host Isass exe SYSTEM 00 8 028 K Local Security Authority Process Ism exe SYSTEM 00 2 472 K Local Session Manager Service msdtc exe NETWORK 00 3 088 K Microsoft Distributed Transaction Coordinator Service notenad exe tneadmin nn A ASAK Notenad z V Show processes From all users End Process Processes 62 CPU Usage 0 Physical Memory 53 Figure 3 66 Starting Windows Task Manager To check wh
277. essions Note Snapshot sessions are available only for IBM XIV Storage System Snapshot sessions create a point in time copy of a volume or set of volumes on the same site Site 1 without having to define a specific target volume The target volumes of a Snapshot session are automatically created when the snapshot is created Figure 1 7 shows the volumes for the session Site 1 Hi Figure 1 7 Snapshot session 1 5 5 Metro Mirror Single Direction sessions Metro Mirror Single Direction sessions copy data in a single direction from the source volume on the local site Site 1 to the target volume on the remote site Site 2 Figure 1 8 shows the volumes and data flow for the session Site 1 Site 2 P Hi HZ Figure 1 8 Metro Mirror Single Direction session 1 5 6 Metro Mirror Failover Failback sessions Metro Mirror Failover Failback sessions provide the same capabilities as Metro Mirror Single Directions sessions The difference is that data replication for Metro Mirror Failover Failback sessions is bidirectional Figure 1 9 shows the volumes and data flow for the session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 2 Site 1 Site 2 y Hi H2 Figure 1 9 Metro Mirror Failover Failback session 1 5 7 Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice sessions Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice sessions combine Metro Mirror and FlashCopy replication to provide a point in time copy of the
278. et Cl a Site 1 Site 2 Hi H2 Volume Details User Name CSMReg_xiv3_ihiv02 Full Name XIV VOL 7 825429 bf61240002c Type FIXEDBLK Capacity 16 0 GiB Protected No Space Efficient Yes z OS Connection No 6 The wizard prompts for the secondary XIV values as shown in Figure 6 33 Make the appropriate entries and click Next Choose Hosti gt Choose Host2 Matching Matching Results Select Copy Sets Confirm Adding Copy Sets Results Choose Host2 Choose the Host2 storage system Host2 storage system XIV BOX 7825826 XIV_E Host2 pool CSMReg_p01 Host2 volume CSMReg_xiv3_2h2v02 lt Back Next gt Finish Site 1 Site 2 an J Hi H2 Volume Details User Name CSMReg_xiv3_2h2v02 Full Name XIV VOL 7 825826 164ec2213cO0a2d Type FIXEDBLK Capacity 16 0 GiB Protected No Space Efficient Yes z OS Connection No Figure 6 33 Copy Set wizard for second XIV and target volume selection panel Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 331 The Copy Set wizard now has both volumes selected and you can add more volumes if required as shown in Figure 6 34 Click Next Add Copy Sets XiV MMFOFB Choose Hosti Select Copy Sets Choose Host2 Choose which copy sets to add Click Next to add copy sets to the session Matching Matching Results Select All Deselect All Add More gt Select Copy Sets Confir
279. etro Global Mirror with Practice sessions combine Metro Mirror Global Mirror and FlashCopy replication across three sites to provide a point in time copy of the data on the third site For this session type a synchronous copy occurs from the source volume on the local site Site 1 to the target volume on the second site Site 2 An asynchronous copy then occurs from the second site to the intermediate volume on the third site Site 3 A FlashCopy occurs from the intermediate volume to the target and journal volumes on Site 3 Figure 1 17 on page 19 shows the volumes and data flow for the session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 3 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 J3 Figure 1 17 Metro Global Mirror with Practice session 1 5 15 Session states Sessions can exist in different states The following sections describe the states for FlashCopy sessions and remote copy sessions FlashCopy session states Table 1 3 shows the states for FlashCopy sessions Table 1 3 FlashCopy session states Session state Storage systems Defined The session exists but is not started and is not managing any relationships on the hardware Preparing The volumes in the session are SAN Volume Controller initializing synchronizing or Storwize V3500 Storwize resynchronizing V3700 Storwize V7000 and Storwize V7000 Unified storage systems Prepared All volumes in the session
280. evServer and the scheduled task for the Replication server is called startRepServer as shown in Figure 3 70 Task Scheduler File Action View Help gt Alm Ble 4 Task Scheduler Local o ia Task Scheduler Library E Microsoft Name Status Triggers Next Run Time Last Run Time Last Run Result startDeyServer Ready Multiple triggers defined 7 8 2013 19 21 52 0x0 IBM Corp startRepServer Ready Multiple triggers defined 7 8 2013 19 21 53 0x0 IBM Corp General Triggers Actions Conditions Settings History disabled Name startRepServer Location Author IBM Corp Description Task to start IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center replication server Security options When running the task use the following user account SYSTEM Run only when user is logged on Figure 3 70 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server scheduled task 3 9 2 Starting and stopping Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication To start and stop Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication you run scripts on the server where the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is installed The scripts are inthe TPC_installation directory scripts directory where TPC_installation directory is the top level directory where you installed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for example C Program Files IBM TPC The scripts folder also contains Tivoli St
281. ference between peak and average I O workload during cycle periods 5 7 Disaster Recovery use cases In this section we describe some alternative topologies for SAN Volume Controller or Storwize implementation and how these topologies relate to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 7 1 SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster 302 SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster also known as Split Cluster or Split I O Group is an implementation topology where the individual nodes of each SAN Volume Controller I O group in a cluster are placed in separate sites or failure domains This topology requires a minimum of three sites or failure domains each one with at least one storage system that is managed by the SAN Volume Controller cluster The storage system in the site without SAN Volume Controller nodes host the active SAN Volume Controller quorum disk Figure 5 22 shows one example of such topology that uses no Inter Switch Link ISL between switches Server 1 Server 2 San switch 1 SAN switch 2 oT Tr ee k SAN switch 3 g p SAN switch SVC node 1 SVC node 2 oe Failure Failure lt a Storage 1 Domain 1 Domain 2 Figure 5 22 Two node SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster topology example Note This scenario is only possible with SAN Volume Controller because other members of the Storwize family have both nodes of an I O group physically inside the same controller canister The SAN Volume Cont
282. figuration in which you have Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installed on two servers with one server running in active mode and the second server running in standby mode ensure that both servers can communicate with each other and that they are authenticated through all firewalls If the firewall times out on either server it requires reauthentication to open the communication between the servers The port that is used for high availability communication is specified in Table 2 1 on page 42 If you have a two or three site environment your active management server can be placed in primary or disaster recovery site Where you place the active management server depends on the type of sessions you are managing and the type of LAN SAN infrastructure you have but we recommend placing the active server in primary site For more information about the high availability configuration see Chapter 3 General administration and high availability on page 61 2 1 5 User accounts The user name that you use to install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center must belong to the operating system groups that are mapped to administrator role The user that you specify as the common user which can be the same user that is used for installation during the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation must also belong to these groups If you specify a user that is not in an administrator role your installation fails with the error that is shown
283. fine a session add the XIV volumes to that session and activate the session The process for setting up Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Global Mirror with XIV is nearly identical to what was already described in Creating a Metro Mirror session on page 326 340 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems The XIV pool and volumes must be defined by using the XIV GUI or CLI before Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is used for this process At the time of this writing XIV pools or volumes cannot be created from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Complete the following steps to define a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session for asynchronous mirroring 1 In the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI browse to the Sessions window and click Create Session For more information see the process that is shown starting with Figure 6 24 on page 327 When you are prompted for a session type select Asynchronous Global Mirror as shown in Figure 6 54 Click Next to start the process Create Session fei eal gt Choose Session Type Choose Session Type Properties Choose the type of session to create Location 1 Site Site 1 Location 2 Site XIV hd Site 2 Results Pa D Choose Session Type Choose Session Type Point in Time Snapshot ronous Metro Mirror Failover Failback Asynchronous Global Mirror Failover Failba
284. for DS8000 that were introduced in the latest versions of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 4 2 1 FlashCopy consistency groups for FlashCopy sessions Consistency Group FlashCopy is an option of the FlashCopy capability that allows the creation of a consistent point in time copy across multiple volumes even across multiple storage systems By temporarily freezing the I O activity on the volumes consistency group FlashCopy helps users to create a consistent point in time copy without quiescing the application Consistency Group FlashCopy ensures that the order of dependent writes is always maintained and thus creates host consistent copies not application consistent copies The copies have power fail or crash level consistency 182 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems To recover an application from Consistency Group FlashCopy target volumes you must perform the same recovery as is done after a system crash or power outage Starting with version 5 1 1 0 of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication the consistency group option is transparently implemented in all the FlashCopy session Figure 4 25 shows the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication console window in which messages are reported that are related to a FlashCopy session As highlighted a message of releasing the I O is reported which states that a freeze unfreeze operation was performed against the volumes within
285. from the list of users and roles on the Administration page When you remove access the user or users in a group cannot access the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI or run commands from the command line 3 6 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication advanced tools Advanced tools are useful utilities and settings that assist you with your work in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication By using advanced tools you can package log files set the browser refresh rate and enable or disable the Metro Mirror heartbeat feature To manage advanced tools select Advanced Tools in the navigation tree of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI The Advanced Tools page opens as shown in Figure 3 38 on page 101 100 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Advanced Tools Administration Advanced Tools Console nomi Package Log Files Sign Out db2admin Click the button below to package PE data Health Overview Create Display PE Packages z Sessions J Set browser auto refresh rate 3 normal a i rowser refresh r nds amp 0 werning Browser auto refresh rate seconds 30 5 3600 0 severe D Storage Systems A Apply A Host Systems PPly E management Servers Enable Disable Heartbeat ESS DS only Enable
286. ge so this command is valid only when you are restarting the H3 H2 configuration or from the Target Available H1 gt H2 gt HG state Suspend H1 gt H3 When H2 H1 His run this command issues a pause to the Global Mirror master and causes the Global Mirror master to stop forming consistency groups This command is valid only when the session is in the Prepared state Suspend H2 gt H3 When H1 H2 His run this command issues a pause to the Global Mirror master and causes the Global Mirror master to stop forming consistency groups This command is valid only when the session is in the Prepared state Terminate Removes all physical copies from the hardware This command can be issued at any point in an active session Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 29 1 6 New features and enhancements in Tivoli Storage Replication Center for Replication by release This section describes new features and enhancements in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by release For more information about a feature or enhancement see the New for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Version 5 x topic in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Version 5 1 1 1 information center and the New for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Version 5 2 topic in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Version 5 2 information center You can find the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center information center by
287. ge Productivity Center components In this environment JazzSM and Tivoli Common Reporting can run on a separate server This environment facilitates the integration with other Tivoli products that are using JazzSM and Tivoli Common Reporting components and allows the sharing of components that are installed on a separate server If you have different administrators for DB2 and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center this environment allows the database repository and DB2 to be installed and managed on a separate server Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is installed together with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center server Click Next In the window that is shown in Figure 2 10 on page 55 specify the host name and ports that are used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Also specify the user name and password of the common user to configure all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center components This user name must have the correct DB2 and operating system privileges Tip Some systems might be configured to return a short host name such as server22 instead of a fully qualified host name such as server22 myorg mycompany com Tivoli Storage Productivity Center requires fully qualified host names so you must install the software on a computer that has a fully qualified host name 54 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 4 IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation See ncense Noreement ra
288. ge Productivity Center for Replication functions These functions include administration and configuration of the copy services and managing and monitoring the status of copy services For more information about the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI see Chapter 3 General administration and high availability on page 61 Tivoli Common Reporting provides the reporting service for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center reports Tivoli Common Reporting includes Cognos reporting software gt CLI The CLI is used to issue commands for key Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication functions It is also used to enable scripts for automating functions 8 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems gt Data server The Data server is a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center component that is the control point for product scheduling functions configuration event information reporting and GUI support It coordinates communication with and data collection from agents that scan file systems and databases to gather storage demographics and populate the database with results Automated actions can be defined to perform file system extension data deletion and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center backup or archiving or event reporting when defined thresholds are encountered The Data server is the primary contact point for GUI functions It also includes func
289. ge systems We also describe the go home procedure to return to the original configuration The flow of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication operations is shown in Figure 4 112 on page 257 Assuming that the host operations are stopped on Site 1 we can complete the following steps 1 Start a Suspend action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs a Global Mirror pause operation and a suspension of the Global Copy pairs H1 l2 After the action is complete the status of the session is Severe and the state is Suspended 2 Issue the Recover action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following actions Failover i2 volumes to H1 volumes Recover the last consistency group for more information see 4 2 2 Global Mirror pause with consistency on page 183 256 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Now we can start the host operations on the H2 volumes and powering off the storage FlashCopy the i2 volumes to the H2 volumes Force Failover H2 volumes to H1 volumes The H2 volumes are now ready to be used by host After the action is complete the status of the session is Normal and the state is Target Available systems in Site 1 can proceed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication shows an alert about the communication loss to Site 1 storage systems but this does not affe
290. ge systems but this does not affect the current configuration After the maintenance is completed and the Site 2 storage systems are running again we can start the procedure return to the original configuration Start a StartH1 gt H2 H3 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following operations Failback I3 volumes to H2 volumes Wait until the I3 H2 first pass copy is completed Enable the Incremental Resync from H1 and I3 with noinit option Suspend the Global Copy pairs H1 13 Wait until the I8 H2 copy is completed 100 copied Failover H2 volumes Failback H2 volumes to I3 volumes Start H1 H2 pairs with the Incremental Resync with option override Wait until the H2 I3 first pass copy is completed Start the Global Mirror H2 H3 The go back procedure is then completed and the normal operation configuration is restored None of these procedures required a full copy of the data Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 265 266 Planned outage of Site 1 and Site 2 storage systems In this scenario we consider a planned maintenance activity that requires powering off the Site 1 and Slte 2 storage systems In this case we temporarily restart the host operation from the Site 3 We also describe the go home procedure to return to the original configuration The flow of the Tivoli Storage Productivity C
291. gure 4 16 Change state diagram for a Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice session 4 1 4 Metro Global Mirror The Metro Global Mirror function enables a three site high availability disaster recovery solution It combines the capabilities of Metro Mirror and Global Mirror functions for greater protection against planned and unplanned outages Metro Global Mirror uses synchronous replication to mirror data between a local site and an intermediate site and asynchronous replication to mirror data from an intermediate site to a remote site In this configuration a Metro Mirror pair is established between two nearby sites local and intermediate to protect from local site disasters The Global Mirror volumes can be thousands of miles away and continue to be updated if the original local site suffered a disaster and I O must be failed over to the intermediate site Metro Global Mirror is fully supported only on the DS8000 while the ESS800 is supported only when it is acting as primary or active site of the Metro Mirror Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication manages all of the variations of DS8000 Metro Global Mirror through the Three Sites session types that include two Metro Global Mirror sessions Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Metro Global Mirror combines Metro Mirror synchronous copy and Global Mirror asynchronous copy into a single session where the Metro Mirror target is the
292. gure 6 39 on page 334 Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 333 Last Update Aug 22 2013 2 56 05 PM Session Details XiV MMFOFB Select Action Da Go Pata Mirror Faina Failback Select Action on i H1 H2 Start H 1 gt H2 Add Copy Sets Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties Remove Copy Sets Remove Session Progress Copy Type Timestamp Other Export Copy Sets Refresh States View Copy Sets View Messages Figure 6 39 Action items that are available to the Metro Mirror Session 2 You are prompted for confirmation as shown in Figure 6 40 Click Yes IWNRIS40W Aug 22 2013 2 57 18 PM This command initiates the copying of data from Site 1 to Site 2 for session Xiv MMFOFB overwriting any data on Site 2 for any inactive copy sets Do you want te continue Figure 6 40 Last warning before taking the Metro Mirror Session active After the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication commands are sent to the XIV Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication continues to update the same Session Details window to reflect the latest status as shown in Figure 6 41 and Figure 6 42 on page 335 After the synchronization the status changes to Normal status Last Update Aug 22 2013 2 59 09 PM Session Details Mstar H1i gt H2 XiV MMFOFB Command Submitted Open Console Running XiV MMFOFB z Metro Mirr
293. h pools and volumes configured gt IP connectivity between the XIV storage systems and the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server gt Remote mirroring connectivity that is configured for the two XIV storage systems in the session gt Matching volumes on the source and target XIV storage systems gt All volumes are in same pool on each host site Reference For more information about XIV System configuration see the BM XIV Storage System User Manual GC27 2213 02 which is available at this website http publib boulder ibm com infocenter ibmxiv r2 topic com ibm help xiv doc d ocs GC27 2213 02 pdf Limitations The XIV Metro Mirror session has the following limitations gt Session name is limited to 58 characters gt Consistency group is limited to 128 volumes This is not enforced by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 325 gt All volumes from a session must be in the same pool gt Volumes that are mapped to a host cannot be deleted while they are mapped gt Locked volumes are read only gt XIV hardware is limited to 512 mirroring relationships Creating a Metro Mirror session To set up Metro Mirror for snapshots you must create and define a session for this type of Copy Service add the XIV volumes from both XIVs to this newly defined session and activate the session The XIV pool and vo
294. hat will remain or become active Modifying Source DS8000 2107 XC891 LSS 61 Results Target DS8000 2107 LM841 LSS 61 REE Source Port Target Port Auto Generated M ox0303 Source Port Target Port 0x0303 00300 v Add Figure 4 52 Adding ports 204 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 4 Confirm your selections and click Next as shown in Figure 4 53 Path Management WP Choose Storage Systems Confirm Paths af Select Paths G Confirm Paths The following paths will remain or become active Modifying Source Storage System DSBOOO BOX 2107 NC891 Results Source Logical Storage Subsystem DS8000 2107 MC891 LSS 61 Target Storage System DSS000 80 2107 LM841 Target Logical Storage Subsystem DS8000 2107 LM841 L55 61 source Port Target Port Auto Generated Ooo POF Ooo POO Ho Click Next bo apply changes Figure 4 53 Confirm the paths 5 Verify the Results panel and click Finish to exit the wizard as shown in Figure 4 54 Path Management Feil Wf Choose Storage Systems Results Select Paths W Confirm Paths Wf Modifying Gp Results J IWNGOOSI wi Aug 12 2015 12 04 57 PH Successfull completed the command EstablehPsth for the path S CSR 2107 SCRS1 LS5261 00303 gt DS 2107 UME 12155 61 oD Click Finish bo exit the wizard Back Next Cancel Figure 4 54 Results panel Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replica
295. he ITSO FlashCopy session completed Session ITSO FlashCopy changed from the Defined state to the Target Available Figure 4 25 FlashCopy session console messages There is no means of disabling the consistency group option for the FlashCopy sessions Note The consistency group option applies only to the FlashCopy type session All the other sessions that use FlashCopy to create practice copy do not use this option 4 2 2 Global Mirror pause with consistency The Global Mirror pause with consistency is a capability that can be requested by submitting a SCORE RPQ to IBM for the microcode level 6 3 1 for DS8700 and DS8800 and level 7 0 5 for DS8870 By using this capability the Global Mirror can be paused which leaves the Global Mirror secondary site volumes in a consistent state Specifying this new option in the Global Mirror pause command the Global Mirror first completes the ongoing consistency group After it is hardened on the journal volumes all the Global Copy pairs are suspended which does not allow any further update from the primary storage systems The Global Mirror pausing consistently allows several Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions to use the function and speed up the time it takes to perform some operations This Global Mirror pausing option spares any further action to make the Global Mirror secondary site volumes consistent The standard recovery process which involves the consistency group check
296. he RPO represents the length of time in seconds of data exposure that is acceptable if a disaster occurs Use the following options to set the RPO threshold values For both options you can specify an RPO threshold in the range of 0 65535 seconds The default is O seconds which specifies that no alerts are generated Warning level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the warning level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value a warning console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Warning If the value in this field is other than O it must be greater than the value in the Consistency group interval time seconds field and less than the value in the Severe level threshold Seconds field Severe level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the severe level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value an error console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Severe If the value in this field is other than 0 it must be greater than the value in the Warning level threshold Seconds field For the Role Pair H2 J1 the following Global Mirror options are available gt Consistency group interval time Seconds Enter how often in seconds the Global Mirror session attempts to form a consistency group A lower value can reduce the data exposure of the session However
297. how to start or stop Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components if they must be restarted Scripts for starting and stopping Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components are provided by the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 123 3 9 1 Verifying the status of components After you install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center you can verify whether the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components are running The procedure that is described in this section can also be used if there is a problem with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication We also describe a procedure to start and stop Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Starting from version 5 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is running as a process in a Windows environment To check whether the process is running start Task Manager on Windows as shown in Figure 3 66 and look for java exe 32 processes i Windows Task Manager Eie x Fie Options wiew Help Applications Processes Services Performance Networking Users Image UserName CPU Memory Description o o ooo o O conhost exe tpcadmin 00 1 080K Console Window Host conhost exe SYSTEM o0 984K Console window Host csrss exe SYSTEM 00 2 668 K Client Server Runtime Process csrss exe SYSTEM 00 1 380K Client Server Runtime Proc
298. i Storage Productivity Center for Replication Operators can manage specific sessions Monitors can view information in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication however they cannot modify or perform any commands or actions Global Copy For ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems Global Copy is an asynchronous long distance copy option for data migration and backup Session A session completes a specific type of data replication for a specific set of volumes During data replication data is copied from a source volume to one or more target volumes depending on the session type The source volume and target volumes that contain copies of the same data are collectively referred to as a copy set A session can contain one or more copy sets The type of data replication that is associated with the session determines the actions that you can perform against all copy sets in the session the number of volumes that a copy set can contain and the role that each volume plays Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Copy set A copy set is a set of volumes that represent copies of the same data During data replication data is copied from a source volume to one or more target volumes depending on the session type The source volume and target volumes that contain copies of the same data are collectively referred to as a copy set Each volume in a copy set must be of the same size and volume
299. i Storage Productivity Center for Replication and z OS HyperSwap Planning for Open HyperSwap and z OS HyperSwap includes the following requirements gt DS8000 storage system with Metro Mirror gt AIX requirements for Open HyperSwap gt z OS requirements for HyperSwap gt Hosts connectivity We describe these requirements in this section For more information about new z OS HyperSwap functions see Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems on page 355 DS8000 requirements for Open HyperSwap and z OS HyperSwap To use Open HyperSwap and z OS HyperSwap your DS8000 must be on version 5 1 or later and a Metro Mirror relationship must be established between primary and secondary DS8000 Both DS8000 storage systems must be connected to a host to perform HyperSwap and automatically failover I O from the primary logical devices to the secondary logical devices 46 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Open HyperSwap requirements Open HyperSwap support requires AIX version 5 3 or 6 1 You must have the following AIX modules installed gt Subsystem Device Driver Path Control Module SDDPCM version 3 0 0 0 or later gt Multi Path Input Output MPIO module the version that is provided with AIX version 5 3 or 6 1 Note For more information about the supported AIX version for each Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication rele
300. i auth properties tpckool Date modified 5 2 2013 12 07 AM 5 2 2013 12 07 AM 5 2 2013 12 07 AM 5 2 2013 12 07 AM 5 2 2013 12 07 AM 6 2 2013 12 07 AM 5 2 2013 12 07 AM 5 2 2013 12 07 AM 5 2 2013 12 07 AM Type File Folder File Folder File folder PROPERTIES File windows Batch File PROPERTIES File PROPERTIES File PROPERTIES File windows Batch File ji Computer a Local Disk Cr go 990044348572 m cameli DB i Install J FerfLogs d Programm Files nT Pronar arm File ral ao gt Figure 3 18 CLI folder 3 Edit the CSMJDK and CSMCLI location lines in csmcli bat to meet your local directory structure as shown in Example 3 10 Example 3 10 csmcli bat echo off TITLE IBM Replication Manager CLI setlocal REM kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk REM Set up the environment for this specific configuration Both REM JAVA HOME and CSMCLI_HOME must be defined in environment variables REM kkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk set CSMJDK C Program Files IBM TPC jre if CSMJDK GOTO ERROR JAVA set CSMCLI C CSMCLI if CSMCLI GOTO ERROR CLI set PATH CSMCLI 1ib PATH set CSMCP 3 1ib csmcli jar lib clicommon jar lib csmclient jar lib essClientApi jar set CSMCP CSMCP 3 1ib ibmCIMClient jar lib jlog jar lib jsse jar lib xerces jar lib JSON4J jar set CSMCP CSMCP 1ib rmmessages jar lib snmp jar
301. iagrams for a Metro Global Mirror session that shows the effect of the HyperSwap actions Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Go to Host on Intermediate Site Transition Diagram Figure 7 9 Host that is running on a local site Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 367 mie Zt C PN Cele N 8 4 Host on Local site v Go to Host on Local Site Transition Diagram Figure 7 10 Host that is running on an intermediate site 368 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 7 3 5 Hardened Freeze The z OS HyperSwap facilities also provide an optional Hardened Freeze capability for Metro Mirror Single Direction Metro Mirror Failover Failback Metro Mirror Failover Failoack with Practice Metro Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror with Practice session types This function enables the z OS HyperSwap subcomponent of I O Supervisor to directly manage the suspension events planned and unplanned without requiring any intervention with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication This feature greatly enhances the management of planned and unplanned suspension events as described in the following sample scenarios gt A disabled Metro Mirror session that is not HyperSwap enabled is managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for
302. ication the function is not enabled or disabled on the storage systems that are connected to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The configuration options that you set for Easy Tier heat map transfer in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication are used only by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 190 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 4 2 4 Global Mirror Info Tab for DS8000 sessions Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Version 4 2 introduced a specific informational tab in the Session Details panel see Figure 4 39 which provides useful information and details about the Global Mirror status The following Global Mirror information was made available gt Data exposure information gt Current Global Mirror settings gt Statistics of successful and unsuccessful consistency groups z Last Update Aug 6 2013 3 01 19 FM Session Details E T ail a ITSO LL z a Metro Global Mirrer wy Prectice Select Action Ge Bkli KOO KOS Status Nomai g Active Host Hi Hi Hi H3 Recoverable Ys r Description modify amp D Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No F I3 J3 Participating Ron Role Pair Error Count aiH a 1 1 ee MM nfa tron ma ws 3 13 o 1 1 00 00 01 0 A GM nfa is a 1 Oo ee FC Aug 5 23013 5 50 44 PM 13 13 o a 1 NFA FC nin Hon Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Figure 4 39 Global M
303. ication for Open Systems Preparing The volumes in the session are All excluding sessions for IBM initializing synchronizing or XIV Storage System resynchronizing Prepared All volumes in the session are All excluding sessions for IBM initialized The session is XIV Storage System consistent and is actively copying data Recovering The session is recovering Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror Suspending The session is in a transitory Global Mirror and Metro Global state that is caused by the Mirror only for ESS800 Suspend command or DS6000 and DS8000 storage suspending event Copy systems operations are suspended Suspended Replication is stopped on all Metro Mirror Global Mirror and role pairs Another recoverable Metro Global Mirror flag indicates whether data is consistent and recoverable SuspendedH1H2 MGM Data copying between site 1 Metro Global Mirror and site 2 is stopped for the session SuspendedH1H3 MGM Data copying between site 1 Metro Global Mirror and site 3 is stopped for the session Target Available The target volumes are All write enabled Another recoverable flag indicates whether data is consistent and recoverable Terminating The session is terminating All because a Terminate command was issued under the following conditions gt The target volume is permitted to be Metro Mirror or Global Copy gt The Require or Attempt to Preserve Mirror option is set Chapt
304. ich Java process is using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication you must add the Command Line column as shown in Figure 3 67 on page 125 This column shows details about the processes where you can see that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication process is started as shown in Figure 3 68 on page 125 124 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Applications Achim tds mance Networking Users Update Speed rs Select the columns that will appear on the Process page of Task Select Columns Description conhost exe tpradmin 1 080 K Console Window Host Ly Base Priority conhost exe SYSTEM oo 994K Console Window Host L Handles Csrss EXE SYSTEM 00 2668K Client Server Runtime Process I Threads l cSrS5 EXxE SYSTEM g 1380K Client Server Runtime Process CL USER Objects cSrS5 EXE SYSTEM O10 1892K Client Server Runtime Process I GDI objects db2dastrm exe dbZadmin o0 4 568K IBM R DEZ R O to Beers db2fmp64 exe dbZadmin o0 13 400K IBMIR DBEZ R L 1O Writes db2fmp 4 exe dbZadmin 00 6 204 K IBM R DBZCR I 10 other db2fmp 4 exe db admin 00 4 928K IBM R DB2 R CL 1 0 Read Bytes db2mgmtsvc exe SYSTEM o0 2 912K IBM R DB2 R CL 1 0 write Bytes db remd exe db2admin o0 2448K IBM R DBEZ R C 1 0 Other Bytes db2syses exe dbZadmin Oo 916 1868K IBMIRD DEZIR O anaue ae db2systray exe tpcadmin 00 3076K IBM R DB2 R Command Line dilhost exe SYSTEM 00
305. igure E connections to local server All storage systems connected Figure 4 59 Health Overview panel with the Session links 2 In the Session panel click Create Session as shown in Figure 4 60 d Sessions Last Update Jul 31 2013 4 39 59 PM Actions Go Name Status mpe Sate o ve os Recoverabe Cop Set ITSO MM ud Normal MM Prepared Hi Yes i a restsession EA normai FC Target Available Hi Yes i ITSO Inactive MGM Defined Hi No 1 rso rlesncopy inactive Fc Defines Ht No 1 ITSO3 S Inactive GM Defined Hi No i rrso4 inactive MGM Defined Hi No 1 z ITsos Inactive GM Defined H1 No 1 xv emrors inactive cM Defined Ht No o XV MMFOFB Inactive MM Defined Hi No o xv snap e Srp Defined Hi No 0 ds Inactive MM Defined Hi No o A ae a niy T3 z m Figure 4 60 Session panel 3 The Create Session panel opens From the Choose Hardware Type drop down menu select DS8000 DS6000 ESS800 as shown in Figure 4 61 on page 211 210 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Creste Session cH ka Choose Session Type G Choose Session Type Pes Chose the type of seen to create Location Choose Hardware Type Results Choose Hardware Type D58000 D56000 E55 800 SAN Volume Controller Storwize Family Storwize W7000 Unified XIV Back Next gt Finish Figure 4 61 Choose Hardware Type menu 4 From the Ch
306. igure 5 24 Alternate Figure 5 24 SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster with FlashCopy target with alternative server Set the FlashCopy source volume attribute mirrorwritepriority to redundancy 304 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems It is unlikely that you want the target FlashCopy volume to be mirrored across failure domains it would be the fourth copy of the same data Consider carefully if you have a possible recovery scenario that might require this other mirroring Metro Mirror and Global Mirror sessions With Metro Mirror and Global Mirror sessions a target storage system is required Consider the following points gt Except for Storwize V3500 the target system can be any member of the Storwize family gt When another SAN Volume Controller cluster is used as the target system it can be a Stretched Cluster or not gt When the Metro Mirror session is used this target SAN Volume Controller system can be placed in failure domain 3 which is co located with the Storage System that hosts the active quorum disk In this scenario this SAN Volume Controller target system can be the Metro Mirror target system and host of the active quorum disk at the same time as shown in Figure 5 25 Note Although you can set up a topology that includes three or four different sites by using stretched cluster and Metro or Global Mirror do not confuse this scenario with other session types that i
307. il Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Master Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication in open systems Manage replication services from one interface Use all of the latest copy services features Karen Orlando Otavio Rocha Filho Danijel Paulin Antonio Rainero Deborah Sparks Redbooks ibm com redbooks l International Technical Support Organization Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems January 2014 SG24 8149 00 Note Before using this information and the product it supports read the information in Notices on page Ix First Edition Janury 2014 This edition applies to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for replication Version 5 Release 2 Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2014 All rights reserved Note to U S Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp Contents INQUIG CS cuana naa eea e a Sane duacate a a ae btarge a d pause ae aren a bates Some IX MademarkS arnaeinars hy AS wade oh we eas Aid ah Re Ngee sane xX PCL ACC coo ces E T e E E A E en ee Ge ean xi AUNO anc ak lee Sach A nan Sa sent cal a a A E E ee E al etm EAA xii Now you can become a published author too anaana 0 es XIV COMMEN WelCOM Cx w at cee tee rl eRe A eens tegen a wee hatte ale Ae acd Goan ant eae XIV Stay connected to IBM Re
308. ilback session After you issue this command the Start H1 gt H2 H3 command becomes available HyperSwap Triggers a HyperSwap where O is redirected from the source volume to the target volume without affecting the application that uses those volumes Flash Ensures that all I8s are consistent and then flashes the data from I3 to the H3 volumes This command is available in the following states gt Target Available state when the active host is H3 Use this command if the FlashCopy portion of the Recover command from I3 to H3 fails for any reason The problem can be addressed and a Flash command can be issued to complete the flash of the consistent data from I3 to H3 Prepared state when the active host is H1 and data is copying H1 to H2 to I3 or the active host is H2 and data is copying H2 to H1 to H3 Prepared state when the active host is H2 and data is copying H2 to IS Prepared state when the active host is H1 and data is copying H1 to IS Recover H1 Specifying H1 makes the H1 volume Target Available Metro Global Mirror when H2 H1 gt H3 is run can move production to the H1 or H3 set of volumes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication processing is different depending on the recovery site Therefore the site designation is added to the recover command so Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication can set up for the failback Recover H2 Specifying H2 makes the H2 volume Target Available Metro
309. ile Folder command prompt or by clicking csmcli bat from the directory where it is copied as shown in Figure 3 20 on page 82 Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 81 BB csmcii csmicii g Computer Local Disk fC csmeli 3 Search csmeli Organize Ej Open Print New Folder sir Favorites Kame Date modified Type q MB Desktop Ji etc 7 5 2013 1 29 File Folder l Downloads Fib 7 8 2013 1 29 File folder a Pecan Places J libs 7 8 2013 1 29 File Folder roe cli properties 2 8 2013 0 07 PROPERTIES File a Docurnents cliTrace 702013 2 38 Text Document al Music E csmeli 7 8 2013 1 53 Windows Batch File Pictures repli properties 7 6 2013 1 57 PROPERTIES File ff videos _ rmserver properties 2 6 2013 0 07 PROPERTIES File _ Epercli auth properties 2 6 2013 0 07 PROPERTIES File Computer a Local Disk C2 tpctool 2 5 2013 0 07 Windows Batch File d 99c044346572dt d csmeli Boe csmcli Date modified 7 8 2013 1 53 Date created 7 6 2013 1 29 Windows Batch File Size 2 32 KB Figure 3 20 Start csmcli bat 7 The CLI window opens and you can start using CLI commands as shown in Figure 3 21 fca_ Administrator IBM Replication Manager CLI reated new properties Tile with encrypted passwor CiUserssAdministratorsytpce cliytpcrcl1 auth properties wold Storage Productivity Center for Replication aman Line Interface CLI Copyright 2007 2012 IBM Corporation
310. ile to include Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication user name and password as shown in Example 3 12 on page 81 This properties file must be placed into the tpcr cli subdirectory which must be created in your home user directory as shown in Figure 3 19 on page 81 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication access this file only if it is in that specific subdirectory of your home user directory In our example we use user tpcadmin and home directory which is C Users tpcadmin Note We recommend the use of the setoutput command to modify the script output The CLI setoutput command formats the output with a delimiter which can be a comma by default xml format or tabular format that uses commas as delimiters between columns and stanza which specifies that the output is displayed as one keyword value pair per line The format options that are specified by using the setoutput command apply to all commands in the script You can use any format that meets your requirements If you do not run the setoutput command the output displays in the default output format Example 3 13 shows you the invocation of a script file for the 1sdevice command to display a list of storage systems Example 3 13 Starting CLI script C Program Files IBM TPC cli gt csmcli script Isdevice txt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Command Line Interface CLI Copyright 2007 2012 IBM Corporation Version 5 2 0 Build 20130719 064
311. inactive MM Defined Ht Ne 1 ITSO MM HS tractive MM Defined Hi No ITSO TEST FC inactive FC Defined Ht No i ITSO incctive GM Defined ad ITSO4 Inactive MGM Defined Hi No i ITsos S Inactive GM aired i No Figure 4 107 Session panel showing the recoverable state for the Metro Mirror session 252 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems In this case a recover operation is not needed because the secondary volumes are already in a consistent state GM and MGM session Before the introduction of the Pause with Consistency feature another Recover operation was always needed to create a consistent copy before flashing the Global Mirror secondary volumes for Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror session types With this new feature the Recover operation becomes unnecessary because following a Suspend operation the Global Mirror secondary volumes are already in recoverable state as shown in Figure 4 26 on page 184 This applies only to DS8000 Storage Systems that support the Pause with Consistency feature For more information see 4 2 2 Global Mirror pause with consistency on page 183 The second step is to flash the secondary volumes by issuing a Flash command to the session ITSO TEST FC Again the session ITSO TEST FC is in a recoverable state as shown in Figure 4 108 E J Sessions Create Session Actions Go Di an 7 el On in e eee ie 7 3 a Oe e e Tr OE m ITS
312. indows ssclab lj sinet ACTIVE 9561 Health Overview Lud Sessions E 4 normal ab p warning O senere y Storage Systems A Host Systems OG ancaman Servers Figure 3 47 Active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Management Servers panel From the drop down menu of the Management Servers panel select Define Standby and click Go as shown in Figure 3 48 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Yolumes ESS D5 Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out tocadmin Health Overview Ld Sessions E 4 normal ab p warning SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj sinet ACTIVE 9561 O Severe ra Storage Systems Al Host Systems E Servers Figure 3 48 Active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Select Define Standby Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 109 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication now shows a panel in which you must enter the IP address or the fully qualified DNS name of your designated Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server You also must enter a user name and a password for the standby server as shown in Figure 3 49 This user must be a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Administrator Click OK after you enter and verify your information Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Sessions
313. ing IOSHM0501I Response from API for FC 10 RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM04171 17 50 46 67 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM0424I Master status 00000000 80000000 0000001004000100 IOSHM0407I 17 50 46 67 HyperSwap phase Failover PPRC volumes completed IOSHM0408I 17 50 46 67 HyperSwap phase Swap UCBs starting IOSHM0501I Response from API for FC 3 RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM04171 17 50 46 68 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM0424I Master status 00000000 80000000 0000001005000100 IOSHM0409I 17 50 46 68 HyperSwap phase Swap UCBs completed IOSHMO0410I 17 50 46 68 HyperSwap phase Resume DASD I 0 starting IOSHM05011I Response from API for FC 6 RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM04171 17 50 46 79 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM0424I Master status 00000000 80000000 0000001006000100 IOSHMO0411I 17 50 46 79 HyperSwap phase Resume DASD I O completed IOSHM0501I Response from API for FC 18 RC 0 Rsn 8 IOSHM0429I 17 50 46 79 HyperSwap processing issued an UnFreeze IOSHM04121 17 50 46 79 HyperSwap phase Cleanup starting IOSHM0501I Response from API for FC 12 RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM04171 17 50 46 80 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn IOSHM0424I Master status 00000000 80000000 0000001008000100 IOSHM0413I 17 50 46 80 HyperSwap phase Cleanup completed TOSHMO803E HyperSwap Disabled IOSHMO809T HyperSwap Configuration Monitoring stopped IOSHM0501I Response from API for FC 0 RC 4 Rsn 0 IOSHM0417I 0 00
314. ing Heat Map transfer Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 189 2 Click Yes in the confirmation panel as shown in Figure 4 36 Disabling Ess Ger heat map transfer stops the transfer of the Easy Tier heat map data trom the AN source to the target storage systems that are displayed on this page Do you want to disable the transfer of Easy Tier heat map data Figure 4 36 Disable transfer confirmation panel 3 Select the storage system to be removed and then click Remove Storage System from the Select Action drop down menu as shown in Figure 4 37 Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transiter Status Disabled Enable Transter Disable Transfer Add Storage Systems Select Action Select Action Remove Storage System View Transter Status Connection Status te Insctiv Figure 4 37 Removing Storage System 4 Click Yes in the confirmation panel to completely remove the storage system from the HMTU configuration as shown in Figure 4 38 Warning A This command removes the storage system from the Esasy Tier hest map transfer configuration and stops the transfer of Easy Tier heat map data Do you want to continue Yeg Ho Figure 4 38 Remove Storage System confirmation panel Important When you enable or disable the use of the Easy Tier heat map transfer function in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Repl
315. ing and Fast Reverse Restore FlashCopy is still needed for all the planned and unplanned Global Mirror scenarios in which the Global Mirror was not paused with the proper with consistency option Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 183 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses the Global Mirror pause command whenever a Suspend of a Global Mirror or Global Mirror leg in the case of Metro Global Mirror session is started Starting with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 5 2 the Global Mirror pause with consistency option is transparently used for those storage systems that fulfill the microcode requirements Figure 4 26 and Figure 4 27 show the report of the session details of a Global Mirror FO FB session where a suspend command was issued and the Pause with consistency option was used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Last Update Jul 29 2013 4 25 0 Session Details ae Global Mirror Failover Failback Select Action vy Go ape satis Status Severe P P State Suspended H1 H2 Active Host Hi Recoverable Yes D Description modify Copy Sets 1 view P Transitioning No J2 Role Pairs Info Global Mirror Info Participating Role Pairs Role Pair RR SS Error Count H1 H2 o Jul 29 2013 4 22 32 PM 141 32 o Jul 29 2013 4 22 32 PM 12 32 o o 1 N A FC n a Figure 4 26 Session Details window after
316. ing terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both AIX IBM Flex System Redbooks logo Cognos IBM SmartCloud Storwize DB2 Jazz System Storage DS6000 MVS System Z DS8000 Parallel Sysplex Tivoli Easy Tier POWER7 WebSphere Enterprise Storage Server PowerHA XIV FICON PureFlex xSeries FlashCopy RACF Z OS HyperSwap Real time Compression IBM Redbooks The following terms are trademarks of other companies Intel Intel Xeon Intel logo Intel Inside logo and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries ITIL is a registered trademark and a registered community trademark of The Minister for the Cabinet Office and is registered in the U S Patent and Trademark Office Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both Microsoft Windows and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States other countries or both UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries Other company product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others X Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Preface This IBM Redbooks publication for the Tivoli Storage Pro
317. ing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 357 7 2 Prerequisites In this section the prerequisites for the Basic HyperSwap implementation are described 7 2 1 Hardware Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and HyperSwap sessions require IBM Storage Systems DS8000 DS6000 or ESS800 with advanced copy function Metro Mirror Metro Mirror replication must be established before HyperSwap can be enabled 7 2 2 Software The Basic HyperSwap function is supported by z OS version 1 12 and later and requires two HyperSwap address spaces that must be running in z OS Note To use IP Management of HyperSwap you need z OS Version 1 Release 13 or z OS Version 2 Release 1 with APAR OA40866 The IP Management of HyperSwap is required for open systems The following HyperSwap address spaces must be running gt HyperSwap Management address space gt HyperSwap API address space You can start both of these address spaces by adding simple procedures to SYS1 PROCLIB and then the START procmemname command is run manually or by including the command in the COMMNDxx member of your SYS1 PARMLIB The examples of the PROCLIB members and HyperSwap Management and HyperSwap API address space are shown in Example 7 1 and Example 7 2 Example 7 1 HyperSwap Management started task JCL HSIB PROC PORT 5858 STEP EXEC PGM IOSHMCTL TIME NOLIMIT REGION 0M PARM SOCKPORT amp PORT
318. inlibrary Share with New Folder g y E 7 E Pictures al Name Date modified Type Size EE videos L TP CLIENT _Als tar 26 7 2013 10 59 TAR File ali JE Computer En TP_CLIENT LIN 26 7 2013 10 59 Compressed zippe zli Local Disk iC E TPZ_CLIENT SWIN 26 7 2013 10 58 Compressed zippe eae di g9c044346572db551763 Wb DBZ di FerfLogs d Frogram Files d Common Files d IBM d ps4 1 0 di gsk J IBM 55H Server di Installation Manager SDPShared SOLLIB data ial a E Figure 3 15 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication client images 2 Locate the appropriate compressed file for the operating system of your computer where you want to install the CLI as shown in the following examples TPC CLIENT AIX tar TPC CLIENT LINUX zip TPC CLIENT WIN zip Note You must use the client images from the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation directory only The client images in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center image or download directory must not be used because they are updated by the installation program 76 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 3 Extract the appropriate compressed file on a remote workstation In our example we extracted the TPC_CLIENT WIN zip file on a workstation that is running the Windows operating system as shown in Figure 3 16 Note In the AIX operating system you must extract the TPC_CLIENT AIX tar file into the opt IBM TPCCli
319. ins authorization information for signing on to the CLI automatically without entering your user name and password as shown in Example 3 5 It is in the default directory TPC_install_directory IBM TPC cli Example 3 5 tpocrcli auth properties password myPassword username myUsername 74 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 3 3 2 Setting up automatic login to the CLI You can set up the CLI to automatically log you in without specifying your user name or password each time you run a csmcli command or enter the csmcli shell Use the tpcrcli auth properties file to create a persistent copy of the user name and encrypted password to be used for automatic authentication and authorization The password is encrypted after you start csmcli bat as shown in Example 3 6 Example 3 6 Encrypted password in tocrcli auth properties file pas sword 2808592b3f4a4331 encrypted username tpcadmin Complete the following steps to set up automatic login authentication 1 Locate the tpcrcli auth properties template file in the TPC_install_directory IBM TPC cli directory 2 Create a tpcr cli directory in your home directory and copy the template to that directory 3 Edit the file and change the password and user name values to your password and user ID 4 Start csmcli bat or csmcli sh or run a csmcli command to encrypt the password in the tpcrcli auth properties file You are automatically logged in to the CLI as sho
320. ion you see all of the components that are installed including Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Replication server as shown in Figure 2 12 Additional Installation Information x Installation type Single server Product components Tivoli Storage Productivity Center common files Database repository Data server Device server Storage Resource agent Stand alone GIJI Web based GUI CLI Ports that are assigned 9549 9569 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center servers Figure 2 12 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center components 56 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Click Install to start the installation You see the progress of the installation and that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is being installed as shown in Figure 2 13 e IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation License Agreement Before You Begin Installation Location Preinstallation Validation Preinstallation Summary Installing Installing Starting Replication server installation ee Figure 2 13 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation window Chapter 2 Planning and installation 57 The window that is shown in Figure 2 14 shows that you successfully completed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation d IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation License Agreement Tivoli Storage Productivity Center was installed to the follo
321. ion CLI on page 65 Example 3 26 shows you how to start a backup of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository Example 3 26 Backup of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository C Program Files IBM TPC cli gt csmcl i Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Command Line Interface CLI Copyright 2007 2012 IBM Corporation Version 5 2 0 Build 20130719 0641 Server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net Port 9560 Authentication file C Users tpcadmin tpcr cli tpcrcli auth properties csmcli gt mkbackup IWNR1905I Aug 14 2013 2 18 30 AM Backup of internal data store completed successfully The following file was created C Program Fi les IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer database backup tpcrBackup_ 2013081 4 021829944 zip csmcli gt The backup is created in a new file when you create a backup It is your responsibility to delete backup versions that are no longer needed The backup file is named yyyyMMdd_HHmmssSSS zip where yyyy is the year MM is the month dd is the day HH is the hour mm is the minute ss is the seconds SSS is the milliseconds when the backup command was run YYYY YV Y Y By default the backup file is stored in the following location TPC_Install ProgramFiles IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer database backup You can change the default location by editing the db backup location property in the rmserver properties file The rmserver
322. ion about Console options see 3 7 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console on page 103 a muy ey eure VVE r Tel vw Aug 5 2013 6 02 17 PM Aug 5 2013 6 02 19 PM Aug 5 2013 6 02 19 PM Aug 5 2013 6 03 19 PM Aug 5 2013 6 03 19 PM Aug 5 2013 6 03 22 PM db2admin IWNR60001 db2admin IWNR10261 db2admin IWNR1i9501 db2admin IWNR60081 db2admin IWNR60001 db2admin IWNR10411 Starting all pairs in role pair H1 H2 The Start Hi gt H2 gt H3 command in the ITSO session completed Session ITSO changed from the Target Available state to the Preparing state Waiting for all pairs in role pair H2 I3 to complete their first phase in the Global Copy synchronization or resynchronization Starting all pairs in role pair H2 J3 The command start was successfully issued to all pairs under role pair H2 J3 for session ITSO Aug 5 2013 6 03 26 PM Aug 6 2013 1 05 52 AM Aug 6 2013 1 05 52 AM Server IWNR19501 Session ITSO changed from the Preparing state to the Prepared state Server IWNH1037E Device DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 51 2107 03611 is no longer accessible Server IWNR1955E Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 Q Aug 6 2013 1 05 52 AM Aug 6 2013 1 05 52 AM Aug 6 20
323. ion for Open Systems The state transitions for a Metro Global Mirror with Practice session when the host is supposed to run on Intermediate site are shown in Figure 4 23 Host on StartH2 HS A Intermediate site StartH2H1H3S StartH2H1H3S StartH2H1H3 7 a eea af SUSPHLHS bp J icp m 7 2 gt sce H3 Suspend Flash L l Le H3 4 a StartH2H3 es PECOVErHS gt a ao o i Recover RecoverH1 a4 L Enable Copy i wk To Site 1 ee O E R ill a J EE Caen fi Enable Copy o ToSite1 ToSite 2 i Go to Host on Remote Site Transition Diagram Go to Host on Remote Site Transition Diagram Figure 4 23 Metro Global Mirror with Practice session while the host is running on Intermediate Site Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 181 The state transition for a Metro Global Mirror with Practice session when the host is running on Remote site is shown in Figure 4 24 From Host on Intermediate Site Transition Diagram From Host on Local Site Transition Diagram StartH3H1iH 4 lt lt StartH3H1H2 es 2 T ee Suspend Recover l Enable Copy To Site 2 StartH3H1H2 e Go to Host on Local Site Transition Diagram Figure 4 24 Metro Global Mirror with Practice session while the host is running on Remote Site 4 2 New functions for DS8000 In this section we describe the new functions
324. ion if you want the FlashCopy operation to complete without preserving consistency of the Metro Mirror relationship on the remote site The FlashCopy operation does not occur on the remote site Attempt to preserve Metro Mirror consistency but allow FlashCopy even if Metro Mirror target consistency cannot be preserved Click this option to preserve the consistency of the Metro Mirror relationship at the target of the FlashCopy relationship when the source and target of the FlashCopy relationship are the source of a Metro Mirror relationship If the consistency cannot be preserved a full copy of the Metro Mirror relationship at the target of the FlashCopy relationship is performed To preserve consistency parallel FlashCopy operations are performed on both sites if possible Attempt to preserve Metro Mirror consistency but fail FlashCopy if Metro Mirror target consistency cannot be preserved Click this option to prevent a full copy from being performed over the Metro Mirror link Instead parallel FlashCopy operations are performed on both sites if possible If the consistency cannot be preserved the flash for the FlashCopy relationships fails and the data of the Metro Mirror relationship at the target of the FlashCopy relationship is not changed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Metro Mirror sessions tunable parameters Different session options are available for the Metro Mirror session type depe
325. ions He has written extensively about IBM SAN Volume Controller the Storwize family and SAN Storage Best Practices His areas of expertise also include Systems Performance and IT Services Delivery Danijel Paulin is a Systems Architect in IBM Croatia working for the Systems Architect team in IBM South East Europe region He has 15 years of experience in IT Before joining IBM Croatia in 2003 he worked for two financial companies in Croatia and he was responsible for IBM mainframe and storage administration He has experience with various IBM storage products and storage software His areas of expertise include architecture and design of various HA DR BC solutions for mainframe and open systems Antonio Rainero is a Certified IT Specialist working for the Integrated Technology Services organization in IBM Italy He joined IBM in 1998 and has more than 10 years of experience in the delivery of storage services for z OS and Open Systems clients His areas of expertise include storage subsystems implementation performance analysis SANs storage virtualization disaster recovery and high availability solutions He co authored several IBM Redbooks publications Antonio holds a degree in Computer Science from University of Udine Italy xii Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Deborah Sparks is a technical writer for IBM in the United States She has 20 years experience in the field She holds a degree in Commu
326. ions with practice volumes greatly simplifies the task of creating practice copies for disaster recovery testing All of the operations that are needed to create a point in time consistent copy of the production data are performed transparently by running the Flash command With sessions with practice volumes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication always assumes that the practice volumes are used for practicing disaster recovery and in the case of real disaster All of the recovery actions that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication performs in the case of real disaster takes into account this assumption For instance when a Recover command is issued in a session with practice volumes the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication always creates a consistent copy of practice volumes by flashing the intermediate volumes While most disaster recovery implementations benefit from this Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication feature this represents a limitation in some cases For instance some disaster recovery implementations use different sets of volumes for testing and real recovery In these cases the sessions with practice volumes should not be used because some scenarios for example the go home procedure might lead to unpredictable results A combination of replication and FlashCopy sessions can be used instead By combining replication and FlashCopy sessions we can cover a range of situations that
327. irror Info tab in Session Details panel Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 191 Some of this information is available at a glance directly from the Role Pairs Info tab in the Session Detail panel as shown in the Figure 4 40 Role Pair H1 32 Global Mirror Master 0S8000 2107 7TK831 L55 61 Session ID 0x5 Data Exposure 00 00 01 00 Requested Consistency Group Interval Time 0 seconds Query Interval 60 seconds Successful Consistency Groups in this Interval 60 Failed Consistency Groups in this Interval 0 Figure 4 40 Global Mirror session info at a glance Selecting the Global Mirror Info tab see Figure 4 39 on page 191 shows more information On the left side of the tab the following information about the current Global Mirror status is reported as shown in Figure 4 41 on page 193 Global Mirror master logical subsystem LSS Master Consistency group time Master time during last query Data exposure time Session ID Master State Unsuccessful consistency groups CGs during last formation CG interval time Max Coordination time Max CG drain time List of subordinates if any Vvvvvvvrvrvvyvy iyv 192 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Global Mirror Master DS8000 2107 TK831 L55 61 Last Master Consistency Group Time Jul 30 2013 10 20 49 AM MST Master Time During Last Query Jul 30 2013 10 20 49 AM MST Data Exposure 1 0
328. irtual Storage Center offer storage infrastructure management that helps optimize storage management by centralizing simplifying automating and optimizing storage tasks that are associated with storage systems storage networks copy services management capacity and reporting management Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is a component of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and SmartCloud Virtual Storage Center which provides copy services management of different IBM storage systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for System z is a separate product that offers all of the functions that are provided by the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication product The difference is that it is packaged to run only on System z and it uses a mixture of FICON and TCP IP communications to provide copy services management of different IBM Storage Systems For more information about Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for System z see the IBM Redbooks publication BM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Series z SG24 7563 Figure 1 3 shows a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center overview and the key components that provide simplified administration of your storage environment Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Tivoli Common Reporting Disk Manager l i Fabric Manager eee Data Manager Replication Manager ry t aH 2 OF P ic Ses om o uae a y Native API Pa 4 CIM Agent
329. it the wizard lt Back Next gt Cancel Figure 6 15 Add Copy Set result page Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV fei 321 4 Click Finish and the wizard closes You can see the new defined session in the Sessions panel as shown in Figure 6 16 Sessions Last Update Aug 22 2013 1 00 40 Ph Actions Go Copy Sets V ITSO3 inactive GM Defined H1 No i V ITSO4 inactive MGM Defined H1 No i W ITSOS Inactive GM Defined Hi No 1 rtsos inactive GM Defined H1 No 1 2 ITSO7 inactive MM Defined Hi No 1 D Imported session inactive FC Defined H1 No 0 J D MMwe_DB2 _so1 inactive MM Defined Hi No 0 xiv GMFOFB inactive GM Defined H1 No o 1 O 1 Ods inactive MM Defined Hi No 0 D sve inactive MM Defined H1 N 0 mw Figure 6 16 XIV snapshot session Activating a snapshot session After a session is defined you can access its details and modify it from the Session Details window as shown in Figure 6 17 Because this session was not run the details under Snapshot Groups remain empty i i Last Update Aug 22 2013 1 22 00 PM Session Details ow XiV SNAP Select Action v Go e Status Inactive State Defined H1 Active Host Hi Recoverable No Description modify Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No Pool CSMReg_ p01 Consistency Group N A Snapshot Groups Select Action Go Snapshot Group Timestamp Deletion Priority Restore Master M
330. ite location for secondary site Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication creates the session and displays the result as shown in Figure 6 27 Create Session Choose Session Type Results Properties Location 1 Site Location 2 Site Results Ww IWNR10211 Aug 22 2013 2 17 10 PM Session XiV MMFOFB was successfully created Figure 6 27 New Metro Mirror session Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 7 Click Finish to view the session as shown in Figure 6 28 Sessions E Last Update Aug 22 2013 2 18 30 Create Session Actions Go Recoverable rs03 inactive GM Defined H1 No 1 rts04 inactive MGM Defined H1 No 1 rtsos inactive GM Defined Hi No 1 ITSO6 Inactive GM Defined Hi No 1 ITSO7 Inactive MM Defined Hi No 1 Imported session inactive FC Defined H1 No o XiV GMFOFB Inactive GM Defined H1 No 0 0 2 ds Oinactive MM Defined Hi No 0 D newsession inactive Gm Defined H1 No o svc inactive MM Defined H1 No o p Figure 6 28 Metro Mirror session without any copy sets Defining and adding copy sets to a Metro Mirror session After a Metro Mirror session is defined the XIV volumes must be specified for that session Complete the following steps 1 The Copy Sets wizard features various dependent drop down menus as shown in Figure 6 29 Select the XIV in the first site the pool and the first volume yo
331. ite te at ah cence Sk Sec cay hk Bh a atk Dade AON A ok ee a Be lh 390 8 2 VMware DS8000 and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 390 8 2 1 Hosting by using virtual Servers 0 0000 ee 390 82 2 VAAI and DSS000 diraose a aiea i bbe sdbad EA cnet donee 390 8 9 DO8000 LSS SV MMEGNY cation raat aes Beta tales 0 Se Ya mee Mansa a Woes ae a 391 8 4 HyperSwap enabled sessions troubleshooting 0000 eee eee 391 8 5 SUCK INA Danicular Stale nosates rers raana ew ie Bee Ad Cate Rad 393 8 6 High availability server platforms 0 000 ee 394 8 7 Simple Network Management Protocol setup 0 000 cee ee eee 394 8 8 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication logging 4 395 3 8 1 Collecting logs by using GUI i 0ti0 ey ca owned ae eat Se be fae Rack 395 8 8 2 Collecting logs by using CLI 0 0 ee 395 8 8 3 Collecting logs manually 0 0 0 ee 395 8 9 AUlO Te resh fale ice en ot See ein Bea Se A ee et tw wn eee 396 8 10 User authentication issues 0 anaa aa eaaa ee eee eee 396 8 10 1 An error is displayed when you try to log On 2 2c eee 396 8 10 2 An error occurs when you try to add a user 2 ee ee 397 8 11 IBM Software Support Lifecycle 20 0 ee 397 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 8 12 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center support matrix 0 0 0 398
332. ity Center for Replication see this website http www 01 ibm com support docview wss rs 40 amp context SSBSEX amp context SSMN28 amp cont ext SSMMUP amp context SS8JB5 amp context SS8J FMaui d swg21386446 amp loc en US amp cs utf 8 amp l ang e n 40 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note The browser levels that are listed in Table 2 1 on page 42 were tested and certified by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Tivoli Storage Productivity Center supports later versions of the browsers if the vendors do not remove or disable functionality that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center relies on For browser levels that are higher than the levels that were certified with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center customer support accepts usage related and defect related service requests For the operating system and virtualization environments if IBM support cannot re create the issue in our lab we might ask the client to re create the problem on a certified browser version to determine whether a product defect exists Defects are not accepted for cosmetic differences between browsers or browser versions that do not affect the functional behavior of the product If a problem is identified in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center defects are accepted If a problem is identified with the browser IBM might investigate potential solutions or workarounds that the client can implement until a permanent solution becomes available A
333. ivity Center for Replication Figure 7 5 Metro Global Mirror session Figure 7 6 on page 364 and Figure 7 7 on page 365 show the state transition diagrams for a Metro Global Mirror session that shows the effect of the HyperSwap actions Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 363 Go to Host on Intermediate Site Transition Diagram EEE EET EEE EEE Figure 7 6 Host that is running on a local site 364 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Go to Host on Local Site Transition Diagram ee ee ee ee i Figure 7 7 Host that is running on an intermediate site Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 365 7 3 4 HyperSwap enabled Metro Global Mirror with Practice sessions 366 In a Metro Global Mirror session with Practice and HyperSwap enabled a failure on the primary storage system causes an automatic HyperSwap operation as in the Metro Global Mirror session with HyperSwap enabled The difference for the Metro Global Mirror session with HyperSwap is that this session uses practice volumes for disaster recovery practice Figure 7 8 shows you the Metro Global Mirror with Practice and HyperSwap session Figure 7 8 Metro Global Mirror with Practice session Figure 7 9 on page 367 and Figure 7 10 on page 368 show the state transition d
334. ivity Center for Replication database data is changed such as adding or deleting a storage system changing properties and changing user privileges gt After an Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session changes direction For example if an MM session was copying data from H1 to H2 when the backup was taken and later the session was started in the H2 to H1 direction The session must be in the Prepared state before you create the backup gt After a site switch was declared and the Enable Copy To Site command was issued After you create a backup consider deleting the previous backup to prevent Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication from starting the copy in the wrong direction 140 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note You must have Administrator privileges to back up and restore the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository Also ensure that all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions are in the Defined Prepared or Target Available state before the backup is created Backing up Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository To back up the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository you run the mkbackup command from the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI For more information about how to start the CLI see 3 1 2 Accessing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replicat
335. ivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr vm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server tpcr wm41 storage tucson ibm com has encountered communication errors with storage system DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 Aug 6 2013 5 42 48 AM Aug 6 2013 5 44 23 AM Aug 6 2013 5 44 33 AM A Aug 6 2013 5 44 33 AM Aug 6 2013 2 03 01 PM i 2 children messages Aug 6 2013 2 17 50 PM Aug 6 2013 2 17 54 PM db2admin IWNH10381 Server IWNH1038I Device DS8000 BOX 2107 XC891 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 223 79 2107 XC891 is now accessible Server IWNH1038I Device DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 223 212 2107 TK831 is now accessible Server IWNR1959W Session ITSO has changed from Severe status to Normal status Device DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 51 2107 03611 is now accessible db2admin IWNR4016I1 Successfully granted the session operator role to Administrators db2admin IWNR 12041 The heartbeat has been successfully turned on with the hardware db2admin IWNR1205I The heartbeat has successfully been turned off with the hardware Figure 3 14 Console panel 72 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 3 3 CLI Overview The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI gives you an
336. ivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication completes the Copy Set process the Results panel opens and you can click Finish as shown in Figure 6 37 Choose Hosti Results v Choose Host2 Matching x Matching Results Select Copy Sets s Confirm P s IWNR10001 Adding Copy Sets Aug 22 2013 2 43 07 PM Copy sets were created for the session named Xi V MMFOFB gt Results Press Finish to exit the wizard Figure 6 37 Results panel 8 Click Finish The updated Session Details window opens as shown in Figure 6 38 i i Last Update Aug 22 201 Session Details _ XiV MMFOFB Select Action Go oe Mirror Failover Failback Status Inactive EF State Defined H1 H2 Active Host Hi Recoverable No Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg_p01 H1 Consistency Group N A H2 Pool CSMReg_p01 H2 Consistency Group N A Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress Copy ype m Fimestamp H1 H2 o o o N A MM n a Figure 6 38 Metro Mirror Session details at the completion of both wizards Activating Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Metro Mirror session Now that you defined a session and added a copy set that contains volumes you can move on to the next phase and activate the session by completing the following steps 1 From the Select Action menu select Start H1 H2 and click Go to activate the session as shown in Fi
337. ivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication functions and features converged into Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 1 5 2 license the installer installs Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with all the features and functions that were available in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Three Site Business Continuity This means that you do not need to have separate Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication products to run two or three sites solutions for example Metro Mirror Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror These features and functions are integrated and installed with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 1 5 2 2 2 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation packages Before Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 is installed you must install DB2 database because DB2 database is required for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center database repository Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation packages include the following DB2 installation images gt DB2 10 1 Fix Pack 2 for Windows 64 bit gt DB2 10 1 Fix Pack 2 for Linux 64 bit gt DB2 10 1 Fix Pack 2 for AIX 64 bit Apart from the DB2 installation images Tivoli Storage Productivity Center includes the following images gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for AIX gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Linux gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Ce
338. ivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication security and user administration In this section we describe the role based security model of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and how to add modify and remove user access to the application Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not maintain a directory of user names and passwords Instead the application uses the operating system repository or a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP repository for user authentication The operating system repository is created by default during the installation of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center For more information about the operating system and LDAP repositories see the topic about changing the user authentication configuration in the BM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center User s Guide SC27 4060 If you choose to use LDAP authentication you must install the LDAP repository after you install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center You can use the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI or CLI to assign the users and groups that are defined in the user repository to a user role The roles are predefined in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and determine the authorization level for individual users or all users who are in a group Note To log on to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication the user must have an assigned user role or must belong to a group with an assig
339. kground copy rate for H2 I2 KO 0 100 lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 5 15 Metro Mirror with Practice Session Properties window 4 In the Location Site 1 window select the storage system that hosts the H1 volumes as shown in Figure 5 16 on page 296 Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 295 Createbession Wizard Mozilla Firefox IEM Edition E httoss tecrvendlL storage tucson ibm cam g559 C SM izardFactory sp fmizardname Createsessiondizard OP Site Locations wf Choose Session Type Choose Location for Site 1 wW Properties gt Location 1 Site Site 1 location Location 2 Site svcU6 Results lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 5 16 Metro Mirror Site 1 selection 5 Inthe Location Site 2 window select the storage system that hosts the H2 and I2 volumes as shown in Figure 5 17 my CreatesessionWWizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition Create Session Site Locations w Choose Session Type Choose Location for Site 2 wf Properties Wf Location 1 Site Site 2 location sucud pF Gp Location 2 Site svclj P EP HZ Results lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 5 17 Metro Mirror Site 2 selection 6 Ifthe Results window shows that the session was successfully created click Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard If the session was not created successfully you should trouble shoot the er
340. l AA O Warning 1 Severe Storage Systems Host Systems Management Servers O m BE FL Ad igs i J Connections to local server Configure Configure All storage systems connected Tivoli Storage Center for Replication GUI Select the session that you want to export by clicking the radio button on the left side of the Session Name Select Export Copy Sets in the drop down menu and then click Go as shown in Figure 3 75 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview 8 Sessions 3 normal ad O warning 5 1 severe D Storage Systems A Host Systems B Management Servers Figure 3 75 E s Sessions Last Update Aug 13 2013 1 53 39 P ITSO4 Q Severe MGM Suspended H2 No 1 a FCDBZsession a Normal FC Target Available Hi Yes 2 J GM testsession E Normal GM Prepared H1 Yes 1 IT50 TEST EZ Normal MM Prepared H1 Ves 1 L itso inactive MGM Defined H1 No n rTs9 FlashCopy inactive FC Defined H1 No 1 ITSO MM 5 Inactive MM Defined Hi No 1 a D ITSO MM FOFB we inactive MM Defined H1 No D ITSO MM HS inactive MM Defined H1 No i IT5 TEST FC inactive FC Defined H1 No D 1Ts03 inactive GM Defined Select session to Export Copy Sets 130 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems The Exp
341. l Copy relationships between site 1 and site 2 and begins asynchronous data replication from H1 to H2 To change the session state from Preparing to Prepared you must issue the Start H1 gt H2 command and the session must begin to form consistency groups Suspend Stops all consistency group information when the data is actively copied This command can be issued at any point during a session when the data is actively copied Terminate Removes all physical copies from the hardware This command can be issued at any point in an active session If you want the targets to be data consistent before you remove their relationship you must issue the Suspend command the Recover command and then the Terminate command 26 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Metro Global Mirror commands Table 1 10 shows the commands for Metro Global Mirror sessions The applicable commands depend on the Metro Global Mirror session type and the storage system Table 1 10 Metro Global Mirror commands command Meaning Enable Copy to Site 1 Confirms that you want to reverse the direction of replication before you reverse the direction of copying in a failover and failback session After you issue this command the Start H2 gt H1 gt H3 command becomes available Enable Copy to Site 2 Confirms that you want to reverse the direction of replication before you reverse the direction of copying in a failover and fa
342. lStorage Enterprise Storage Server Model 800 IBM SAN Volume Controller IBM Storwize V3500 IBM Storwize V3700 IBM Storwize V7000 IBM Storwize V7000 Unified IBM XIV System Storage YY YYYY V Y Y Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication automates key replication management tasks to help you improve the efficiency of your storage replication You can use a simple GUI to configure automate manage and monitor all key data replication tasks in your environment including the following tasks gt Manage and monitor multi site environments to meet disaster recovery requirements gt Automate the administration and configuration of data replication features gt Keep data on multiple related volumes consistent across storage systems in a planned or unplanned outage gt Recover to a remote site to reduce downtime of critical applications gt Provide high availability for applications by using IBM HyperSwap technology gt Practice recovery processes while disaster recovery capabilities are maintained Figure 1 1 on page 3 shows the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication environment Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems TPC R Administrator TPC R Server TPC R GUI i TPC R CLI SVC DS6000 REE Storwize s Storwize Unified ESS800 D58000 XIV Figure 1 1 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication environment 1 2 Terminology In this section w
343. layed as shown in Figure 4 132 Eg Sg ZUI 5 00 54 rM GULSUTI LWIVKi soul SESSION LIU ICSI CHSnge u om UE Prepare SUWE W Une Frepanng SWU a Aug 8 2013 5 06 52 PM db2admin IWNR10001I Copy sets were created for the session named ITSO TEST t 1 children messages 18 PM Server IWNR2O50E The pair in session ITSO TEST for copy set DS8000 2107 LM841 VOL 6208 with source DSS8000 2107 LM amp 41 VOL 6208 and target 991 VOL 6205 in role pair H1 H2 was suspended unexpectedly with a reason code of 3 18 PM Server IWNR6002I Suspending all pairs in role pair H1 H2 19 PM Server IWNR1041I The command freeze was successfully issued to all pairs under role pair H1 H2 for session ITSO TEST 08 19 PM Server IWNR6O020I Releasing I O for all pairs in role pair H1 H2 9 PM Server IWNR1O41I1 The command thaw was successfully issued to all pairs under role pair H1 H2 for session ITSO TEST PM Server IWNR6001I Stopping all pairs in role pair H1 H2 r IWNRiO41I The command stop was successfully issued to all psirs under role pair H1 H2 for session ITSO TEST Server IWNR6019I Verifying the consistency of role pair H1 H2 I Session ITSO TEST changed from the Prepared state to the Suspended state fon R 217 5 01 54 PM diPadimin TNR ION Can sets were created for the lt lt cinn named GMNAR Se lt cinn Figure 4 132 Console log reporting a suspension event All of the i
344. le or disable Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer 68 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview a Sessions 2 normal D O warning Qe 0 severe B Storage Systems A Host Systems B Management Servers Storage Systems Last Update Aug 6 2013 11 59 45 AM Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Add Storage Connection Volume Protection Actions Go Storage System pss000 80x 2107 03611 EA connected 8k00 v DS8000 IBM Dps8000 B80X 2107 TK831 I connected 8k09 m D58000 IBM DS8000 BOX 2107 XC891 7 Connected 8k11 iw DS8000 IBM STORWIZE V3700 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD4 tpertbird4 A connected tb4 x STORWIZE V3700 IBM STORWIZE V3700 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRDS tpcrtbird5 id Connected tb5 v STORWIZE V3700 IBM l STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD2 tpcrtbird2 connected tbird2 v STORWIZE V7000 IBM 7 STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD3 tpcrtbird3 ES connected tbird3 X STORWIZE V7 000 IBM STORWIZE V7000 CLUSTER TPCR_IFS tpcr_ifs I connected tpcr_ifs x STORWIZE V7 000 Unified IBM STORWIZE VW7000 CLUSTER TPCR_IFS1 tpcr_ifs1 EA Connected tpcr_ifs1 w STORWIZE V7 000 Unified IBM Svc CLUSTER RMSVCO8 rmsvc08 connected svc08 SVC IBM J SVC CLUSTER RMSVCO09 rmsvc09
345. le window The console lists the message IDs of the messages as hyperlinks Clicking these hyperlinks takes you to the associated help panels as shown in Figure 3 44 on page 106 Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 105 IWNR3SO91TE Message Text timestamp High Availabihty had a connection failure with the server VALUE 1 witha message code of VALUE 2 and a reason code of VALUE 3 Explanation High Asvrailability had a connection failure with the serwer VALUE 1 with a message code of VALUE 2 and a reason code of VALUE 3 Possible Wessage Codes 32 33 34 48 49 50 51 66 83 13 114 115 e116 117 18 119 The active server already has too many standby servers The active server is actually a standby server The active server is already connected to the standby server The standby serwer already has an active server and itis not the given standby server The standby server is actually an active serwer The standby server is already connected with the active server The standby serwer already has an active serwer so cannot create any more The synchronization process failed on the active server The synchronization process failed on the standby server The connection has been shutdown There was a communications read failure There was a communications write failure There was an HA server version mismatch and they do not work together The alter
346. les IBM TPC cli gt csmcli script addcopyset1 txt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Command Line Interface CLI Copyright 2007 2012 IBM Corporation Version 5 2 0 Build 20130719 0641 Server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net Port 9560 Authentication file C Users tpcadmin tpcr cli tpcrcli auth properties Name SVC8 SVC2_MM Status Inactive State Defined Copy Type Metro Mirror Failover Failback Recoverable No Copying No Copy Sets 0 Error No IWNR20011 Aug 8 2013 9 17 16 AM The pair was created in session SVC8 SVC2_ MM for copy set with a copy set ID of SVC VOL SVC8 37 with a source volume ID of SVC VOL SVC8 37 TPC51 SVC8 1000 and a target volume ID of SVC VOL SVC2PROD 223 TPC51 SVC2_ 1000 IWNR20011 Aug 8 2013 9 17 18 AM The pair was created in session SVC8 SVC2_ MM for copy set with a copy set ID of SVC VOL SVC8 38 with a source volume ID of SVC VOL SVC8 38 TPC51 SVC8 2000 and a target volume ID of SVC VOL SVC2PROD 224 TPC51 SVC2_ 2000 Name SVC8 SVC2_MM Status Inactive State Defined Copy Type Metro Mirror Failover Failback Recoverable No Copying No Copy Sets 2 Error No C Program Files IBM TPC cli gt Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 85 Note For more information about and the complete list and description of CLI commands see IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Version 5 2 Command Line Interface Reference SC27 4089 Example 3 18 shows you how you
347. lib ssgclihelp jar lib ssgfrmwk j ar set JAVA ARGS cd d CSMCLI Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 79 REM kkkxkkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk REM Find the current code page REM kkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk chcp gt TEMP chcp txt CSMJDK bin java classpath CSMCP com ibm storage mdm cli rm CodePageExtractor TEMP chcp txt TEMP codepage txt SET P CODEPAGEVALUE lt TEMP codePage txt if CODEPAGEVALUE GOTO RUNPROG SET JAVA_ARGS JAVA_ARGS Dfile encoding CODEPAGEVALUE REM kkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk REM Execute the CSMCLI program REM kkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk RUNPROG CSMJDK bin java JAVA ARGS Xmx512m Djava net preferIPv4Stack false Classpath CSMCP com ibm storage mdm cli rm RmCli GOTO END REM kkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk REM The Java interpreter home environment variable JAVA HOME is not set REM kkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk ERROR_JAVA echo The JAVA_HOME environment variable is not set Please see documentation GOTO END REM kkkxkkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk REM The CSM CLI home environment variable CSMCLI_HOME is
348. lication for Open Systems 361 Figure 7 4 shows the state transition diagram for a Metro Mirror Failover Failback session that shows the effect of the HyperSwap actions ees Hyperswap w2 L cA HyperSwap Figure 7 4 HyperSwap enabled Metro Mirror FO FB transition diagram 7 3 3 HyperSwap enabled Metro Global Mirror sessions In a Metro Global Mirror session with HyperSwap enabled a failure on the primary storage system causes an automatic HyperSwap operation which transparently redirects application I O to the auxiliary intermediate storage system The Global Mirror relationship in the session continues to run uninterrupted throughout this process With this configuration you can achieve almost a zero data loss at larger distances By using synchronous mirroring you can switch from the primary site to the intermediate site during a planned or unplanned outage as in the Metro Mirror Failover Failback session It also provides continuous disaster recovery protection of the intermediate and remote site ifa switch from primary site occurs With this configuration you can reestablish direction from H2 intermediate gt H1 local gt H3 remote recover ability while production continues to run at site H2 This setup also can reduce the workload on site H1 362 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Figure 7 5 shows Metro Global Mirror with HyperSwap session in Tivoli Storage Product
349. lication provides the Global Mirror historical data in the CSV file format that can be imported in a spreadsheet The layout of the two files is fixed and contains the fields that are shown in Table 4 2 on page 198 and Table 4 3 on page 199 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 197 Table 4 2 RPO data file layout coum name eecinion A Query Time Query sample time as reported by the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Hardware Time Time that is reported internally by the Master system Can be different from the Query Time because Master System time and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server time might not be aligned C Interval Sample interval in seconds Master Session Number Global Mirror session number The format is Oxn where n is the session number Master Box Name Serial number of the Master system The format that is used is 2107 XXXXX where XXXXxX is the storage E image serial number F Master LSS Global Mirror master Logical Subsystem The format is Oxnn where nn is the LSS number G Master State Status of the Global Mirror Master H Last Consistency Group Last consistency group formation time as reported by Formation Time the Master system Average RPO Calculated average RPO for the last sample in milliseconds J RPO at Time of Last Query Instant RPO at the last query in milliseconds This is the difference between
350. log on to both applications You can add users and groups to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by using the GUI or the CLI 3 5 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication role based access control The following roles are defined in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt Administrator Administrators have unrestricted access to all features and functions in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replications They can manage all replication related activities and sessions Administrators also manage access control and can assign users and groups to the Administrator Monitor or Operator role They can manage all sessions and perform all actions that are associated with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt Operator Operators can manage specific sessions as determined by a user in the Administrator role Operators can issue commands only for sessions that they own The volumes that are in a session that is assigned to one user cannot be added to another session that is assigned to a different user gt Monitor Monitors can view information in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication however they cannot modify or perform any commands or actions 94 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems If a user is assigned to one role as an individual and a different role as a member of a group the role with the highest level of authori
351. ls menu but you cannot alter the Heartbeat setting from the standby server You can still access the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console from the standby server Note User access data is not synchronized between active and standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers Setting up standby server by using CLI You can also use the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI to define a standby server for your active server or to define your current server as a standby server to a different server Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 115 To define a standby server for your active server open a CLI command window on your active server and run the setstdby CLI command as described in the following steps 1 Run csmcli bat from your default Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installation directory TPC_Install Program Files IBM TPC cli The command opens a CLI window If you did not set up the CLI properties file the CLI prompts you to enter a username and password for logging on to the server On AIX and Linux servers you must run the csmcli sh script from the default Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installation directory opt IBM TPC 2 Run the Ishaservers command to verify that your active server is not already connected to a standby server as shown in Example 3 20 Example 3 20 List HA servers csmcli gt Ishaservers Server
352. lue in the Warning level threshold Seconds field 234 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems gt Fail MM GC if target is online CKD only Select this option to fail any session commands for a Metro Mirror or Global Copy relationship if the target volume is in the Online state For more information about this state see the documentation for the storage system Reset Secondary Reserves Select this option to remove any persistent reserves that might be set on the target volumes of the copy sets when a Start command is issued for the session Global Mirror FO FB with Practice In addition to the options that were described for the Global Mirror FO FB session type see Global Mirror Single Direction and Global Mirror FO FB on page 234 the following specific FlashCopy Options for Role Pair H2 12 are available for the Global Mirror FO FB with Practice session type gt Persistent Select this option to keep FlashCopy pairs persistent on the hardware No Copy Select this option if you do not want the hardware to write the background copy until the source track is written to Data is not copied to the H2 volume until the blocks or tracks of the i2 volume are modified For the Role Pair l1 J2 the Reflash After Recovery FlashCopy option is available Select this option if you want to create a FlashCopy replication between the i2 and J2 volumes after the recovery of a Global Mirror Failover Failback
353. lume After the initial FlashCopy operation only data that changed on the source volume since the last FlashCopy operation was performed is copied to the target volume If you select this option a persistent FlashCopy relationship is created regardless of whether you select the Persistent option Persistent Select this option to keep the FlashCopy relationship established on the hardware after all source tracks are copied to the target volume If you do not select this option the local replication relationship ends after the target volume contains a complete point in time image of the source volume No Copy Select this option if you do not want the hardware to write the background copy until the source track is written to Data is not copied to the target volume until the blocks or tracks of the source volume are modified This option is required for space efficient volumes Allow FlashCopy target to be Metro Mirror source Select this option to enable the FlashCopy operation if the target volume of the FlashCopy relationship is also the source volume of a Metro Mirror relationship If this option is not selected the FlashCopy operation fails This option requires that the IBM Remote Pair FlashCopy option is available for your IBM System Storage DS8000 storage system Select one of the following options to specify whether you want to maintain consistency if possible Don t attempt to preserve Metro Mirror consistency Click this opt
354. lumes must be defined by using the XIV GUI or XIV CLI before Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is used for this process Complete the following steps to define a XIV Metro Mirror session 1 Inthe Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication browse to the Sessions panel and click Create Session Note A comparable process was shown in Creating a snapshot session on page 317 beginning with Figure 6 9 on page 318 The session creation process is similar across all session types therefore not all panels are repeated here 2 Select the XIV as the storage type and click Next 3 Define the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session type as shown in Figure 6 23 In the red box in the upper right section of the panel is an icon that changes according to the session types The session wizard also varies slightly depending on the session type that is defined Create Session a Choose Session Type Choose Session Type Properties Choose the type of session to create Location 1 Site Location 2 Site XIV Results Metro Mirror Failover Failback v lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 6 23 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Session wizard Metro Mirror option Select Metro Mirror Failover Failback and click Next to proceed with the definition of the session properties 326 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 4 Inthe Prope
355. luster Figure 5 26 SAN Volume Controller or Storwize Forwarding I O Group The use of a Global Mirror Forwarding I O group has the advantage of the chances of hosts that are attached to the other I O groups face degradation on their I O are greatly reduced should your WAN face any congestion and consequentially buffer credit starvation For more information about Forwarding I O Groups and how to set them up see Chapter 12 of IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000 Replication Family Services SG24 7574 02 Note Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not play any role in Forwarding I O Group setup This is done by changing SAN zoning configuration before you get the Storwize systems paired for remote replication After the pairing is done you can create your Global Mirror sessions normally in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and these sessions use the Forwarding I O Group topology 306 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 5 8 Troubleshooting A problem with a replication session often means that this session went to a state that was unexpected unwanted or both Troubleshooting these problems might require gathering more information than Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alone can give you Experience shows that in these cases the more data that you have for cross reference the better your chances are of establishing the root cau
356. m BO o a y S s s Adding Copy Sets Results V CSMReg_xiv3_1hivO1 Show l CSMReg_xiv3_1hiv02 Show lt Back Finish Figure 6 34 Two Copy Sets in Metro Mirror Session Note If you must add a large set of volumes you can import the volume definitions and pairings from a comma separated variable csv file For more information see the Tivoli Productivity Center Information Center which is available at this website http pic dhe ibm com infocenter tivihelp v59rl1 index jsp topic 2Fcom ibm tpc 7 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication confirms that the volumes are added to the set as shown in Figure 6 35 Click Next 4 Choose Hosti Confirm x Choose Host2 x Matching Matching Results w Select Copy Sets E gt Confirm Adding Copy Sets Results 2 Copy sets will be created Press Next to add sets Figure 6 35 Copy Set wizard prompt for confirmation of the addition of both volumes to set 332 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication updates its repository and indicates the progress of the update as shown in Figure 6 36 Choose Hosti Adding Copy Sets Choose Host2 Matching Matching Results Select Copy Sets 4 Confirm a 100 Cc Adding Copy Sets Please wait This process might take a while Results Figure 6 36 Progress of updating repository After T
357. mall Copy Sets session and export this session to be used in the future under Microsoft Excel To open and edit a Copy Sets Session that was saved in CSV format you start Microsoft Excel and open this file in the directory where you saved the file during the Export Copy Sets process The Copy Sets Session file name for the FC session that was exported in Figure 3 76 on page 131 has the name FCDB2session2013 08 13 01 56 27 csv Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication creates the exported session with the name of the session that is appended with date and time stamp This file name is the file name that is used when you are importing a Copy Sets Session file As shown in Figure 3 91 on page 140 you can open and edit the spreadsheet to add volumes that are related to the session that you are working with and import the session back to your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session as described in 3 10 2 Importing CSV files on page 132 Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 139 a F r z SS gt 7 x JG ial lal Te a CDB2session2013 08 13 01 56 27 csv Microsoft Excel Home Insert Page Layout Formulas Data Review View Add Ins Acrobat f Cut h r a B dt Calibri li 6Ti A A e Iar g Wrap Text General i F Sa Copy 7 i ms Paste ei eae A gt Z a l Ee iy EER 0 00 Conditional i F Format Painter E Z U EE Eti Eas e
358. managers when various events occur including the following events gt Session state change Configuration change Suspending event notification Communication failure High availability state change YY vV Yy You can use the mksnmp command line interface CLI command to add a specified manager to the list of servers to which SNMP alerts are sent For more information about the mksnmp command see BM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Command line Interface User s Guide SC32 0104 which is available at this website http publib boulder ibm com infocenter tivihelp v4r1 index jsp topic 2Fcom ibm sspc_vl3 doc 2Ffqz0 r_sspc rep _publications html You can see the SNMP traps in the CsmTrace log files as shown in Figure 8 1 The figure contains a segment of the log As such you can see the details of the trap that is captured and prepared 394 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 2006 06 23 16 16 12 828 07 00 Work 2 RepMgr D com ibm csm server session snmp SnmpNotification sendMsg TRACE Message version 1 communityString public errorStatus Success operation V2 TRAP requestId 0 correlator 0 17270546 1 4 1 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 204 2 1 3 E I Ee a s A o A EE TN 204 3 1 ess_gmsd_cli 204 3 2 Preparing 204 3 3 Prepared 204 3 4 H1 Figure 8 1 CsmTrace log Additionally the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Server can be set up to receive SNMP traps from th
359. ment Please read the following license agreement carefully International License Agreement for Early Release of Programs Patt 1 General Terms BY DOWNLOADING INSTALLING COPYING ACCESSING CLICKING ON AN ACCEPT BUTTON OR OTHERWISE USING THE PROGRAM LICEMSEE AGREES O THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT IF YOU ARE ACCEPTING THESE TERMS ON BEHALF OF LICENSEE YOU REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT YOU HAVE FULL AUTHORITY TO BIND LICENSEE TO THESE TERMS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO HESE TERMS gt L gt gt gt gt gt gt DO NOT DOWNLOAD INSTALL COPY ACCESS CLICK ON AN ACCEPT BUTTON OR USE THE PROGRAM AND PROMPTLY RETURN THE UNUSED MEDIA AND DOCUMENTATION TO IBM IF THE PROGRAM WAS DOWNLOADED DESTROY ALL COPIES OF THE PROGRAM Figure 2 7 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center License Agreement window Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems w IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation J License Agreement S TNE Before You Begin Prerequisites gt Before You Begin DBZ Ensure that DB is installed Learn how to install OB i i gt i Reporting Optional rro Toview reports in the web based GJI ensure that Jazz for Service Management and Tivoli Common Reporting are installed Learn how to install these components Install now Begin Installation Tivoli Storage Productivity Center ree fy Click Mext to start the install
360. ment server is installed in the disaster recovery site Synchronization is established between the primary and standby management server If a failure of the primary management server occurs the standby management server takes over and continues the replication management Typical high availability architecture of the Tivoli Storage Productivity for Replication solution is shown in Figure 1 5 on page 10 Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 9 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication crac Server ACTIVE on Server STANDBY ee es L ynchronization CIM Agent CIM E DS6000 A Re plicato Native API Native API ESS800 E a S SVC pan SVC or crore Storwize Unified Unified eplication eplication rey DS8000 DS8000 DS8000 Figure 1 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication high availability architecture 1 4 Copy services overview This section describes the FlashCopy Metro Mirror Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror copy services Copy Services include a set of disaster recovery data migration and data duplication functions that protect your data The copy service determines whether you can replicate data within a single site or replicate to a second or third site The copy service that you should use depends on your data replication requirements and your environment FlashCopy FlashCopy replication creates a point in tim
361. message that is shown in Figure 4 77 is a warning that you are about to start a Metro Mirror session It starts copying the data from Host 1 to Intermediate 2 volumes that were defined by adding copy sets which overwrite any data on Intermediate 2 volumes At this stage data on Host 2 volumes is not yet overwritten P WHRIBOOW Aug 2 2013 3 04 50 PM The command will initiate the copying of data from Site 1 to Site 2 for se ion ITSO MM FOFE wP overoniting any data on Site 2 for any inactive copy set For ESS 05 storage systems the session will sttempt to establish at least one path between each LSS pair without ssceting path Do you want to continue Figure 4 77 Start H1 H2 confirmation panel Click Yes to continue 220 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems In Figure 4 78 the session details are shown after the Metro Mirror is started We can find the following information 1 At the top of the panel is a message that confirms that start of Metro Mirror session is complete 2 The status of the session is shown in the middle of the panel The session is in Preparing state and Warning status because the copying is still in progress 3 The Detailed Status field shows the current action Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is performing 4 The progress bar shows the copy progress for the Metro Mirror it shows 0 because the copy is started Also the Non Particip
362. minimum screen resolution of 1280 x 1024 is suggested for the web browsers Repository requirements Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses an embedded repository where all information about storage systems and copy services configuration are stored As the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is installed with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation the embedded repository is automatically created There are no other requirements for the repository and the repository also does not require more setup Before you install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center you must install DB2 database because DB2 database is required for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center database repository DB2 license key must also be registered 2 1 4 Configuration planning This section describes physical planning and TCP IP ports that are used for configuring Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Also provided is high availability configuration planning when you have Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installed on two servers with one server running in active mode and the second server running in standby mode Physical planning and TCP IP ports used Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses an Internet Protocol network to communicate with storage systems Therefore you must ensure that your Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server h
363. mmended that you fix the cause of the connection loss immediately to avoid any serious issues if there is takeover The same problem determination for the active server that is described later in this section can be used to analyze the stand by server connection loss events Network problem Network problems often are temporary events because the redundancy of the network infrastructure provides the means to recover multiple hardware or software failures Typical causes of persistent Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication connection losses are major hardware or software problems in the network infrastructure and network security policies reconfiguration When the network problem becomes persistent some Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication checking can be done to understand the nature of the problem In the following section we describe some of most common network issues that lead to a persistent connection loss Some mitigation tasks also are proposed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server network isolation When the network issue affects only the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server or the LAN that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is connected to a complete loss of the connectivity to all storage systems not only DS8000 occurs The connection to the stand by server also is affected In this case because the remote connection to the Tivoli Storage Productivity
364. mo Serer INNHIOJBI Bewice DSEDDD BON 2107 03611 managed by hardware connection PSSNI 9 11 222 51 2107 03611 amp now Session ITSO MM FOFE wP changed from the Prepared state to the Preparing state The Flash command in the ITSO MM FOFE wP session completed Session ITSO MM FOFE wP changed from the Preparing state to the Prepared state Figure 4 81 Console log The status of the Metro Mirror session briefly changed to Warning status while the resynchronization process was active After the copy is completed the session status is returned to Normal In Figure 4 82 on page 224 you can see the session details after the Flash action was performed Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 223 Last Update Aug 2 2073 4 10 29 PM Session Details ITSO MM FOFB wP Metro Mirror Failover Failback Site 1 Site 2 Status Normal a Active Host Hi Hi Hi Recoverable Yas Deseription modify Yy d Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No E I Detailed Status IE IWNRGO1L1I Sug 2 2013 4 10 79 PM Background copy is running for role pair H2 I2 Estimated Time to Complete Calzulating Participating Role Pairs Role Parr Error Count Recoverable Copying 1 12 o i i MM t Hi IF a 1 1 ep H FC Hon Participeting Role Pairs Role Parr Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress Timestamp Figure 4 82 Session Details panel showing the Flash action results In the row
365. mote site location that is based on business needs and enables greater site separation to add protection from local disasters Metro Global Mirror Metro Global Mirror combines the capabilities of Metro Mirror and Global Mirror for greater protection against planned and unplanned outages Metro Global Mirror is a three site high availability disaster recovery solution Metro Global Mirror uses synchronous replication to mirror data between a local site and an intermediate site and asynchronous replication to mirror data from an intermediate site to a remote site By using the two site synchronous replication you can recover data in the event of a local disaster while the longer distance asynchronous copy to a third site protects data in the event of larger scale regional disasters Snapshot Snapshot sessions create a point in time copy of a volume or set of volumes on the same site Site 1 without having to define a specific target volume The target volumes of a Snapshot session are automatically created when the snapshot is created Note Snapshot sessions are available only for IBM XIV Storage System 1 5 Session types and usage A session is used to complete a specific type of data replication against a specific set of volumes The type of copy service that is associated with the session determines the replication actions that are available for the session For example the options for FlashCopy sessions are different from the optio
366. mpts you to select the volumes and the roles each volume plays in each Copy Set Complete the following steps 1 Go into Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by using a user ID with Administration privilege and in the left menu click Sessions gt Create Session as shown in Figure 5 6 on page 289 A new browser window opens and starts the Create Session wizard starts 288 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Sessions Host Systems Yolumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console Create Session About Actions Go Figure 5 6 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication web based GUI Create Session wizard 2 Inthe Create Session wizard window that is shown in Figure 5 7 choose the hardware type and session type Click Next 6J Createsessionwizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition co E E Mm http tocr vmdlL storage tucson ibr com 9559 0 SM AvizardFactory sp fwizardname Create session wizard Create Session Choose Session Type Choose the type of session to create C gt Choose Session Type Properties Location Choose Hardware Type ia Results Choose Session Type lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 5 7 Choose Hardware Type and Session Type Note The Create Session wizard presents you with three options in the Storwize family SAN Volume Controller
367. ms 3 13 1 DS8000 Connection page You must use a Hardware Management Console HMC connection to connect to a DS8000 storage system if the system is a DS8700 or later or is on an Internet Protocol version 6 IPv6 network If the storage system is earlier than DS8700 and is on an Internet Protocol version 4 IPv4 network you can connect to the system directly Setting up an HMC connection Click HMC and complete the connection information for the primary and optional secondary HMC as shown in Figure 3 97 on page 152 A secondary HMC is used for redundancy Both HMCs must be configured identically and must have the same user name and password Note A dual HMC primary and secondary HMC while optional is highly recommended for redundancy purposes when Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is used Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 151 Add Storage System v Type Connection G Connection Enter connection information for the DS8000 storage system Adding Storage System Results HMT E Direct Connect Primary HMC Secondary HMC Optional IP Address Domain Name IP Address Domain Name 192 0 2 0 192 0 2 1 Username admin Password D38000 Figure 3 97 Add a DS8 amp 000 connection by using an HMC connection Setting up a Direct connection Click Direct Connect and complete the connection information for cluster O and cluster 1 as shown in Figure 3 98 on page 153 The port
368. ms n Host System E E Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Serkers Administration Advanced Tools W Console Create Session About Sign Out db2admin Status Type State Active Host 4 mW Inactive Health Overview M39 Ld Normal MGM Prepared Hi kd Sessions kd Normal MM Prepared Hi 2 normal inactive FC Defined H1 pen aiii S Inactive FC Defined Hi Q 0 severe ib ITSO MM S Inactive MM Defined Hi Storage Systems ff rere Ea ITSO MM FOFB wP inactive MM Defined Hi Host Systems ff asesetentterensennrnnnntnetinenesatnnnntvnnen b i GM Defined Hi D Management Servers IT SO3 Inactive efine ITSO4 MGM Defined Hi Figure 5 11 Add Copy Sets to a Session 7 The Add Copy Sets wizard open a new window and prompts you to select the source volume which is referred to by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication as Host1 H1 Select the storage system from the drop down menu then select the I O group to which the volume belongs then the volume as shown in Figure 5 12 on page 293 Click Next 292 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note You can also add copy sets to a session by importing a previously exported comma separated value CSV file For more information about this procedure see 3 10 2 Importing CSV files on page 132 iG AddCopySetsWizard Mozilla Firefox IB
369. n Location 1 Sits S2ssion name paon AE ITSO MM FOFB wP Results Desorption dample session ESS DS Metro Mirror Options Basic Options E Fail MM GC if target co online CKD only Metro Mirror Suspend Policy i 4 Held VO after Suspend WO Relesse 1 0 after Suspend DS FlashCopy Options for Role Pair H2 I2 Basic Options E Persistent Figure 4 63 Session Properties panel 6 Click Next to go to the Site Locations panel Because the Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session type is a two site replication topology two location sites must be specified From the drop down menu select the Site 1 location as shown in Figure 4 64 Create Session 4 chavse Sedain typa Site Locations Choose Location for Site i 4 Properties Location 1 Site Site 1 location Bronx Location 2 Site Bronx sE P Results Finish Figure 4 64 Site Location Panels for Site 1 212 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 7 Click Next to define the Site 2 location as shown in Figure 4 65 Create Session Site Locations Choose Location for Site 2 w Choose Session Type vf Properties wf Location i Site Site 2 location C Location 2 Site Queens Results lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 4 65 Site Location Panels for Site 2 8 Click Next to see the results of the session creation as shown in Figure 4 66 Oreste Sesion eil E vf Choose Session Type Results
370. n A SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster is seen and handled by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication as one single storage entity no different from its classical cluster configuration with all nodes and I O groups physically in the same rack Tip High availability solutions that use SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster use primarily SAN Volume Controller Volumes Mirroring which is not managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication To manage SAN Volume Controller Volumes Mirroring use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center or SAN Volume Controller management tools GUI or CLI The use of SAN Volume Controller in a stretched cluster often requires extensive use of volumes with at least one mirrored copy The use of FlashCopy or Global Metro Mirror in this situation means that even more copies of the same data are created Even if you use thin provisioned volumes more storage capacity is required Considerations are different depending on the session type when Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is used with a SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster FlashCopy sessions For SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster a typical volume has two mirrored copies one in each failure domain Therefore each copy is physically hosted by a different managed storage system in the SAN Volume Controller cluster One of these copies is the primary copy with all read I O being performed on it and all write I O b
371. n After the Metro Mirror session and its associated copy sets are suspended we can start the secondary volumes recovery process by selecting Recover from the drop down menu as shown in Figure 4 85 Click Go to continue Session Details Last Update Aug 2 2013 4 46 02 PM ITSO MM FOFB wP eal aa Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action 0 wif Practice Select Action Site 1 Site 2 TERE Start H1 H StatGC H1 H2 Add Copy Sets Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties Cleanup PE site 5 i eel Lra e a 1g Ty ta Remove Copy Sets asin Iiei rogress opy Type imestamp Remove Session i D ee MM Aug 2 2013 4 30 17 PM Teminate i D FC Aug 2 2013 4 08 35 PM Offer __ Export Copy Sets Refresh States View Copy Sets SSS fk O p l a k ES______ ____ fk View Messages Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type Timestamp Hi H2 a a a N A MM ns Figure 4 85 Session Details panel showing the Recover action Confirm the action in the next panel to continue The Recover command is used to make the H2 volumes available for the host and ready to be copied back to the Site 1 This is achieved by issuing multiple Metro Mirror Failover commands that establish Out of Sync Tracks bitmaps on the i2 and H2 volumes The Recover command also establishes a new FlashCopy to the H2 volumes Important The Recover command overwrites the content of the H2 volumes that are issuing a FlashCopy from i2 to H2
372. n two sites at longer distances You can use failover and failback to switch the direction of the data flow The data on the target often is written a few seconds after the data is written to the source volumes When a write is issued to the source copy the change is propagated to the target copy but subsequent changes are allowed to the source before the target verifies that it received the change Because consistent copies of data are formed on the secondary site at set intervals data loss is determined by the amount of time since the last consistency group was formed If your system stops Global Mirror might lose some data that was being transmitted when the disaster occurred Global Mirror still provides data consistency and data recoverability if there is a disaster If you are familiar with the use of the Global Mirror session type with other supported storage systems you find the process within Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to be similar In this section we highlight areas that are unique to the XIV Storage System Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 339 Figure 6 53 shows Global Mirror session in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Session Details XiV GMFOFB Select Action v Go Global Mirror Failover Failback Site 1 Site 2 Status E Normal PP ap are H1 H2 CSMReg_pO H1 Consistency Group XiV GMFOFB Figure 6 53 XIV Global Mirr
373. n Communicati a tpcr vm41 storage t RM Subsystem DS8000 2107 TK831 L55 B5 Communication failed 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 4ug 8 2013 5 45 44 AM 1 TPCUser Replication Communicati Figure 3 24 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Alerts in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center stand alone GUI The alerts are also shown in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center web based GUI When you log on to the web based GUI click Home and select Alerts as shown in Figure 3 25 Dashboard Home Storage Resources Server Resources Network 7 Capacity Performance Unacknowledged Alerts Resources a 3 Servers Monitors Last day gt 0 Running a x 0 Critical 0 Running with 222 Warning 0 Failed d 0 Informational 0O Not running View all monitors View all alerts Settings Figure 3 25 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center web based GUI Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 91 As shown in Figure 3 26 the Alerts panel is where you see all of the alerts that are managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center To view replication alerts click the icon on the graph and you see all replication alerts TPCR VM41 db2admin Storage Resources Refresh Actions v Critical Alert Category gg Replication Reset tegory mema Resource Total Occurrences First Occurrence Alert Name Replicatio
374. n RPO threshold in the range of 0 65535 seconds The default is O seconds which specifies that no alerts are generated Warning level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the warning level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value a warning console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Warning If the value in this field is other than O it must be greater than the value in the Consistency group interval time seconds field and less than the value in the Severe level threshold Seconds field Severe level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the severe level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value an error console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Severe If the value in this field is other than 0 it must be greater than the value in the Warning level threshold Seconds field For the Role Pair H2 J3 the following Global Mirror options are available gt Consistency group interval time Seconds Enter how often in seconds the Global Mirror session attempts to form a consistency group A lower value can reduce the data exposure of the session However a lower value also causes the session to attempt to create consistency groups more frequently which can increase network traffic Possible values are 0 65535 The default is O seconds Global Mirr
375. n Session Details You can also see the consistency group name in the Console log as it is created as shown in Figure 6 2 b admin IWNR10Z6I T db2admin IWNR25011 Created consistency group named Xiv MMFOFB on storage system XIV BOX 7 825826 XIV_E for sessio db2admin IWNR25011 Created consistency group named Xi MMFOFEB on storage system XIV BOX 7 825429 XIV_A for sessio Last Update Au Figure 6 2 Consistency group creation that is logged in the console 6 1 2 XIV connections To add a connection to an XIV Storage System from the menu select Storage Systems gt Add Storage Connection This starts a wizard for adding a storage connection for all of the supported storage system device types When you select the XIV icon you are prompted to enter connection information which includes a single IP address to the XIV Storage System a user name and a password as shown in Figure 6 3 The XIV user must have storage administrator authority Add Storage System x Type Cc Connection Adding Storage System Results Connection Enter connection information for the XIV storage system IP Address Domain Name Username Password KIW Figure 6 3 Add a single IP address for the XIV connection Tip When you add the IP address of an XIV Storage System you get three connections between it and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication You do not need to enter all th
376. n Systems it was possible to manage Open HyperSwap replication for AIX hosts only as shown in Figure 2 2 Replication Manager i k mae da rr az Application Data Path I O Path etro Mirror _ gt a FC Replication Path FC TPC R Control Path TCP IP DS8000 DS8000 lt gt Command Path Figure 2 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and Open HyperSwap With Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 5 2 you can manage the z OS HyperSwap function from an Open System By using this feature you can connect to a z OS host system from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication that is running on Windows Linux or AIX to fully manage HyperSwap sessions that are running on a z OS host system Chapter 2 Planning and installation 45 In addition this feature enables a single instance of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to manage multiple HyperSwap instances that running in different z OS systems and sysplexes Figure 2 3 shows you how to manage z OS HyperSwap function from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication on an Open System System z Replication Manager P 2 Sysplex A LPAR LPAR LPAR A B c etro E DS8000 DS8000 TH Application Data Path gt I O Path FICON oe Replication Path FC TPC R Control Path TCP IP lt Command Path Figure 2 3 Tivol
377. n communication failur A Warning Aug 8 2013 13 4 ication 0S8000 80X 2107 LM841 41 Aug 8 2013 13 41 52 MST Replication Communication Failure Soal Replication suspending event no Warning Aug 8 2013 13 41 52 MST ES Replication ITSO TEST 1 Aug 8 2013 13 41 52 MST Replication Suspending Event Notific gj Replication communication failur a Warning Aug 8 2013 13 41 52 MST EJ Replication 058000 B0X 2107 LM841 1 Aug 8 2013 13 41 52 MST Replication Communication Failure Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 13 41 51 MST ES Replication EJ 29 11 222 96 1 Aug 8 2013 13 41 51 MST Replication Communication Failure amp Replication suspending event no Warning Aug 8 2013 13 10 26 MST BI Replication TSO TEST 1 Aug 8 2013 13 10 26 MST Replication Suspending Event Notific Network Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 13 10 26 MST Replication Gg 058000 B0X 2107 LM841 4 Aug 8 2013 13 10 26 MST Replication Communication Failure Resources Replication communication failur i Warning Aug 8 2013 13 06 35 MST E Replication EF 058000 B0X 2107 TK831 1 Aug 8 2013 13 06 35 MST Replication Communication Failure 2 Replication communication failur Warning Aug 8 2013 13 06 28 MST EJ Replication EJ 0S8000 80X 2107 03611 1 Aug 8 2013 13 06 28 MST Replication Communication Failure COA Replication communication failur A Warning Aug 8 2013 13 00 13 MST ES Replication 0S8000 B80X 2107 LM841 1 Aug 8 2013 13 00 13 MS
378. n page 324 Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 323 Session Details create Snapshot XiV SNAP INNR1026I Success Open Console Completed XiV SNAP Select Action v Go Status zi Normal State Target Available Active Host Hi Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning Pool No CSMReg_pOl Consistency Group Xi SNAP Snapshot Groups Select Action Go Snapshot H1 GE Snapshot Group Timestamp Deletion Priority Restore Master E xiv SNAP snap_group_00001 Aug 22 2013 1 43 09 PM 1 Yes Oo No Figure 6 20 Session is activated XIV took the snapshot of the volumes in the Copy Set 324 Other Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication snapshot actions inside a session After a snapshot session is defined you can also take other actions as you can do from the XIV GUI or XIV command line interface CLI such as a Restore operation as shown in Figure 6 21 Session Details XiV SNAP Select Action Select Action ACEN Create Snapshot Restore Modify Site Location s View Modify Properties Cleanup Remove Copy Sets Remove Session Other Export Copy Sets Refresh States View Copy Sets View Messages Figure 6 21 XIV snapshot session actions Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 6 2 2 Metro Mirror Failover Failback sessions
379. nario when the remote site is not available gt Resume the original direction of the Metro Global Mirror after returning to the original site roles Note TSE volumes can be used as Journal volumes J3 volumes for this session type The Metro Global Mirror session is shown in Figure 4 17 site 1 site site 3 P P Hi H H3 J3 Figure 4 17 Metro Global Mirror session The state transitions for a Metro Global Mirror session that has the host running on Local site is shown in Figure 4 18 For a description of the states see Table 4 1 on page 160 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 175 Inactive session StartH1H2H3 hb ty ee i Ke IN a a a as A HO SA StartH1H3 Suspend C4 StartH1H3 a F i Enable Copy RerowerH3 v To Site2 EE S ce ee coe Pe cae Reconer Recover ZONY 2 ale T StartH1Hz YI E O E a l StartH2H1 i Enable Copy w Enable Copy a StartH1H2 b To Site 1 i To Site 1 i z z i me Host on site i StartH2H1 TRF RORE Host Enable Copy ie S To Site 1 gt gA intermediate a See ee site Figure 4 18 Change state diagram for a Metro Global Mirror session while the host is running on Local Site 176 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Figure 4 19 shows the state transitions for a Metro Global Mirror session when the host runs on In
380. nate server is a standby server The given active and standby servers are the same server There was a HA synchronization failure Figure 3 44 Help panel If you created a log package and must download it later the console shows you the log package destinations as hyperlinks By clicking these hyperlinks the package file is saved 3 8 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication High Availability 106 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication offers support for creating a more resilient highly available Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication environment by using a standby server concept In addition to your active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server you can install a second Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server into your infrastructure for example at your remote site and define it as a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication then replicates all changes of the active servers repository to the repository of the standby server Note Because the servers communicate with each other over TCP IP network make sure that they are authenticated through all firewalls At any time a takeover process can be started at the standby server This takeover process stops any relationship between active and standby server and turns the standby server into an active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for R
381. ncy groups anymore 3 Issue the Enable Copy to Site 1 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This makes available the actions to be used for the go home procedure This action does not change any state of the session 4 Start a StartH2 gt H3 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This restarts the Global Mirror and performs the following operations Force Failover 13 volumes to H1 volumes Resume the Global Copy H2 13 ay Suspend A A ia a keza a Enable Copy l k To itel 5 Host on Intermediate site p m ee o e e e ee ee ee Re ee Figure 4 116 Site 1 planned outage state transition diagram Stage One Now we can start the host operations on the H2 volumes and powering off the storage systems in Site 1 can proceed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alerts you about the communication loss to Site 1 storage systems but this does not affect the current configuration For more information about the states see Table 4 1 on page 160 262 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems StartH2 H3 a 1H3 cA A x Suspe a 6 i PTko 1 p m e ee ee ee a i FF F i 3 al i e I e ee ee ee Re ee eene eee L____ w j Enable Copy _ Tosite 2__ N Figure 4 117 Site 1 planned outage state tr
382. nding on the topology of the session Metro Mirror Single Direction and Metro Mirror Failover Failback The following Metro Mirror options are available gt Metro Mirror Suspend Policy options Select one of the following options to specify the policy for holding or releasing input output I O after a Metro Mirror relationship is suspended When a relationship is in a Suspended state write operations from the source volume are no longer mirrored to the target volume Hold I O after Suspend Click this option to prevent the source volume from receiving new data after the relationship is suspended Use this option if you want to determine the scope of the suspension before new data is written to the source volume This option helps to ensure that the data on the source and target volumes remains the same To enable write operations to the source volume to continue issue the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Release I O command for the session If you do not issue this command write operations are enabled when the hardware timeout value on the storage system expires Release I O after Suspend Click this option to enable the source volume to automatically receive data after the relationship is suspended Use this option if you want to limit the affect on the applications that are writing to the source volume This option is enabled by default gt Fail MM GC if target is online CKD only Select this option to f
383. ned role Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 93 3 5 1 Adding Tivoli Storage Productivity Center users and groups to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication By default the common user that was defined during the installation of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and the user tpcFileRegistryUser are granted access to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and assigned to the Administrator role The user tpcFileRegistryUser is used only for recovery purposes For example if you accidentally delete the repository that you are using for authentication you can access Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by using the user tocFileRegistryUser The password for the user tpcFileRegistryUser is the same as the password that was entered for the common user during the installation of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center To ensure smooth integration of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication complete the following tasks gt Add all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center users and groups other than those that are assigned by default to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication For example if you added a TPCSuperuser group to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for LDAP authentication add that group to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication as well gt Use the same user or group to
384. nfiguration with HyperSwap enabled is successfully loaded in the z OS address spaces the HyperSwap and Chapter 8 Hints andtips 391 freeze capabilities are delegated to the z OS components For this reason any unplanned event regarding the Metro Mirror is managed directly by z OS address spaces which leaves only the management of planned actions and monitoring operations to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication lf a communication loss to z OS address spaces occurs Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication logs some error messages in the console that states that the communication to the IOS was interrupted Typical Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication console messages that indicate that the isolation between Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and z OS IOS are reported in Example 8 1 Example 8 1 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to IOS connection loss messages IWNR5429E 2013 08 15 11 51 37 388 0700 The session ITSO MM HS has become disconnected from IOS while a sequence was managed by HyperSwap Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is currently unable to manage HyperSwap but a HyperSwap might still occur IWNR7043E 2013 08 15 11 55 38 301 0700 Unable to connect to the host 192 0 0 4 5858 Although in most cases the communication loss is caused by network issues some basic checking can always be performed to verify the heath status of the HyperSwap z OS
385. nformation that is provided by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication can be used as a Starting point to determining the cause of the suspension event Restoring the session after a suspension event It is important to highlight that there is no standard action to perform following a suspension event any occurrence should be treated as a separate instance Even if in most cases restarting the session is enough to restore the normal status of the session a complete root cause analysis is always recommended Starting actions without identifying the cause of the suspension event can lead to unpredictable results Further identifying the proper action to perform even after the reason for the suspension event was explained might not always be an easy task In rolling disaster scenarios for example the pair suspension can be only the first in a sequence of events that leads to a major disruption In these cases the appropriate action might not be restoring the session to the status before the suspension moment but a full session recovery to an alternative site might be considered instead Suspension events can occur at any time even during a session transition from a configuration to another for example during a go home procedure after a planned outage as described in 4 4 2 Two site planned outages scenarios on page 254 For this reason accordingly to the status and the state at the suspension moment by using Tivoli Storage
386. nications and Journalism from California State University Sacramento and a credential in technical writing from San Jose State University Her areas of expertise include writing editing and documentation management She has been with IBM for seven years during which time she has written extensively on Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project Mary Lovelace International Technical Support Organization Poughkeepsie Center Randy Blea Jay Calder Steven Kern Khang N Nguyen Pam Schull Damian Trujilo Wayne Sun IBM Tucson vVvvvvvyv Yy Bill Rooney IBM Poughkeepsie Selwyn Dickey IBM Rochester Todd Gerlach IBM Austin Sudhir Koka IBM San Jose Preface xiii Now you can become a published author too Here s an opportunity to spotlight your skills grow your career and become a published author all at the same time Join an ITSO residency project and help write a book in your area of expertise while honing your experience using leading edge technologies Your efforts will help to increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction as you expand your network of technical contacts and relationships Residencies run from two to six weeks in length and you can participate either in person or as a remote resident working from your home base Find out more about the residency program browse the
387. ns and for Global Mirror Either Direction session gt The type of data that you want to export to a CSV file Depending on the data type that you select the CSV file contains data about the RPO or data about LSS out of sync tracks gt The date range for the data that you want to show in the export file The date range maximum for RPO files is 31 days of data and the maximum for LSS out of sync track files is seven days of data 196 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Click Next If the export was successful a link to the CSV file is provided on the Results page as shown in Figure 4 46 The CSV file now can be saved to your local system Export Historical Data for Global Mirror Jf Select Data Type Results w Exporting co Results IWNR12621 Jul 30 2013 11 11 36 AM The data for session ITSOS was exported The P TSV file is located on the server at C Program Files IBM TPC wp l usr servers replicationServerexportdiITSOS5H1 J2rpo2013 07 30 11 11 36 csv The CSV file was exported Right click the following link to open or save the file ITSOSH1 J2rpo2013 07 30 11 11 36 csv The file is retained on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center server for a limited amount of time To ensure that the file is saved dowmload the file immediately Cancel Back Next gt Figure 4 46 Historical Global Mirror data export results panel Using the data Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Rep
388. ns for Metro Mirror sessions Table 1 1 on page 12 shows the session types that are available in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and the storage systems that are supported The Multidirectional column indicates whether you can copy data in multiple directions Chapter 1 Introduction to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 11 Table 1 1 Session types and supported storage systems Number of supported sites Supported storage systems FlashCopy All except IBM XIV Storage System Snapshot IBM XIV Storage System Metro Mirror Single Direction 2 data replication is only one All except IBM XIV Storage direction System Metro Mirror Failover Failback 2 data replication can be All bidirectional Metro Mirror Failover Failback 2 data replication can be All except IBM XIV Storage with Practice bidirectional System Global Mirror Single Direction 2 data replication is only one All except IBM XIV Storage direction System Global Mirror Failover Failoack 2 data replication can be All bidirectional Global Mirror Failover Failback 2 data replication can be SAN Volume Controller with Change Volumes bidirectional Storwize V3500 Storwize V3700 Storwize V7000 and Storwize V7000 Unified Global Mirror Failover Failoack 2 data replication can be All except IBM XIV Storage with Practice bidirectional System Global Mirror Either Direction 2 data replication can be ESS DS6000 and DS800
389. ns for an event are described 144 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Session state change SNMP trap descriptions This section describes the SNMP traps that are sent during a session state change A different trap is sent for each state change Note Traps for Session state change events are sent only by the Tivoli Productivity Center for Replication active server A session state change SNMP trap is sent when the session changes to one of the following states Defined Preparing Prepared Suspended Recovering Flashing Target Available Suspending Metro Global Mirror only SuspendedH2H3 Metro Global Mirror only SuspendedH1H3 YY YYYY yy YY Y In addition session state change SNMP traps are sent when a recovery point objective RPO threshold warning or severe threshold is exceeded for a role pair that is in the session Configuration change SNMP trap descriptions This section describes the SNMP traps that are sent when a configuration change occurs Note Traps for configuration change events are sent only by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication active server Configuration change SNMP traps are sent after the following configurations changes are made gt One or more copy sets are added or deleted from a session gt PPRC path definitions are changed Suspending event notification SNMP trap descriptions These SNMP traps that are sent during a suspending event
390. nter for Replication for Open Systems er 4dministrator Command Prompt Program Files TBM TPO scriptssdir Volume in drive C has no label Volume Serial Number 15 7401 656F Directory of C Program Files IBM TPC scripts 2013 DIR gt 2013 DIRS za 2013 i DIRS ldap 2015 619 startTPCData bat 2013 377 startTPCDevice bat 2013 i 384 startTPCReplication bat 2013 398 startTPCweb bat 2013 616 stopTPCData bat 2015 r28 stopTPCDeyi ce bat 2015 P48 stopTPCReplication bat 2013 679 stopTPcweb bat amp Filets 4 549 bytes 3 Dirts 9 307 525 120 bytes free C Program Files TBMATPO scri1 pts stoptpcreplication Server replicationsServer stopped Figure 3 73 Stopping Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication To start or stop the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers on the Linux or AIX operating systems enter the following commands in the default TPC_install directory which is opt IBM TPC scripts gt Start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server TPC_install_directory scripts startTPCReplication sh gt Stop Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server TPC_install_directory scripts stopTPCReplication sh 3 10 Using CSV files for importing and exporting sessions In this section we describe how to import and export a comma separated value CSV file A CSV file includes each of the Copy Sets that you want to add to the session
391. nter for Replication server or stop the replication server You can start a takeover only from the standby server In a planned situation for example for maintenance purposes we recommend that you first shut down the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication or stop the replication server by running the stopTPCreplication bat command After you stop the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server the standby server is in Disconnected Consistent status as shown in Figure 3 59 Session Overview Health Overview Sessions z N A normal N A warning N A severe B Storage Systems A Host Systems ER Management Servers A Remote Host Systems Remote Storage Systems Storage Systems Host Systems Management Servers a Po F i n 4 Ss Jisconnected Consistent Configure Figure 3 59 Standby server status Disconnected Consistent You can see that all storage systems that are connected as the standby server received the configuration of the storage systems via the repository synchronization process from the active server Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 117 The Sessions hyperlink in the navigation tree area is grayed out as shown in Figure 3 59 because the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server is still the standby server Click Management Servers which opens the Management Servers p
392. nter for Windows Each of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation image includes the following files gt Part 1 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation program Base Tivoli Storage Productivity Center components Database repository Data server Storage Resource agent Stand alone GUI and command line interface 48 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems gt Part 2 Device server Embedded IBM WebSphere Application Server gt Part 3 Web server the web based GUI and TPC_VMWareVSphereP1ugin folder Replication server WebSphere Application Server Liberty Profile gt JazzSM 1 1 gt WebSphere Application Server 8 5 0 1 used by replication and device servers gt Tivoli Common Reporting 3 1 1 and Cognos 10 2 gt Tivoli Common Reporting Prerequisite checker Each of these images must be concatenated into one installation directory the name of which cannot include any special blanks The best way to perform this process is to create an installation directory for example tpcinstal1 and then extract or copy images into it When the extract or copy is complete you are ready to install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center For more information about the installation packages see Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4058 2 2 3 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation After you succe
393. nvolve three or more sites such as Metro Global Mirror which is available for DS8000 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication treats a SAN Volume Controller stretched cluster as a single storage system as source or target in a session Serer 1 HA isa al a Ty EE BE t rt Server 3 Contingency DR Failure Domain 3 Figure 5 25 Metro Mirror between a SAN Volume Controller stretched cluster and a Storwize V7000 Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 305 5 7 2 Global Mirror Forwarding I O Group The Forwarding I O Group is an alternative way to configure the SAN zoning between the local and remote Storwize systems Instead of making all of your Storwize local nodes communicate with all of your remote nodes you can elect one or more I O groups on each site and include only these I O Groups in your Global Mirror zones The local SAN Volume Controller or V7000 detects which nodes have inter cluster links and any Global Mirror I O are forwarded to these nodes before the I O is sent to the remote system as shown in Figure 5 26 Note This topology has as a prerequisite of more than one I O group in either or both of your Storwize paired systems I O sent by I O is sent to Forwarding I O group server Forwarding I O group sends I O to Remote Cluster I O group 0 I O group 1 Local SVC Storwize cluster SVC C
394. o log on to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by using the common user or the user tpcFileRegistryUser For more information about these default users see 3 5 1 Adding Tivoli Storage Productivity Center users and groups to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication on page 94 8 10 2 An error occurs when you try to add a user If Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication cannot access the repository that is used for user authentication you cannot add a user to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Figure 8 3 on page 397 shows the error that is displayed when you try to add the user from the Add Access wizard in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI Add Access Welcome Select Users and Groups CD Select Users and Groups Select which users and groups to add access for Select Access Level Confirm Adding Access IWNR4029E Results Aug 29 2013 7 44 51 AM Unable to connect to the primary user registry service It is not possible to add new users or groups when the prima r registry service cannot be reached lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 8 3 Add user error First try to determine whether the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center web server is working If it is running check whether there are firewall or network issues Also check with your network or security administrator if there were recent changes in network traffic policies 8 11 IBM Softw
395. ocked volumes are read only gt Snapshot groups can be automatically deleted This is based on deletion priority and pool space Creating a snapshot session After you add connections to the XIV storage systems and meet the configuration requirements you are ready to start creating sessions and adding copy sets to them Complete the following steps to set up a snapshot session for data replication with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 1 Select Sessions from the navigation tree and click Create Session to display the Create Session wizard as shown in Figure 6 9 on page 318 Choose XIV and Snapshot and click Next Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 317 318 Create Session gt Choose Session Type Properties Location 1 Site Results Choose Session Type Choose the type of session to create XIV Snapshot lt Back Finish Figure 6 9 Create snapshot session Site 1 Hi 2 As shown in Figure 6 10 enter Session name and description and click Next Create Session Choose Session Type gt Properties Location 1 Site Results Properties Name and describe the session Session name XiV SNAP Description Next gt Finish Figure 6 10 Session Properties Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems cl kal 3 Choose the location for the session as shown in Figur
396. odified Figure 6 17 Detailed view of XIV snapshot session inactive and has not yet run 322 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Complete the following steps to activate the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Snapshot session 1 In the Session Details panel click the pull down list select Create Snapshot and then click Go as shown in Figure 6 18 Session Details ee ee ee XiV SNAP Create Snapshot ly Go ayant Status 6 Inactive State n ae H1 ae No Description modify es PNN sea ics CSMReg_pO1 Consistency Group N A Snapshot Groups Select Action Go Figure 6 18 XIV Create snapshot 2 Anew wizard opens The actions that you are about to take on those volumes are confirmed Under Advanced Options you also can modify various XIV specific values including the actual snapshot group name and deletion priority as shown in Figure 6 19 IWWR1S55W Aug 22 2013 1 25 43 PM This command will create a new snapshot group containing snapshots of the source volumes in session Xi SNAP Do you want to continue B Advanced Options Snapshot Group Name Set deletion priority Priority Figure 6 19 Confirmation of snapshot session activation and options 3 Make the appropriate selections and click Yes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication now runs the snapshot command on the defined copy sets in the session as shown in Figure 6 20 o
397. of your active server that is shown in Figure 3 52 Health Overview Shi i Management Servers Storage Systems EO F Host Systems Yolumes al ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Status Synchronized Console About Select Action Go Sign Out tpcadmin Role a Health Overview IICTPCRT1 PRI STANDBY 3561 Ld Sessions SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net ACTIVE 9561 4 normal i o warning severe E storage Systems Gl Host Systems O A Servers 3 Remote Storage Systems mall Remote Host Systems Figure 3 52 Standby server is synchronized Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 111 The standby server Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication now shows that it is connected to the remote server as shown in Figure 3 53 Health Overview Sessions Health Overview Last Update Aug 14 2013 11 37 16 PM Storage Systems Host Systems olumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Removing Connection 172 31 30 150 IWNH16241 Success Open Console Completed Session Overview Console About Sign Out tpcadmin Health Overview a Sessions 2 4 normal So warning O severe Z A f X amp Storage Systems 14 Normal LO O Warning x O Severe Gost Systems E Management Servers amp Remote Storage Systems Gl Remote Host Systems Storage Systems Host System
398. ole Complete the following steps to add a user or group to a user role 1 On the Administration page click Add Access as shown in Figure 3 30 on page 96 The Add Access wizard opens Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 95 Health Overview Sessions Administration Storage Systems S j Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Add Access Sign Out db2admin Select Action Go Health Overview J Name Role Classification Sessions A O db2admin Administrator User 1 normal A 0 warning O tpcFileRegistryUser Administrator User Q 0 severe B Storage Systems A Host Systems B Management Servers Figure 3 30 Adding a user or group to a role 2 On the Welcome page of the wizard enter the user or group name for which you want to add access and the number of names that you want to be displayed You can enter a number in the range of 1 100 The default is 50 If you want to search for all users enter an asterisk in the Users or group names field If you want to search for users that contain certain characters you can use the asterisk as a filter as shown in Figure 3 31 In this example only users or groups that contain the characters db2 are displayed Add Access gt Welcome Search Select Users and Groups Search for users or groups to grant access to Select Access Level ae Enter the name of users or gro
399. oli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI by using HTTP ports 9558 and 9559 9560 The Tivoli Storage Productivity Incoming Center for Replication command line and GUI typically communicate with the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server by using port 9560 9561 Tivoli Storage Productivity Incoming Center for Replication uses port 9561 for communication with other Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers for high availability purposes 2433 For communication with Outgoing ESS DS direct connection 1750 For communication with Outgoing DS8000 HMC connection 443 and 22 For communication with SAN Outgoing Volume Controller or Storwize V7000 clusters 9930 For communication with the AIX Outgoing host for the Open HyperSwap A number 1 65535 the port For communication with the Outgoing number must be the same as z OS host for the HyperSwap the port number that is and enabling hardened freeze specified for the HyperSwap management address space IOSHMCTL SOCKPORT parameter on the z OS system 42 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note The following recommendations should be considered when you are planning TCP IP ports for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt If you changed ports 9558 or 9559 during the installation or changed other port settings make a note of the values to which these settings were changed g
400. oli Storage Productivity Center there is an interaction between them Tivoli Storage Productivity Center is used as a monitoring tool and it monitors Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alerts These alerts are defined in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and they are enabled by default This means that the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center monitors your replication and shows you different replication alerts that are triggered by specific conditions Each condition has a related error message identifier that is displayed when it is detected Table 3 2 shows the triggering conditions an explanation and related error messages Table 3 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Triggering Conditions Triggering condition Explanation Related error message Replication Session An alert is generated if a ALR4339W Change replication session changes to the following states Terminating Target Available Suspended Suspended H2H3 Suspended H1H3 Recovering Preparing Prepared Flashing Defined An alert is generated if the following conditions are detected for a role pair gt The role pair in a replication session passed the Recovery Point Objective RPO warning threshold The role pair in a replication session passed the RPO severe threshold Replication Suspending The state of a replication ALR4339W Event Notification session changed to suspending 88 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for
401. olumes This clean up is automatically performed when the FlashCopy session is ended 4 4 2 Two site planned outages scenarios In the following sections we describe some scenarios of planned outages in a two site Global Mirror configuration We also show how to manage these situations with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Consider the two site configuration that is shown in Figure 4 110 on page 255 254 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems SITE 1 SITE 2 Global Mirror Primary copy Secondary copy Journal copy Practice copy Active Host Figure 4 110 Two site Global Mirror configuration This configuration can be implemented in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by using a Global Mirror with Practice session as show in Figure 4 111 on page 256 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 255 SITE 1 SITE 2 Global Mirror Site 1 Site 2 My BQ Figure 4 111 Two site Global Mirror implementation In the normal operation scenario the session is running with Global Mirror forming consistency groups For the following scenarios we assume that the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server is not affected by any outages Planned outage of Site 1 storage systems In this scenario we consider a planned maintenance activity that requires powering off the Slte 1 stora
402. on AIX or Linux servers you must source the user profile db2profile for the instance owner of the DB2 database as shown in the following example home db2inst1 sqllib db2profile You also must have X Window System support to display the installation wizard GUI Start the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation program from your installation directory by running the setup bat program which starts InstallAnywhere wizard as shown in Figure 2 5 on page 51 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note On AIX and Linux servers you start the installation program by running the setup bin command from the installation directory where you extracted Tivoli Storage Productivity Center images Installanywhere Tj lnstallAnywhere i preparing to install amp Cancel C 2012 Flexera Software LLC Figure 2 5 Starting Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation In the window that is shown in Figure 2 6 you select the installation language and click OK e IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Ty B IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Figure 2 6 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center language window Chapter 2 Planning and installation 51 52 After you accept license agreement as shown in Figure 2 7 you see Tivoli Storage Productivity Center prerequisites as shown in Figure 2 8 on page 53 e IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation icense Agree
403. on after a connection loss are shown 270 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Storage System Details anes san ee DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 Vendor IBM Location None i Connections Select Connection Action Go Storage Connection Local Status Connection Type wmc 9 11 222 96 dade Figure 4 125 Storage System Details panel that shows Disconnected status Session Details Last Update Aug 6 2013 1 47 42 PM ITSO TEST Select Action Go my ee Bore State Prepared Hi H2 Active Host Hi Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 1 view Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Figure 4 126 Session Details panel that shows Severe status Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication continues polling the storage systems After the connection problem is fixed the connectivity to the storage system and the actual session status are immediately restored Other than the full box failure there are two main causes that lead to a DS8000 connection loss network problems and HMC problems In the following session we describe this two connection loss scenario Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 271 Important The loss of connection to storage systems from the stand by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server does not affect the active sessions status Nevertheless it is reco
404. on is started a mirroring relationship is established between the source and the target volume and a control bitmap of the out of sync tracks is created Then a full asynchronous copy process starts After the initial copy is completed the relationship goes to Full Duplex status and the mirroring process become synchronous Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication manages all of the variations of DS8000 Metro Mirror through the Synchronous session types that include three Metro Mirror sessions 162 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Metro Mirror Single Direction With the Metro Mirror Single Direction session type Metro Mirror replication is available only from the primary site and it is not allowed any action that inverts the replication direction With this type of session Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication allows user to perform the following tasks gt Start the Metro Mirror gt Pause and resume the Metro Mirror gt Recover the Metro Mirror secondary site volumes which makes them available for the use at the remote site gt Restart the Metro Mirror following a recovery This is accomplished by performing an incremental copy The Metro Mirror Single Direction session is shown in Figure 4 3 Site 1 Site 2 oA S Hi H2 Figure 4 3 Metro Mirror Single Direction session The state changes for a Metro Mirror Single Direction session are shown in Figure 4
405. on time Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 273 Global Copy relationships that are affected by suspension events can resume automatically after the cause of the suspension is removed For this reason Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions that involve Global Mirror replication can resume from a suspension without any user intervention Temporary suspensions in Global Copy relationships can occur because of poor performance in the replication operations for example In the following sections we describe how to analyze and restore a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session after a persistent Suspension event Analyzing the suspension events Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication reports the suspending event in the session information and in the console log Figure 4 128 shows the Session Details panel in which the suspension event is reported Session Details Last Update Aug 8 2013 5 08 49 PM ITSO TEST Select Action Go Metro Mirror Failover Failback So H1 H2 Status State Active Host Recoverable No Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No Participating Role Pairs Figure 4 128 Session Details panel after a suspension event Clicking the role pair that is affected by the suspension opens the role pair panel as shown in Figure 4 129 In this panel all of the pairs that are affected by the suspen
406. onfiguration The GUI contains the following features and functions as shown in the panel that opens when you log in to the GUI as shown in Figure 3 5 on page 66 1 Navigation tree Provides categories of tasks that you can complete in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Clicking a task opens a main page in the content pane Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 65 2 Health Overview Shows a status summary for all sessions storage systems host systems and management servers that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is Managing 3 Content area Displays content that is based on the item that you selected in the navigation tree Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Health Overview 3 Session Overview 2 normal E A Q 2 Normal C _3 0 Warning 0 Severe 4 0 warning Q 0 severe D Storage Systems Al Host Systems j B Management Servers Storage Systems Host Systems Management Servers IE 7 aami 3 gr E Connections to local server Connections to local server Configure All storage systems connected At least one Host System cannot communicate with local server Figure 3 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI Health Overview 3 2 1 GUI panels In this section we describe the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI and its associated panels Health Overview panel As shown in Figure 3 5
407. onfiguration many HyperSwap sessions can be managed in different sysplex or monoplex environments Compared to older versions of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication that were running on z OS in which you can manage only one HyperSwap session from one Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication you can manage HyperSwap sessions in multiple sysplexes and monoplexes from one Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server with version 5 2 running on open systems or z OS Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems System z Replication Manager nn i EvE LPAR LPAR LPAR A B c ais T LPAR LPAR LPAR A B 3 HyperSwap Application Data Path i I O Path etro Mirr Ol a FICON Replication Path FC TPC R Control Path TCP IP DS8000 DS8000 lt gt Command Path Figure 7 1 z OS HyperSwap The HyperSwap function can be used in continuous availability disaster recovery or business continuity solutions that are designed with two or three sites and based on synchronous replication The following Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions use HyperSwap functions M Basic HyperSwap Metro Mirror with Failover Failback Metro Global Mirror Metro Global Mirror with Practice vy y For more information about these sessions see 7 3 z OS HyperSwap sessions on page 360 Chapter 7 Manag
408. onger accessible IWNR1959W Session ITSO TEST has changed from Warning status to Severe status IWNH1038I1 Device DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 51 2107 03611 is now accessible IWNR1959W Session ITSO TEST has changed from Severe status to Normal status IWNH1038I Device DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 managed by hardware connection ESSNI 9 11 222 96 2107 LM841 is now accessible Aug 8 2013 1 34 37 PM db2admin IWNR1198I1 Log packages were successfully created and placed at location C Program Files IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer diagnostics TPC_RM tpcr vm41_2013 08 08_13 34 37 jar Q Aug 8 2013 1 41 48 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 41 48 PM Server 9 11 222 96 Q Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Server DS8000 B0X 2107 LM841 i Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Server eo Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 41 52 PM Server DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 amp Aug 8 2013 1 57 25 PM Server Aug 8 2013 1 59 17 PM Server Aug 8 2013 2 08 40 PM Server Aug 8 2013 2 08 40 PM Server 5 Aug 8 2013 2 19 39 PM Server Aug 8 2013 2 19 39 PM Server 9 11 222 96 Q Aug 8 2013 2 19 43 PM Server Aug 8 2013 2 19 43 PM Server Q Aug 8 2013 2 19 43 PM Server 5 Aug 8 2013 2 19 43 PM Server Aug 8 2013 2 19 43 PM Server DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 Aug 8 2013 2 19 43 PM Server
409. only if the snapshot group is unlocked Overwrite Overwrites the snapshot group to reflect the data that is on the H1 volume Rename Renames the snapshot group to a name that you provide The name can be a maximum of 64 alphanumeric characters Restore Restores the contents of a snapshot group by using another snapshot group in the session Both of the snapshot groups must contain the same subset of volumes Set Priority Sets the priority in which a snapshot group is deleted The value can be the number 1 4 A value of 1 specifies that the snapshot group is deleted last A value of 4 specifies that the snapshot group is deleted first Unlock Unlocks a snapshot group If the snapshot group is unlocked write operations to the snapshots that are in the snapshot group are enabled and the snapshot group is displayed as modified This action is valid only if the snapshot group is locked 24 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Metro Mirror commands Table 1 8 shows the commands for Metro Mirror sessions The applicable commands depend on the Metro Mirror session type and the storage system Table 1 8 Metro Mirror commands Command Enable Copy to Site 1 Confirms that you want to reverse the direction of replication before you reverse the direction of copying in a failover and failback session After you issue this command the H2 H1 command becomes available Enable Copy to Site 2 Confirms that you wan
410. onnection to be established When the connection is established the Host Systems panel shows the host as Connected as shown Figure 7 14 m Host Systems Last Update Aug 7 af Add Host Connection Choose Host System Host System Figure 7 14 Host System panel that shows the host is connected Now we are ready to create the session The process of creating a HyperSwap enabled session is the same as any other DS8000 session see 4 3 Managing DS8000 sessions on page 201 When at least one Host System is defined the HyperSwap options are made available for the HyperSwap capable session types To enable the HyperSwap for a session select the Manage H1 H2 with HyperSwap option in the Session Properties panel and then select the system or Sysplex from the drop down menu as shown in Figure 7 15 on page 372 Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 371 Properties Kame ard describe the sesso Session mame ITSO MM HS Description ESS DS Metro Mirror Options Basic Options z OS Management E Faam M GC if target is online CKD je fda i only No association E required for hardened freeze and Hyperswap management TE Metro Mirror Suspend Policy SSS Th Hold VO after Suspend WO pelesse VO after Suspend E sane Hypaerswap On Configuration Error Partition the system s cut of the sysplex Disab
411. ons Storage Systems Host Systems olumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out Administrator Health Overview Sessions Ld N A normal nia warning O nia severe BD storage Systems Gl Host Systems Me Wansaamant Servers ra Remote Storage Systems A Remote Host Systems a F Management Servers dsa Status A Synchronized Select Action Go erver Role Port 172 31 83 171 ACTIVE 9561 IICTPCRT1 PRI windows ssclab lj si net STANDBY 9561 Figure 3 58 Standby Server that is synchronized The standby server is successfully defined for your active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Your active server works as before but now t it propagates all changes to your standby server However your standby server now has the following different properties gt Configuration of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server in terms of Storage Systems ESS DS Paths Sessions and Copy Sets was overwritten with the configuration of the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server The Sessions menu item is disabled so that you cannot view or modify any Session or Copy Set related configurations from the standby server You can view the Storage Subsystem and ESS DS Paths configuration but you cannot make any changes from the standby server You can access the Advanced Too
412. oose Session Type drop down menu select Metro Mirror Failover Failback w Practice as shown in Figure 4 62 Create Session m lea Choose Session Type Properties Choose the type of session to creste Location DS8000 DS6000 ESS 800 Results Choose Session Type Choose Session Type Point in Time HashCopy Metro Miror Single Direction Metro Miror Failover Failback Metro Miror Failover Failbback w Practice Global Miror Single Direction Global Miror Failover Failback Global Miror Failover Failback w Practice Global Miror Either Direction w Two Site Practice Three Site Metro Global Miror Metro Global Miror w Practice lt Back Next gt Finish Gancel Figure 4 62 Choose Session Type menu 5 Click Next to go to the Session Properties panel The Properties panel requires that you specify at least a name for the session which is about to be created valid characters for the session name are A Z a z 0 9 _ An optional Description is recommended to understand the purpose of the session because the session name might not indicate the purpose of the session Possible session specific tunable parameters also must be set in this panel Figure 4 63 on page 212 shows the setting for this sample Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 211 Create Session wf Choose Session Type Properties Ga Properties Hame and describe the sessio
413. oot system32 csrss exe ObjectDirectory Windows SharedSection 1024 20480 768 Windows On SubSystemType Windows ServerDll basesry 1 ServerDll winsrv UserServerDilinitialization 3 ServerDll winsrv ConServerDilInitia C Program Files IBM SQLLIB bin db2dastrm exe C Program Files IBM SQLLIB BIN db2fmp64 exe 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0000 1 0 98be58 50 16050 828 1409e 828 1407e 828 1408e 11F80 0000000202000000 0000000202000000 1600000 6FFFFFFF 2 0 C Program Files IBM SQLLIB BIN db2fmp64 exe 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0000 1 0 98be58 50 16050 828 4ba82 828 4ba63 828 4ba73 31F80 0000000202000000 0000000202000000 1600000 6FFFFFFF 2 0 C Program Files IBM SQLLIB BIN db2fmp64 exe 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0000 1 0 98be58 50 1e050 828 2290d0 828 2290b1 828 2290c1 71F80 0000000202000000 0000000202000000 1600000 FFFFFFF 2 0 C Program Files IBM SQLLIB BIN db2mamtsyc exe C Program Files IBM SQLLIB BIN db2rcmd exe CAPROGRA 1 IBMISQLLIB bin db2syscs exe C Program Files IBM SQLLIB BIN db2systray exe DB2 C Windows system32 dilhost exe Processid 02D4B3F 1 FD88 11D1 960D 00805FC79235 C Windows system32 Dwm exe C Windows Explorer EXE C Program Files x86 Mozilla Firefox firefox exe osint url http ssctcp42 t windows ssclab lj si net 9558 CSM C Program Files IBM IBM SSH Serverl IBMsshdsvc exe C Program Files IBM TPC jre binijava xX MaxPermSize 256m Xms512m xmx1024m jayvaagent C Program Files IBM TPC wilpilib bootstrap agent j
414. option to interact with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and to automate Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication functions by using scripts It is installed by default with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation and it can be installed on a remote workstation by using the procedure that is described in 3 3 3 Remote CLI installation on page 75 The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI uses commands that can be used on their own by using the associated options and arguments or interactively by starting the csmcli bat program with no parameters or arguments to start an interactive session The commands that you can use are related to the following components gt Sessions and copy sets gt Storage systems and connections gt Management servers gt Security The command consists of one to four types of components arranged in the following order vy Command name gt One or more flags gt Each flag is followed by any flag parameters it might require gt Command parameter Example 3 1 shows the CLI structure Example 3 1 CLI structure csmcli command name flag parameter command parameter The command name specifies the task that the CLI must perform For example Issess tells the CLI to list sessions as shown in Example 3 2 and mksess tells the CLI to create a session Example 3 2 List sessions csmcli gt Issess Name Status State Copy Type SVC2 SVC8 GM N
415. or Failover Failback Select Action Go Site 1 Site 2 Status Inactive gt 3 State Preparing Hi H2 Active Host Hi Recoverable No Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg_pO1 Hi Consistency Group N A H2 Pool CSMReg_pO1 H2 Consistency Group N A Detailed Status IWNR60001I Aug 22 2013 2 59 09 PM Starting all pairs in role pair H1 H2 Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type Timestamp o o N A MM n a H1 H2 o Figure 6 41 Progress actions for Metro Mirror session Part 1 334 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Last Update Aug 22 2013 3 0 5 Pl Session Details XiV MMFOFB z Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action vy Go Site 1 Site 2 i Status 2 Normal P P State Prepared Hi H2 Active Host Hi Recoverable Yes Description modify Copy Sets 2 view Transitioning No H1 Pool CSMReg_pO1 H1 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB H2 Pool CSMReg_pO1 H2 Consistency Group XiV MMFOFB Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Copying Progress Copy type Timestamp Figure 6 42 Various progress actions for Metro Mirror session Part 2 Suspending the Metro Mirror session At some point you might want to suspend the Metro Mirror session This might be dictated by various business reasons or physical issues such as a communication link failure or a true site outage Susp
416. or Replication is installed on a z OS system other than the host system you must add the connection to the host system by using a host name or IP address for the system Complete the following steps to add a host system by using the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI 1 In the navigation tree select Host Systems The Host Systems window opens A list of all host systems that were added to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication appears 2 Onthe Host Systems window click Add Host Connection as shown in Figure 3 101 The Add Host Connection window opens Health Overview Sessions Host Systems Storage Systems o tad Host Systems Add Host Conne fen Choose Host System Go Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview No Host Systems Defined 5 Sessions Ld 0 normal iy 0 warning Q 0 severe D Storage Systems A Host Systems D Management Servers Figure 3 101 Adding a connection to a host system 3 In the Add Host Connection window select the host system type and complete the connection information for the host The following sections provide connection information by host system type 156 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 3 14 1 AIX Host System Select AIX and complete the connection information for the host system as shown in Figure 3
417. or role pairs You can use this option to export data for a Global Mirror role pair that is in a session to a comma separated value csv file You can then use the data in the csv file to analyze trends in your storage environment that affect your RPO 1 6 2 New in V5 1 1 The following features and enhancements are new in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication V5 1 1 SAN Volume Controller 6 4 option to move volumes between I O groups To support this SAN Volume Controller feature Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication includes the following changes gt The I O group was removed from the volume ID gt The volume ID or the volume name can be used as a CLI command volume parameter for SAN Volume Controller Storwize V3500 Storwize V3700 Storwize V7000 and Storwize V7000 Unified storage systems The following CLI commands were updated to reflect this change chvollspair Iscpset Isvol mkcpset where applicable for the specific volume parameter importcsv exportcsv rmcpset showcpset DS8000 consistency groups that are created for FlashCopy sessions For FlashCopy sessions Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication creates FlashCopy consistency groups in DS8000 storage systems The consistency groups are created automatically during the creation of the FlashCopy session You are no longer required to quiesce an application before you issue the Flash command for
418. or session Configuration You must have the following environment to work with Global Mirror sessions gt Atleast two XIV storage systems with pools and volumes configured gt IP connectivity between the XIV storage systems and the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server gt Remote mirroring connectivity that is configured for the two XIV storage systems in the session Matching volumes on the source and target XIV storage systems All volumes in same pool on same site Reference For more information about XIV System configuration see the IBM XIV Storage System User Manual GC27 2213 02 which is available at this website http publib boulder ibm com infocenter ibmxiv r2 topic com ibm help xiv doc d ocs GC27 2213 02 pdf Limitations The XIV Metro Mirror session includes the following limitations gt Session name is limited to 58 characters gt Consistency group is limited to 128 volumes This is not enforced by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt All volumes from a session must be in the same pool gt Volumes that are mapped to a host cannot be deleted while they are mapped gt Locked volumes are read only gt XIV hardware is limited to 512 mirroring relationships Creating a Global Mirror session To use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for any type of XIV Copy Services including the asynchronous mirror capabilities of XIV you first must create and de
419. or settings For the Metro Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror with Practice session type you can use the following commands gt chsess maxdrain_h2j3 xx NameSession to set to xx seconds the Maximum Consistency Group Drain Time for the session NameSession for the Role Pair H2 J3 gt chsess coordint_h2j3 yy NameSession to set to yy milliseconds the Maximum Coordination Interval Time for the Role Pair H2 J3 These settings require a Global Mirror session suspension gt Recovery Point Objective Alerts Specify the length of time that you want to set for the RPO thresholds The values determine whether a Warning or Severe alert is generated when the RPO threshold is exceeded for a role pair The RPO represents the length of time in seconds of data exposure that is acceptable if a disaster occurs Use the following options to set the RPO threshold values For those options you can specify an RPO threshold in the range of 0 65535 seconds The default is 0 seconds which specifies that no alerts are generated Warning level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the warning level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value a warning console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Warning If the value in this field is other than O0 it must be greater than the value in the Consistency group interval time seconds field and less than the value in the
420. orage tucson ibm com 9559 CSMWizardFactory sp wizardname Create Session Wizard TOP Create Session Choose Session Type Properties Name and describe the session gt Properties Location 1 Site Session name Location 2 Site GMDB2Session Results Description Global Mirror replication session for the DB2 Database SAN Volume Controller Stonwize Family Storwize V7000 Unified Global Mirror Options Enable Chan ge Volumes Cycle period seconds 300 60 86400 H1 H2 uae 0 0 172800 Severe level threshold seconds 0 0 172800 lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 5 20 Global Mirror Failover Failback w Change Volumes Properties 4 Inthe Location Site 1 window select the storage system that hosts H1 volumes If you chose a Global Mirror Failover failback with Change volume this storage system also hosts the Change Volumes C1 5 In the Location Site 2 window select the storage system that hosts H2 volumes If you chose a Global Mirror Failover failback with Practice volume this storage system also hosts the Practice Volumes 12 If you chose a Global Mirror Failover failback with Change volumes this storage system also hosts the Change Volumes C2 6 If the Results window shows that the session was successfully created click Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard 7 Inthe Choose Host1 window of the Add Copy Sets wizard select the storage system I O Group and Volume for the
421. orage Productivity Center scripts to start and stop Tivoli Storage Productivity Center components which are Data server Device server Storage Resource Agent web server and JazzSM To start the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server on the Windows operating system enter the startTPCRep ication bat command from the scripts folder in an administrator Windows command prompt See Figure 3 71 on page 128 or run the script as administrator from Windows Explorer see Figure 3 72 on page 128 Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 127 ta Administrator Command Prompt Program Files TBM TPO scriptssdir Volume in drive C has no label Volume Serial Number 15 7401 656F Directory of C Program Files IBM TPC scripts 10 07 2015 lt DIF gt 10 07 2015 DIF gt ae 10 07 2013 DIRS ldap 20 07 2013 619 startTPCData bat 26 07 2013 377 startTPCDevice bat 26 07 2013 384 startTPCRepli cation bat 10 07 2015 398 startTPCwWeb bat 26 07 2015 616 stopTPCData bat 26 07 2013 r28 stopTPCDewice bat 26 07 2013 P48 stopTPCReplication bat 10 07 2013 gt 679 stopTPcweb bat 4 549 bytes 3 Dirfs3 9 189 298 1776 bytes free Program Files TBM TPO scriptssstarttpcreplication gt Program Files IBM TPC Scripts u Figure 3 71 Running the script from Command Prompt m scripts Jol E Computer Local Disk C Program Files IBM TPC scripts Organize Open Print New
422. orage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 199 millseconds 6000000 5000000 3000000 2000000 1000000 4 30 13 2 03 4 29 1313 44 LLZ 4 30 1313 18 5 1 13 0 32 5 1 13 11 47 5 1 13 23 03 5 2 13 10 16 6 2 13 21 31 6 3 13 8 46 Figure 4 48 Historical RPO chart Tracks 1000000 900000 800000 fO0000 600000 500000 300000 200000 100000 no oN Historical Average RPO 6 3 13 20 01 5 4 13 7 16 6 4 13 18 30 5 5 13 5 44 5 5 13 16 59 5 6 13 4 14 5 6 13 15 29 6 7 13 2 43 6 7 1313 59 5 8 13 1 14 5 8 13 12 29 5 8 13 23 44 5 9 13 10 59 5 9 13 22 14 5 10 13 9 28 5 10 13 20 42 5 11 13 7 56 5 11 13 19 10 5 12 13 6 24 5 12 13 17 37 5 13 134 52 5 13 13 16 06 Out of Sync Tracks vs LSS Figure 4 49 Out of Sync Tracks versus LSS chart 200 te Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 5 14 13 3 20 5 14 13 14 34 5 15 13 1 48 a Total x10 x11 jx 2 oe x15 ome 0X16 om 0X19 Oxla Oxic Oxld jle 4 2 6 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems version 5 2 can manage z OS HyperSwap enabled sessions through an IP connection to a z OS server For more information see Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems on page 355
423. ormal Prepared Global Mirror Failover Failback SVC8 SVC2 GMwP Inactive Defined Global Mirror Failover Failback w Practice SVC2 SVC8 GMwP Normal Prepared Global Mirror Failover Failback w Practice V7KR7 V7KR1 GM Inactive Defined Global Mirror Failover Failback SVC8 FC Warning Prepared FlashCopy Flags modify the command They provide more information that directs the CLI to perform the command task in a specific way For example the v flag tells the CLI to display the command results in verbose mode Some flags can be used with every CLI command others are specific to a command and are invalid when they are used with other commands Flags are preceded by a hyphen and can be followed immediately by a space and a flag parameter Flag parameters provide information that is required to implement the command modification that is specified by a flag If you do not provide a parameter a default value is assumed For example you can specify v on or v off to turn verbose mode on or off however if you specify v only the flag parameter is assumed to be on Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 73 The command parameter provides basic information that is necessary to perform the command task When a command parameter is required it is always the last component of the command and it is not preceded by a flag Some commands permit multiple command parameters with each parameter separated by a blank space and not a comma unlike
424. ort Copy Sets panel opens Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication creates a CSV file that contains the Copy Sets and provides a link to download the CSV file Click the CSV file name link as shown in Figure 3 76 Export copy sets i kal Exporting Results gt Results Ww IWNR1i3011 Aug 13 2013 1 56 27 PM The export of a copy set for session FCDB2session succeeded The csv file has been exported to the following location In your web browser right click on the link and choose Save as to save this file to your local workstation The file is retained on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center server for a limited amount of time To ensure that the file is saved download the file immediately FCDB2session2013 08 13 01 56 27 csv lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 3 76 Export Copy Sets You can open this file or save it by downloading it We recommend that you open it only to read the content Do not edit the file now However if you want to edit the file make your edits after you save the file by using a spreadsheet program as described in 3 10 3 Working with CSV files under Microsoft Excel on page 139 If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer as your web browser click Save By using Internet Explorer you can choose the directory to which you save the CSV file If you are using Mozilla Firefox as your web browser click Save File as shown in Figure 3 77 on page 132 You can
425. ory must be installed before you start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation You can also use a Windows domain common user account for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation This user must also belong to the operating system groups that are mapped to administrator role and to DB2 administrator groups 44 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note For more information about installation instructions to install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center in a domain see the IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Version 5 2 Installation and Configuration Guide SC27 4058 After you install Tivoli Storage Productivity Center you can assign roles to users Roles determine the product functions that are available to users For more information about roles and how to assign a role to a group see section 3 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication security and user administration on page 93 2 1 6 HyperSwap configuration for z OS and Open systems HyperSwap is a function with the Metro Mirror replication method on DS8000 storage systems that is designed to automatically fail over I O from the primary logical devices to the secondary logical devices in the event of a primary disk storage system failure This function can be done with minimal disruption to the applications that are using the logical devices In previous versions of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Ope
426. ows server The web browser starts and you see the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication login panel as shown in Figure 3 2 on page 64 Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 63 y Tio AE Ca een ee eet ee ee for Replication User name Password Version 5 2 0 698 211 5698 212 IBM Corporation and M Corp registered in many jurisdictions Figure 3 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication login panel Enter your user name and password and the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Overview panel opens as shown in Figure 3 3 Heslth Oyerview Sessions Health Overview E55 D5 Paths Session Overview Management errer Administration Adwanced Tools Console Sign Daut tocaddenin amp fersiane a 0 normal dh 1 warming Qo 0 severe a Storage Syshers amp Howt Syrherna Fa Management Servers E Remote Garage Sprtema Health Overvice Remote Host Systems Storage Systems Host Systems Management Servers ih Connections to local camar Confiqure E Connections bo mankebe saree At least one storage sysbem cannot communicate with Synchrenized local server dh Connacienm Pera server t baas rim raga gyal annot cormrnuMmicabe with re mote Ferver Figure 3 3 Tivoli Sie Productivity Center for Replication Health Overview panel You can also start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication in a supported web browser by entering
427. peration configuration is restored None of these procedures required a full copy of the data 264 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Planned outage of Site 2 storage systems In this scenario we consider a planned maintenance activity that requires powering off the Slte 2 storage systems During the maintenance activity all of the Disaster Recovery capabilities must be active We also describe the go back procedure to return to the original configuration The flow of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication operations is shown in Figure 4 119 Assuming that the host operations are running on Site 1 we can complete the following steps i Start a StartH1 H3 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This starts the Global Mirror from Site 1 to Site 3 and performs the following operations Freeze H1 H2 pairs Failover I3 volumes Stop the H2 H3 Global Mirror session Remove the H1 H2 pairs Start H1 I3 pairs with the Incremental Resync with option recover Wait until the H1 I3 first pass copy is completed Start the Global Mirror H1 H3 startH1H2H34 B e tanh 1H3 a F F Figure 4 119 Site 2 planned outage state transition diagram Now we can proceed with powering off the storage systems in Site 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alerts you about the communication loss to Site 2 stora
428. planned HyperSwap started ENF Master status 00000000 00000000 0000001001000100 0 00 00 00 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 2 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000001001000100 17 50 46 64 HyperSwap phase Validation of I 0 connectivity starting IOSHMO501I Response from API for FC 14 RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM04171 17 50 46 65 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 IOSHM0424I Master status 00000000 80000000 0000001002000100 IOSHM0403I 17 50 46 65 HyperSwap phase Validation of I 0 connectivity completed TOSHM04041 TOSHMO5011 TOSHM04171 TOSHM04241 TOSHMO4051 TOSHMO5011 TOSHMO5011 17 50 46 65 HyperSwap phase Freeze and quiesce DASD I 0 starting Response from API for FC 17 RC 0 Rsn 8 17 50 46 66 Response from SYSTEM1 API RC 0 Rsn 0 Master status 00000000 80000000 0000001003000100 17 50 46 66 HyperSwap phase Freeze and quiesce DASD I 0 completed Response from API for FC 96 RC 0 Rsn 0 Response from API for FC 97 RC 0 Rsn 0 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 46 STC00054 50 STC00054 IOSHMO406I 17 50 46 66 HyperSwap phase Failover PPRC volumes start
429. plication session This performs the following actions Suspend the Global Copy pairs H1 13 Failover H1 volumes The H1 volumes are now ready to be used by host After the action is complete the status of the session is Normal and the state is Target Available After this action is run the Global Mirror H1 H3 is not creating consistency groups 8 Issue the Enable Copy to Site 2 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This makes available the actions to complete the go home procedure This action does not change any state of the session starmtH1H2H3 B Figure 4 118 Site 1 planned outage state transition diagram Stage Three 9 Initiate a StartH1 gt H2 H3 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following operations Force Failover I3 volumes to H2 volumes Resume the Global Copy H1 13 Failback I3 volumes to H2 volumes Wait until the I3 H2 first pass copy is completed Enable the Incremental Resync from H1 and I3 with noinit option Suspend the Global Copy pairs H1 13 Wait until the I8 H2 copy is completed 100 copied Failover H2 volumes Failback H2 volumes to I3 volumes Start H1 H2 pairs with the Incremental Resync with option override Wait until the H2 I3 first pass copy is completed Start the Global Mirror H2 H3 The go home procedure is then completed and the normal o
430. r Replication for Open Systems 0 0 00 cee eens 355 7 1 Overview of z OS HyperSwap 0 0 ee ee eee 356 1 2 PrereguisileS esze kanaa a amp yee a aches aes late aida ghee he oes tree ae Berea Oded 358 T2 TAANOWANC srede wien ed ies Sale Ses WG ed A oe Ba kh no end Be 358 T22 OONN E ack tite a heen a es saree chs igang Na tad hb essa Ge Braet eee Mae eee 358 P22 COMME CUMS gaper s ie Ep ers aia ayaa eee an le ede wide Gr he Bones ls ah ea E 358 7 2 4 Enabling a host name or IP address connection to a z OS host system 359 7 2 5 Enabling z OS HyperSwap and adding a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication user to Z OS host 0 0 0 0 cc eens 359 7 3 z OS HyperSwap S SSIONS 1 0 00 eet eee 360 7 3 1 Basic HyperSwap sessions 00 eee eee 360 7 3 2 HyperSwap enabled Metro Mirror Failover Failoack sessions 361 7 3 3 HyperSwap enabled Metro Global Mirror sessions 00005 362 7 3 4 HyperSwap enabled Metro Global Mirror with Practice sessions 366 723 5 Hardened Freeze on 262 iideecoduathaebeeci at abeaeseatdeeateed wees 369 7 4 Description and usage of HyperSwap enabled sessions 0000005 369 7 4 1 Setting up a HyperSwap enabled session 00 0c cece eee 369 TO ISCICASCS Bet Sich h Bk te ee ak Uy Se al oh He Oe a lec wet Sean ee 381 Chapter 8 Hints and tips 0 0 0 0 ccc teens 389 Bodh MPM OGG TI ON vis
431. r CLI not or open authentication Tile C Users tpcaamnsytpcr cli tpercli auth properties Please authenticate manually Please Er a username for logging onto the serwer pcadmin Please enter a password for logging onto the serwer ivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Command Line Interface CLI Copyright 2007 2012 IBM Corporation Version 5 2 0 Build 20130719 0641 Server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab 1lj si net Port 9560 Authentication file N A csmcli gt um Figure 3 4 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI window On AIX and Linux servers you must run the csmcli sh command script from the default Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installation directory opt IBM TPC You can run CLI commands locally from the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication management server or remotely by accessing the management server by using a remote access utility SSH or telnet 3 2 GUI overview The Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI is a web based interface that presents the user a single point of control to configure manage and monitor the copy services of the attached storage subsystems The GUI reports the state of availability of the administration components and information for the established copy operations in real time It also reports the state of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server if you set up the high availability c
432. r Failover Failback with Change Volumes session 1 5 11 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice sessions Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice sessions combine Global Mirror and FlashCopy replication to provide a point in time copy of the data on the remote site Site 2 ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems For ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems an asynchronous copy occurs from the source volume on the local site Site 1 to the intermediate volume on the remote site Site 2 A FlashCopy then occurs from the intermediate volume to the target volume and the journal volume on the remote site 16 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Figure 1 14 represents the volumes and data flow for an ESS DS6000 or DS8000 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session when data is copied from Site 1 to Site 2 d p D I2 7 J2 Figure 1 14 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session for ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 All other storage systems For all other storage system sessions the data flow is the same However there is no FlashCopy to a journal volume 1 5 12 Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice sessions Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice sessions combine Global Mirror and FlashCopy replication to provide a point in time copy of the data on the local Site 1 and remote site Site 2 This session type inclu
433. r Microsoft Excel on page 139 You can import Copy Sets from a CSV file that you previously created by using one of the following methods gt Import a Copy Sets in a new Session gt Import a Copy Sets in existing Session These methods are described next Importing a Copy Set in a new Session In this section we describe the steps that are used to import the saved CSV file that contains Copy Sets in a new session From the Sessions panel click Create Session to proceed as shown in Figure 3 78 on page 133 132 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview Q Sessions 3 normal A O warning 1 severe Storage Systems A Host Systems B Management Servers E 3 Sessions om Actions Go ITSO4 Q Severe MGM Suspended H2 No 1 FEcDB2session a Normal FC Target Available Hi Yes 2 GM testsession EA Normal GM Prepared H1 Yes 1 ITSO TEST EA Normal MM Prepared H1 2B 7 l TSO inactive MGM Defined Hi No 1 V ITSO FlashCopy inactive FC Defined H1 No 1 3 ITSO MM inactive MM Defined H1 No i ITSO MM FOFB wp inactive MM Defined Hi T 7 D ITSO MM HS inactive MM Defined H1 no A ITSO TEST FC inactive FC Defined H1 No 1 D rTs03 inactive GM Defined sg z Figure 3 78
434. r Open Systems Global Mirror Failover Failback The Global Mirror Failover Failback session type enables the direction of the data replication to be switched With this session type the remote site can be used as a production site and changes that are made at the remote site are copied back to the local site By using this type of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session you can perform the following tasks gt Start the Global Mirror gt Pause and resume the Global Mirror gt Recover the Global Mirror secondary volumes which makes them available for use at the remote site gt Restart the Global Mirror following a recovery This is accomplished by performing an incremental resynchronization gt Perform a switch site role which makes the remote site the source for the replication gt Restart the replication only the Global Copy following a switch site role which copies the changes that were made at the remote site back to the local This is accomplished by performing an incremental resynchronization gt Resume the original direction of the Global Mirror after returning to the original site roles This is accomplished by performing an incremental resynchronization Note Track Space Efficient volumes can be used as Journal volumes J2 volumes for this session type The Global Mirror Failover Failback session is shown in Figure 4 11 Site 1 Site 2 MA Hi H2 7 P I2 Figure
435. r of Replication server is running by entering the address of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server https hostname port CSM in a supported web browser If you see the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication login page it means that all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components are running Otherwise you see the message that is shown in Figure 3 69 Unable to connect Firefox can t establish a connection to the server at ssctcp42 twindows ssclab lj si net 9558 a The site could be temporarily unavailable or too busy Try again in a Few moments Jf you are unable to load any pages check your computer s network connection a TF your computer or network is protected by a Firewall or proxy make sure that Firefox is permitted to access the Web Figure 3 69 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server is not running 126 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems On the Windows operating system the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center of Replication server use scheduled tasks to start the servers when the Windows computer is started again To view the scheduled tasks for the Device server and the Replication server on Windows start the Windows Task Scheduler by clicking Start Administrative Tools gt Task Scheduler In the Task Scheduler navigation tree click Task Scheduler Library The scheduled task for the Device server is called startD
436. r platforms Simple Network Management Protocol setup Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication logging Auto refresh rate User authentication issues IBM Software Support Lifecycle Tivoli Storage Productivity Center support matrix Vvvvvvrvrvrvvvyvyiy Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 389 8 1 Introduction In this chapter we include the information that we found helpful at the time of this writing We advise that before you take any action you search for the latest support bulletins and alerts because the situation might be improved was fixed or new functionality might be added in versions were released after this publication was produced For more information about supported hardware platforms and products for each Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version see this website http www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid swg21386446 8 2 VMware DS8000 and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication In this section we describe some hints and tips for running VMware in a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication environment Also described are VMWare vStorage API for Array Integration VAAI usage and tips for running with DS8000 8 2 1 Hosting by using virtual servers The main goal of the use of the VMware Compute Core feature is to virtualize server resources and aggregate them in logical pools that can be allocated to multiple workloads vSphere ESXi is the virtu
437. r the relationship is suspended Use this option if you want to determine the scope of the suspension before new data is written to the source volume This option helps to ensure that the data on the source and target volumes remains the same To enable write operations to the source volume to continue run the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Release I O command for the session If you do not run this command write operations are enabled when the hardware timeout value on the storage system expires Release I O after Suspend Select this option to enable the source volume to automatically receive data after the relationship is suspended Use this option if you want to limit the affect on the applications that are writing to the source volume This option is enabled by default Metro Global Mirror with Practice In addition to the options that were described for the Metro Global Mirror session type see Metro Global Mirror on page 237 the No Copy FlashCopy option for Role Pair H3 I3 is available for the Metro Global Mirror with Practice session type Select this option if you do not want the hardware to write the background copy until the source track is written to Data is not copied to the H2 volume until the blocks or tracks of the i2 volume are modified HyperSwap related tunable parameters When a z OS host connection is made available to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication see Adding and conne
438. ra w Before You Begin Hostname v Installation Location IICTECRT1 PRIwindows ssclab l si net b Preinstallation Validation Ports 9549 to 9569 Common User Hame and Password Specify a user name and password to configure all components Username Administrator Password essssss0 gt OE Advanced Customization M Configure Database repository Figure 2 10 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Server Installation Information window If the default ports are unavailable you can specify a different range that is used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center To check whether the ports are available click Verify port availability You can also change details about database repository by clicking Configure Database Repository lf all the information is correct you see the pre installation summary page that is shown in Figure 2 11 on page 56 Chapter 2 Planning and installation 55 w IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation License Agreement installation titie v Before You Begin The installation can take 47 minutes or more Installation Location Installation folder Preinstallation Validation ClPragram FilesiiBMiTPC b Preinstallation Summary gt gt Required Di 6555 ME Disk space information Available Di 66 MB Additional Installation Information Figure 2 11 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Pre installation Summary If you click Additional Installation Informat
439. rage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems gt Restart the Global Mirror following a switch site role which copies the changes that were made at the remote site back to the local This is accomplished by performing a full copy A full disaster recovery capability is now restored between the original remote and local site gt Resume the original direction of the Global Mirror after returning to the original site roles This is accomplished performing a full copy Limitation TSE volumes can be used only for Journal volumes J2 and J1 volumes for this session type TSE volumes cannot be used as FlashCopy targets for the practice copy H2 and H1 volumes in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice session is shown in Figure 4 15 Site 1 Site 2 F i H2 X n F F Ti 12 i 4 Figure 4 15 Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice The state transitions for a Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice session is shown in Figure 4 16 on page 174 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 173 StartH1H 2 Flash Flash y a ia o gt wW see r peters Enable Copy Sa J ToSite1 aT i Recover StartH1 H2 ey startH1H2 StartH2H1 a Flash ay 7 Enable Copy StartH2H1 Suspend L 5 j g 2 To Site 2 cao StartH2H1 ccc RecCOver Fi
440. rage Productivity Center for Replication high availability configuration is highly recommended because it provides high availability of replication management As a best practice we recommend that you have the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server always in primary site while the standby server is required in disaster site If you have a three site solution the standby server is not required in the intermediate site so in a three site solution such as Metro Global Mirror the standby server is required in the third site Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not support two standby servers If there is a disaster on the primary site the standby server is in Disconnected Consistent status and is ready to takeover This action makes the standby server active and you can continue to manage replication Accidentally removing the standby server If you accidentally remove the standby server from the active server you can reconnect the standby server The standby server is in Disconnected Consistent status On the standby server you must run Reconnect action and it synchronizes the repository with your active server Loss of connectivity in high availability configuration When you lose connectivity between the active and standby server the servers has the Disconnected Consistent status When the connection is available the communication between the servers must be manually reconnected To do this sele
441. rage systems which are delimited by a colon The remaining values are the port pairs which are delimited by a colon All values are separated by a comma and commented lines must start with character The following roles must be followed when the CSV port pairings are used The entry for a storage system pair and the port pairs are bidirectional This means that a line that has systemA systemB is equivalent to a line that has systemB systemA Lines that are incorrectly formatted are discarded For example if a line contains ports without the Ox or does not contain port pairs that are delimited by the character the entire line is discarded Aline can be properly formatted but contain invalid ports for your storage system configuration In this case the ports are passed down to the storage system to be established and there is no validation that is done in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The valid ports might be established by the storage system while the invalid ports can be rejected Ifa file contains duplicate lines for the same storage systems the ports on the last line are used Also the entries are bidirectional Thus if you have systemA systemB and then a line with systemB systemA the second line is the line that is used Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Any line that starts with a character is considered a comment and is discarded The must be at the st
442. ree IP addresses Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 313 After you complete the wizard to add the storage system an SSH connection is established and the XIV appears in the list of connections as shown in Figure 6 4 Storage Systems Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Add Storage Connection _ Volume Protection Actions Go W WSforage Connection eee Connechon Status AMC S a lt onnectecd DS8000 B0X 2107 03611 HMC 9 11 222 96 Connected HMC b DS8000 BOX 2107 LM841 HMC 9 11 223 212 o PEN HMC b DS8000 BOX 2107 TK831 umc 9 11 223 79 EA connected HMC DS8000 BOX 2107 xC891 z W tper_xival storage tucson ibm com Connected Direct Connect L XIV BOX 7825429 XIV_A Figure 6 4 Status of storage system connections If the connection was successful the storage system is listed under the Storage Systems tab as shown in Figure 6 5 It is also available for selection in the Add Copy Sets wizard for the sessions Storage Systems Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Add Storage Connection Volume Protection Actions Go Storage System EFS Location ype TS Vvendor t sSSS SsSS USSUUU IBUA UZ IKS e onnected OROJ O YOT DSO p pss000 B0x 2107 xc891 Connected 8k11 X DS8000 IBM STORWIZE V3700 CLUSTER TPCRTBIRD4 tpcrtbird4 Connected tb4 X STORWIZE V3700 IBM
443. refresh rate in seconds to refresh the content in the GUI Advanced tools also give you the option to enable or disable the Metro Mirror heartbeat which is used to ensure data consistency across multiple storage systems if the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication management server cannot communicate with one or more storage systems Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 71 Health Overview i i Last Update Aug 6 2012 2 07 06 PM Sessions 4 Advanced Tools pea ree laa Storage Systems P Host Systems Volumes N ESS DS Paths Ss Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Package Log Files Sign Out db2admin Click the button below to package PE data Health Overview Display PE Packages Sessions Set browser auto refresh rate 2 normal f A Browser auto refresh rate seconds O warning 30 5 3600 0 severe a Storage Systems Appl A Host Systems pe l management Servers Enable Disable Heartbeat ESS DS only Enable Heartbeat Disable Heartbeat Figure 3 13 Advanced Tools panel Console panel As shown in Figure 3 14 the Console panel provides you detailed information about actions that were taken by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication users errors that occurred during normal operation and hardware error indications You can click each message in the console panel to get more information about the message For more informat
444. remote site Site C An IP connection is provided to manage the storage systems and to communicate with the z OS HyperSwap address spaces A Metro Global Mirror session with HyperSwap enabled is defined to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to manage this kind of configuration In addition to the failure scenarios that were described for the Active Active configuration this Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication implementation provides protection from other unplanned disastrous events 386 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems SITEA SITE B SITE C rA System z ole Sysplex A bead bea be lA icicle LPAR LPAR LPAR LPAR LPAR LPAR A B c D E F DS8000 DS8000 ee DS8000 Global Mirror 1777777T Figure 7 37 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication implementation for a three site configuration Figure 7 38 shows the entire Site B failure users 10101 swe o SB SB SB SB SB Se ee ee eee ee y Data eplication oo ee eee eee eee eee ee ee Sam aE Eee eee eee eee a e a aP Figure 7 38 Intermediate site failure in a three site configuration Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 387 In this case the disaster affects only the application that is running in Site B and the Parallel Sysplex facilities can help to minimiz
445. rences gt Storwize V3700 has its configuration that is limited to one controller enclosure and up to four expansion enclosures gt Storwize V3700 does not support virtualization of external storage arrays it supports its own internal disks only The Storwize V3500 which is available only in a few geographies accepts no expansion enclosures and does not support remote replication 286 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 5 4 New Functions Among the many new functions that are included in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 5 2 two of them address the management of new major functions in the Storwize family The following new major functions are described in the following sections gt Global Mirror Failover Failoack with Change Volumes session gt Support for the SAN Volume Controller 6 4 option to move volumes between I O groups 5 4 1 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes session The Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes session is available only for the Storwize family of Storage Systems It provides the same capabilities as the Global Mirror Failover Failback session type but it also provides the option of enabling or disabling the use of Change Volumes Change Volumes are composed of a source change volume and a target change volume that contain a point in time image of the data from the source and target volumes A FlashCopy operation o
446. require a full copy of data as shown in Figure 4 97 gt While performing a switch site role a full copy of data is required by running the StartH2 H1 action gt While returning to the original configuration after the switch site role a full copy of data is required to perform the final StartH1 H2 action StartHiH2 Figure 4 97 Actions that require Full Copy Metro Global Mirror session For this session the following scenarios require a full copy of data gt Consider a configuration where the host was running on local site and a switch site role between local and intermediate site is performed after the Global Mirror was suspended While returning to the original configuration a full copy of data is required to perform the final StartH1 gt H2 H3 action as shown in Figure 4 98 on page 246 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 245 I i Enable Copy v To Site2 StarthiH2 a lt Sirs ee rmm n i Me a ey cs s k TAT T My l Enable Copy To Sitel E ee ee Figure 4 98 Start H1 gt H2 H3 action that requires a Full Copy gt Consider a configuration where the host was running on the intermediate site and a switch site role between intermediate and local site is performed after the Global Mirror was suspended While returning to H2 gt H1 H3 configuration a full copy of data is required
447. rm a takeover of the active server role on your standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server 116 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Sign Out Administrator The takeover action is a manual process which can be started through the GUI or the CLI on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server After you perform the manual takeover on the standby server the synchronization of repository changes stops and the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server becomes an active server with the same configuration as the original active server This is the case even when the original active server is still running In this case you have two active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers with identical configurations in your environment You can manipulate your copy services configurations from both servers although changes in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication databases are no longer synchronized between the two active servers This can lead to inconsistencies in your overall configuration which can damage your environment Therefore we do not recommend that you have two active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers Important Before you attempt a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication takeover we recommend that you always shut down the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Ce
448. roductivity Center for Replication and an authentication issue occurred E Faci i a Fuvahi Starsareae Prorhietivity Centar for Replication User name Password Log in E i Bnneel Bh th 1 g IVVNR4030E Aug 22 2013 7 46 55 AM The user name or password is invalid This might be because the primary user registry cannot be reached and the file based user registry is being used instead Use a user name and password that is in the file based user registry This file based registry is set during the installation of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and includes the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center common user name and password The registry also includes the default user name tpcFileRegistyUser which uses the same password as the common user Licensed Maternal Property of IBM Corp oreo FIA arda Foa 5698 411 5698 21 2 BM Corporation and others 2006 2013 IBM the IBM loge and Tivoli are trademarks of IBM orp registered in many junsdictons wordwide Figure 8 2 Log on error Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems First try to determine whether the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center web server is working If it is running check whether there are firewall or network issues Also check with your network or security administrator if there were recent changes in network traffic policies If you cannot log in to check this problem by using any of the users you registered you can try t
449. roller Stretched Cluster is a fault tolerant high availability solution Metro Mirror and Global Mirror are disaster recovery solutions Table 5 4 on page 303 shows their functional differences Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Table 5 4 SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster and Metro Global Mirror comparison Feature Stretched Cluster Metro Global Mirror Failover Automatic and transparent Manual Failover MM GM failover volume LUNid source and target volume unchanged LUNids are different Resynchronization Manual power fail consistency Consistency across multiple Not applicable each volume Consistency groups across volumes mirror has individual multiple volumes available consistency Server I O performance impact Response time similar to Metro Mirror performs over long distances synchronous copy because of synchronous replication cache mirroring between both response time depends on sites distance Global Mirror is asynchronous response time independent from distance For more information about SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster see IBM Techdoc WP102134 IBM SAN Volume Controller 7 1 SVC cluster spanning multiple data centers Stretched Cluster Split I O group WP102134 which is available at this website http w3 03 ibm com support techdocs atsmastr nsf WebIndex WP102134 SAN Volume Controller Stretched Cluster and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replicatio
450. ronized Disconnected Consistent Disconnected Yv vy Yy Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication SNMP traps summary The Table 3 3 on page 147 summarize the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication SNMP traps that are reporting their respective Object ID for each type of event 146 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Table 3 3 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication traps description Session state 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 1 change event 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 3 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 4 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 6 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 19 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 20 The state of session X changed to SuspendedH2H3 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 21 The state of session X changed to SuspendedH1H3 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 22 The state of session X changed to Flashing 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 23 The state of session X changed to Terminating 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 26 The recovery point objective for the role pair of X in session Y passed the warning threshold of Z seconds 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 27 The recovery point objective for the role pair of X in session Y passed the severe threshold of Z seconds Configuration 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 7 One or more copy sets were added or deleted from change event this session An event is sent for each session at least every 15 minutes 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 6 208 0 8 Peer to Peer Remote Copy PPRC path definitions were changed An event is s
451. ror message before you attempt to create the session again 7 In the Select Host1 window of the Add Copy Sets wizard select the storage system I O Group and Volume for the H1 volume as shown in Figure 5 18 on page 297 296 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Optionally use a CSV file to import copy sets for more information see Importing CSV files on page 132 Browse Cancel Figure 5 18 Add Copy Sets wizard Choose Host1 volume Next gt Finish lt Back AddCopySets Wizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition oe https tpcr vm41Lstorage tucson ibm com 9559 CSM WizardFactory sp wizardname AddCopySets Wizard amp sessName MMwP_DB2_S01 amp id 1377199634999 Add Copy Sets MMwP_DB2_ 01 amp gt Choose Hosti Choose Host1 7 Choose the Hosti storage system Choose Host2 Choose Intermediate Hosti storage system syvcO8 syvcO9 Matching SVC CLUSTER RMSYCO08 rmsvc08 v ay Matching Results ey We Select Copy Sets Hosti IO group Confirm SVC IOGROUP RMSVCOB 0 Yy Adding Copy Sets i Results Hosti volume 3 Red_vol04 12 Volume Details Use a CSV file to import copy sets User Name Red_voll4 Full Name SVC VOL RMSVCO8 1145 Type FIXEDBLK Capacity 100 0 MiB Protected No Space Efficient No z OS Connection No 8 Inthe Choose Host2 window select the storage system I O Group and Volume for the H2 volume Click Next to continue If you selec
452. rst volume that is defined for the Copy Set Add Copy Sets XiV MMFOFB ed Choose Hosti Select Copy Sets Choose Host2 Choose which copy sets to add Click Next to add copy sets to the session Matching Matching Results GC Select Copy Sets Confirm Adding Copy Sets Results SelectAll DeselectAll CSMReg_xiv3_1hiv01 Show lt Back Finish Figure 6 31 Confirming first volume selection for this Copy Set 4 You can add a second volume to the copy set Depending on your business needs you might have several volumes all within the same pool at each XIV in one copy set or individual volumes 330 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems To add another volume click Add More Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication tracks the first volume as you see when you complete the wizard 5 Figure 6 32 shows the second volume that we are adding to the copy set we also selected the same values for the primary XIV and pool Make the appropriate selections and click Next gt Choose Hosti Choose Host2 Matching Matching Results Select Copy Sets Confirm Adding Copy Sets Results Choose Host1 Choose the Hosti storage system Hosti storage system XIV BOX 7825429 XIV_A Hosti pool CSMReg_p01 Hosti volume CSMReg_xiv3_1h1v02 Use a CSV file to import copy sets lt Back Finish Figure 6 32 Adding a second volume to Copy S
453. rties panel that is shown in Figure 6 24 enter a Session name required and a Description optional and click Next Create Session i x Choose Session Type Properties CD Properties Name and describe the session Location 1 Site i Session name XiV MMFOFB Location 2 Site Results Description lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 6 24 Properties panel 5 In the Site Locations panel that is shown in Figure 6 25 from the Site 1 Location drop down menu select the site of the first XIV The list shows the various sites that are defined Click Next Create Session Choose Session Type Site Locations Properties Choose Location for Site 1 gt Location 1 Site Sj i ite 2 Location 2 Site Site 1 location Site 1 Site 2 Results None ee D Hi H2 lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 6 25 Site Locations panel Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 327 328 6 Define the secondary or target site as shown in Figure 6 26 From the Site 2 Location drop down menu select the appropriate target or secondary site that has the target XIV and corresponding volumes Click Next Create Session Choose Session Type Site Locations Properties Choose Location for Site 2 Location 1 Site G gt Location 2 Site Site 2 location Site 1 Site 2 Results None SP H1 H2 lt Back Next gt Finish Cance Figure 6 26 S
454. ry Share with New folder v H Wir Favorites Name Date modified Type Size MD Desktop D backup 14 8 2013 2 59 File Folder J Downloads ER mdb 8 2013 8 15 File Folder i pen i Recent Places J messages A 8 2013 0 28 File folder E PERNE TPC R_Database_ Share with 2013 10 34 amp ML Document 37 KB a Documents Restore previous versions a Music Include in library Pictures Send to Videos Cut Copy jm Computer a Local Disk C Create shortcut Local Disk D 5 Pa Rename i Network Properties csmdb Date modified 14 8 2013 8 15 File Folder Figure 3 92 Deleting csmdb 3 Extract the backup file into the TPC_Instal1 IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer database directory as shown in Figure 3 93 Ri Extract Compressed Zipped Folders F 4 eS J Extract Compressed Zipped Folders Select a Destination and Extract Files Files will be extracted to this folder Browse Iw Show extracted files when complete carcel Figure 3 93 Extracting backup file Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 143 4 Restart IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication on the active management server by running the startTPCReplication bat command as described in Starting and stopping Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication on page 127 and shown in Example 3 29 Example 3 29 Start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication
455. s Configure Management Servers its Connections to remote server Synchronized EJ Connections to local server All storage systems connected Connections to remote server All storage systems connecte Figure 3 53 Health Overview panel after standby synchronization Setting up the server you are logged in to as the standby server You can also define your standby server by logging in to the designated standby server and set it as standby From the Management Servers panel select Set this Server as Standby in the drop down menu and click Go as shown in Figure 3 54 on page 113 112 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Health Overview Sessions mm Management Servers Storage Systems EO i aa pa ESS D5 Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Status 5 Mo Standby Console About Set this Server as Standby Go Sign Out Administrator Health Overview IICTPORT1 PRIwindows ssclab lj si net ACTIVE 3561 E Sessions 4 normal b O warning O severe a Storage Systems d Host Systems Pe Management Servers Figure 3 54 Set the current server as a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication standby server In the next panel you must specify the IP address or DNS name of the server for which your current server acts as a standby server You do not have to supply any user credentials because you
456. s Copy Set Next Copy Set gt lt Back Finish Figure 5 14 Select Copy Sets to add to Session 10 You are prompted to reconfirm the number of Copy Sets that you want to add to the Session and if confirmed perform the actual operation A message is shown with the results Note Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication automatically creates a Consistency Group for the Copy Sets in a FlashCopy Session Copy Sets that are added later to this FlashCopy Session by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication also are added to this Consistency Group If the operation was successful click Finish to close the wizard If the operation was unsuccessful verify the messages in the Console window to troubleshoot the operation before you try again 5 5 2 Metro Mirror sessions The Metro Mirror session creation process is similar to the FlashCopy session creation process You create a Session by selecting the hardware and session types then add copy sets to the session The difference is that the wizard prompts you for the specific parameters for this kind of session Complete the following steps 1 In the main Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication window click Sessions gt Create Session Note A comparable process was shown in 5 5 Session Types and Setup on page 288 beginning with Figure 5 6 on page 289 The session creation process is similar across all session types therefore not all
457. s can be set during the session definition See 4 3 2 Setting up a session on page 209 Most of these parameters can be modified later by changing the properties of the session To modify the options for a session go to the Session main panel and select the session as shown in Figure 4 91 c f Cae i 5 PFM Normal Korma w Inactive Inactive os Inactive Inactive Ti Inactive w Inactive _ MM GM MGM GM GHM MM Snap Prepared Target Available Defined Defirsd Defined Defined Defined Defined Defined De fired Tie el Hi Hi Hi HL Hi Hi Hi HL Hi HL Hi Yas Yas Nio Figure 4 91 Select the session in the main Session panel 230 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems From the drop down menu select View Modify Properties and then click Go as shown in Figure 4 92 on page 231 Ses S ion A Last Update Aug 2013 3 00 59 PM Create Session Select Action liza Go Select Action E EES a Actions Type State Actwe Host Recoverable Copy Sets Start H1 gt H l i a MGM Prepared Hi Y i StartGC H1 gt H2 z FC Target Available Hi Yes i Add Copy Seis Fc Defined Hi Ne i Modify Site Location s MM Defined Hi No 1 View Modify Properties MM Defined Hi Neo 1 iiS EN Sais GM Defined Hi No 1 Remove Session MGM Defined Hi No i Other GM Defined Hi No 1 Export Copy Sets ee Refresh States
458. s from the list of actions and click Go as shown in Figure 6 6 Storage Systems Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Add Storage Connection Volume Protection DS8000 B0X 2107 03611 HMC 9 11 222 96 Ei Connected DS8000 8022107 LM841 HMC 9 11 223 212 Bi Connected DS58000 B0X 2107 TK831 HMC 9 11 223 79 Ed Connected E D5838000 B0X 2107 X08911 tpcr_xiva 1l storage tucson ibm com a Connected MIVIBOX 7825429 XIV_A tper_xivel storage tucson ibm com Ed Connected xTIWiBOX 7825826 XIV_E Figure 6 6 View Modify Connection Details If you prefer you can choose to click the link to the host name to go directly to the Connection Details panel as shown in Figure 6 7 on page 316 for a particular device instead Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 315 Figure 6 7 shows the Local Connection Status for the main IP address that you entered for the XIV Storage System It also lists other Module Connections on the right in the panel The other connections show the status of the connections to the other IP addresses that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication found for the XIV Storage System Connection Details tpcr_xivel storage tucson ibm com Local Connection Status Connected P Storage System XIV BOX 7825826 XIW_E Type Direct Connect IF Address Domain Name Module Connections
459. s only CKD volumes when you add a copy set The command line interface CLI does not add a copy set if a fixed block volume is specified gt Monitors events that indicate a storage device failed gt Determines whether the failing storage device is part of a Metro Mirror synchronous pair gt Determines the action to be taken from policy 360 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems gt Ensures that data remains consistent during the HyperSwap process gt Swaps the I O between the primary logical devices in the consistency group with the secondary logical devices in the consistency group A swap can occur from the preferred logical devices to the alternative logical devices or from the alternative logical devices to the preferred logical devices Figure 7 2 shows the Basic HyperSwap session in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Sate 1 Site 2 SP tte F Hi Hi Figure 7 2 Basic HyperSwap session 7 3 2 HyperSwap enabled Metro Mirror Failover Failback sessions Metro Mirror Failover Failback with the HyperSwap function enabled combines the continuous availability of Basic HyperSwap with the redundancy of a two site Metro Mirror Failover Failback solution when CKD volumes are managed on the z OS host If the primary volumes encounter a permanent I O error the I O is automatically swapped to the secondary site with minimal effect on the application Tivoli Storage Productivi
460. s unresponsive to other connection types such as the DSCLI or a simple ping The HMC functions are not related to data management so an HMC failure does not affect the normal DS8000 operations When a software failure occurs a simple reboot of the HMC is enough to resolve the problem in most cases More serious software problems might require a fresh installation of the HMC A dual HMC configuration can mitigate this kind of problem 272 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Note HMC problems often simultaneously affect active and stand by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Internal communication problems The HMC uses the ESSNI service to communicate to the internal DS8000 cluster nodes If this service is not working the HMC loses the communication to the DS8000 clusters In this case the HMC is still reachable but cannot carry any command to the DS8000 which includes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication commands In Figure 4 127 we show how the Connection Details panel reports this status In most cases a restart of the ESSNI service which can be performed only by an IBM service representative is enough to resolve the problem Connection Details HMC 9 11 222 96 Local Connection Status Disconnected Q Type HMC Attached Storage Systems Secondary HMC Optional ss Domain Name IP Address Domain Name Note If you do not enter a password the
461. se of your replication problem and fixing it In this section we describe how to interpret the information Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gives you regarding a troubled replication session and how to cross reference this information with other information sources such as Tivoli Storage Productivity Center storage systems and SAN switches Note It can be helpful to review the logs of Storage Systems and SAN switches directly to collect them for cross reference However as described in 5 1 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and the Storwize family on page 281 after you started managing these devices by using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication or Tivoli Storage Productivity Center do not change their replication configuration by using the Storage System s own GUI or CLI unless you are instructed to do so by IBM Support For more information about possible replication services problems on the Storwize family see Chapter 13 Troubleshooting Replication Family Services of IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000 Replication Family Services SG24 7574 02 5 8 1 Storwize family replication error codes Table 5 5 provides a description of commonly seen replication error codes in the Storwize family when an error occurs Table 5 5 Storwize replication error codes Error 1720 In a Metro Mirror or Global Mirror operation the relationship has stopped and lost
462. select View Transfer Status or click the paired storage systems as shown in Figure 4 33 Storage Systema Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Status Wl Enabled Enable Transfer Disable Transfer Add Storage Systems View Transter Status Select Action Remove Storage System Connection Status View Transfer Status foe LeeLee CALL A oe Connected L DSBODO BOX 2107 MCBS1 T DSS000 BOX 2107 XCE91 Comedii aj ae ale Figure 4 33 View Transfer status Statistics and some other information about the latest transfer are reported in the Transfer Results panel as shown in Figure 4 34 Target Storage System D58000 BOM 2107 4CRS1 i 1 100 0 08 Aug 1 2013 2 05 36 PM Aug 1 2013 2 11 01 PM TIWNHIFT7SI Aug 1 2013 2 11 01 PM The data transfer completed Aug 2 2013 2 05 35 AM Figure 4 34 Transfer results Removing a storage system from HMTU To remove a storage system from the HMTU configuration complete the following steps 1 From the Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer tab select the storage system to be removed and then click Disable Transfer to stop transfer processes as shown in Figure 4 35 Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Status Wi Enabled Enable Transter Add Storage Systems Select Action aystem Connection Status BOM 2107 03611 Connected 2 DSR000 BOX 2107 XCEG1L Connected Figure 4 35 Disabl
463. session Description FlashCopy session DB2 database on server testserverxyYyZ SAN Volume Controller Storwize Family Storwize V7000 Unified FlashCopy Options V Incremental Background copy rate percentage 50 0 100 p lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 5 8 FlashCopy Session Properties for Storwize family 4 Configure the FlashCopy session tunable parameters The Incremental flag see Figure 5 8 prevents FlashCopy from copying the entire source volume whenever a Flash command is run which reduces the copy time and the Storwize cluster workload The background copy rate specifies the speed at which that particular FlashCopy session moves data Table 5 3 on page 291 shows the correlation between the values that are specified and the actual copy speed A value of zero disables the background copy and 256 KB is the default grain size in SAN Volume Controller code 6 2 and up Click Next 290 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Table 5 3 Background Copy Rate rate second 256 KB grain 64 KB grain ao ieee ca e p s z 5 5 Configure the Site Locations In the case of FlashCopy sessions there is only one site Select the storage system that hosts the source and target volumes and performs the FlashCopy operation In the example that is shown in Figure 5 9 we selected svc08 as the storage system Click Next ey CreateSessionizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition
464. session status changes to Warning If the value in this field is other than O0 it must be greater than the value in the Consistency group interval time seconds field and less than the value in the Severe level threshold Seconds field Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Severe level threshold seconds Enter the number of seconds that you want to set for the severe level RPO threshold If the RPO is greater than this value an error console message is generated an SNMP trap is sent and the session status changes to Severe If the value in this field is other than 0 it must be greater than the value in the Warning level threshold Seconds field The following general options also are available gt Fail MM GC if target is online CKD only Select this option to fail any session commands for a Metro Mirror or Global Copy relationship if the target volume is in the Online state For more information about this state see the documentation for the storage system This option applies to CKD volumes only Reset Secondary Reserves Select this option to remove any persistent reserves that might be set on the target volumes of the copy sets when a Start command is issued for the session Metro Global Mirror sessions tunable parameters Different session options are available for Metro Global Mirror session type depending on the topology of the session Metro Global Mirror For the Role Pair H1
465. sfer and IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller Change BUILDING TECHNICAL Volumes As of v5 2 you can now manage z OS Hyperswap function from an INFORMATION BASED ON Use all of the latest ee Open System PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE py IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems features manages copy services in storage environments Copy services are used by IBM Redbooks are developed storage systems such as IBM System Storage DS8000 SAN Volume by the IBM International Controller IBM Storwize V3700 V3500 V7000 V7000 Unified and IBM XIV Technical Support Storage systems to configure manage and monitor data copy functions Copy Organization Experts from services include IBM FlashCopy Metro Mirror Global Mirror and Metro Global IBM Customers and Partners Mirror from around the world create This IBM Redbooks publication is the companion to the draft of the IBM timely technical information based on realistic scenarios Specific recommendations are provided to help you Redbooks publication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 It is intended for storage administrators who ordered and installed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center version 5 2 and are ready to customize Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and connected storage This publication also is for anyone that wants to learn more about Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication in an open systems environment
466. shot groups A snapshot group is a grouping of snapshots of individual volumes in a consistency group at a specific point in time Table 1 7 Snapshot group commands command Meaning Delete Deletes the snapshot group and all the individual snapshots that are in the group from the session and from IBM XIV Storage System If the deleted snapshot group is the last snapshot group that is associated with the session the session returns to the Defined state Disband Disbands the snapshot group When a snapshot group is disbanded the snapshot group no longer exists All snapshots in the snapshot group become individual snapshots that are no longer associated to the consistency group or the session After a snapshot group is disbanded it is no longer displayed in or managed by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication If the disbanded snapshot group is the last snapshot group that is associated with the session the session returns to the Defined state Duplicate Duplicates the snapshot group When a snapshot group is duplicated a snapshot group is created with new snapshots for all volumes that are in the duplicated group The name of the duplicated snapshot group is generated automatically by IBM XIV Storage System Lock Locks a snapshot group If the snapshot group is locked write operations to the snapshots that are in the snapshot group are prevented By default a snapshot group is locked when it is created This action is valid
467. sion Choose Session Type Properties gt Location 1 Site Site 1 location Results svc08 v Site Locations Choose Location for Site 1 7 lt n O 0 eia ne a j r lt Back Next gt Finish Figure 3 81 Session Site Locations 134 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Repeat this process for specifying other Locations as your session requires A successfully created session message is displayed Click Launch Add Copy Set Wizard at the bottom of the panel as shown in Figure 3 82 Create Session E fl Choose Session Type Results Properties Location 1 Site Results P vw IWNR10211 Aug 13 2013 2 35 47 PM Session Imported_session was successfully created lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Launch Add Copy Sets Wizard Figure 3 82 Starting Add Copy Sets Wizard In the Add Copy Set Wizard panel select Use a CVS file to import copy sets to use a CVS file to import Copy Sets You can enter a file name manually but we recommend that you use the browse option to avoid entering an error Click Browse to proceed as shown in Figure 3 83 co a gt Choose Hosti Choose Host1 Choose Target1 Choose the Hosti storage system Matching Matching Results Hostl storage system svc08 Select Copy Sets Select Confirm T Adding Copy Sets Hosti logical storage subsystem Results Select 7
468. sion are identified with an error symbol Last Update Aug 8 2013 5 10 12 ITSO TEST H1 H2 a SA i Defined 0 ry Mirror Failover Failback Recoverable 1 Preparing 0 Copying 0 Prepared 0 Progress diame Suspended 2 H1 H2 Timestamp n a Target Available 0 Role Progress DS8000 2107 LM841 VOL 6208 DS8000 2107 XC891 VOL 6208 Suspended Show Show DS8000 2107 LM841 VOL 6105 DS8000 2107 XC891 VOL 6105 Suspended Show Show Figure 4 129 Role pair H1 H2 panel that shows the pairs that are affected by the suspension 274 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Clicking the pair shows a description of the error as shown Figure 4 130 Last Update Aug 8 2013 5 18 58 PM ITSO TEST H1 H2 Aug wor Count Q i Defined 0 ae ee Recoverable 1 Preparing 0 A Copying 0 Prepared 0 eee ati Suspendes 2 H e Timestamp n a Target Available 0 Aq AZ Role Progress State Details Copy Set DS8000 2107 LM841 VOL 6208 DS8000 2107 XC891 VOL 6208 bial Suspended show Show DS8000 2107 LM841 VOL 6105 DS8000 2107 XC891 VOL 6105 ETTA Suspended Show Show Pair Details State Suspended Recoverable No Copying No New No Message IWNR2050E IWNR2050E Aug 8 2013 5 08 18 PM The pair in session ITSO TEST for copy set DS8000 2107 LM amp 841 VOL 6208 with source DSS8000 2107 LM amp 841 VOL 6208 and target DS8000 2107 XC891 VOL 6205 in role pair H1 H2 was suspended unexpectedl
469. sitory instead they use tracks from the extent pool Note Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication support for ESE volumes in all remote copy relationship is available with version 5 1 or higher Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication manages all the variations of DS8000 FlashCopy through the Point in Time session types that currently includes only the FlashCopy session The FlashCopy session is shown in Figure 4 1 on page 162 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 161 de m he Figure 4 1 FlashCopy session With this type of session Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication users can start a FlashCopy for all the volumes in the session Figure 4 2 shows the state changes for a FlashCopy session Inactive Session Figure 4 2 Change state diagram for a FlashCopy session 4 1 2 Metro Mirror DS8000 Metro Mirror which is also known as synchronous Peer to Peer Remote Copy PPRC is a two site synchronous remote copy technology It provides real time mirroring of logical volumes between two DS8000s that can be up to 300 km from each other As a synchronous copy solution write operations are completed on both copies primary and secondary site before they are considered to be complete The Metro Mirror is the main building block of the high availability solutions and is based on the DS8000 HyperSwap capabilities When a Metro Mirror operati
470. spend command is used to create a consistent copy of the secondary volumes This is achieved issuing a Metro Mirror Freeze The status of our Metro Mirror session as shown in Figure 4 84 changed from Normal to Severe status which indicates that data is no longer replicated between Host 1 and Host 2 volumes The volumes in H1 l2 role pair are in recoverable that is consistent status Last Update Aug Z 2013 4 30 30 PM Session Details 4 Suspend IT S0 MM FOFG wF IWHRIOZEL Success Open Console Gone le amp besd ITSO MM FOFB wP Metro Mirror Failover Fallback Select Action Go w Practice gt Site 1 Site 2 Status a Severe Active Host Hi Hi H2 Recoverable Yes Description modity Sy b Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No amp 2 Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Copy Type Timestamp F uir 0 a Oo MM Aug 2 2015 4 30 17 PM H2 o i o Fc Aug 2 2013 4208 35 PM Non Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type aF aiH a a o NA MM nia Figure 4 84 Session Details panel showing the Suspend action results Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 225 After the Metro Mirror session is suspended the following actions are available gt Recover gt Start H1 gt H2 gt StartGC H1 H2 Recovering the sessio
471. sr se SSS TPC_RM tpcr vm41_2013 08 08_12 36 45 jar Create Display PE Packages Set browser auto refresh rate Browser auto refresh rate seconds 5 3600 Apply Enable Disable Heartbeat ESS DS only Figure 3 39 Link to the log package jar file 2 Click the link to download the log package to the server on which the web browser is running Note If you want to download log packages that were created previously click Display PE Packages 3 6 2 Setting the auto refresh rate for the browser On the Advanced Tools page you can define the rate in seconds in which the content in the web browser is refreshed You can enter a number 5 3600 the default is 30 as shown in Figure 3 39 3 6 3 Managing the Metro Mirror heartbeat When the Metro Mirror heartbeat is enabled the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication management server sends a signal to all connected ESS800 DS6000 and DS8000 storage systems on which the server is managing replication relationships If the connection is lost to one storage system the heartbeat signal is stopped to the remaining storage systems The volumes on the other storage systems are also frozen to maintain consistency across the storage systems If the connection is lost to one of the storage systems the storage system responds by freezing all logical storage subsystem LSS pairings that are managed by the management server This process of freezing LSS pairings a
472. ssfully extract the images you can start with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation The installation includes the following steps 1 DB2 installation 2 JazzSM 1 1 installation optional 3 Tivoli Common Reporting 3 1 1 and Cognos 10 2 installation optional 4 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation If you are not planning to use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center reports the installation of JazzSM 1 1 Tivoli Common Reporting 3 1 1 and Cognos 10 2 can be done later Tivoli Storage Productivity Center is installed without reporting capabilities and the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center web based GUI shows you that reporting is unavailable See Figure 2 4 on page 50 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center reporting but some reports might be useful for monitoring replication for example ports performance Chapter 2 Planning and installation 49 Home ik 7 Storage a i Resources A iy J hit Server a Resources mls Network Capac Resources A 7 i i Tam jaag i i p WICE ane q gt N i i ae y 9 4 POT ag PYSTETITS 4U Performance Unacknowledged Alerts Monitors G Last day i Servers Advanced Analytics sed wae eee eS Se 0 Running 0 Critical A 27 Warning 0 Informational 0 Running with
473. stem In addition this feature enables a single instance of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to manage multiple HyperSwap instances that are running in different z OS systems and sysplexes 1 7 Introduction to Storage Systems This section provides a brief description of the storage systems that are supported by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The following older storage systems are not described in this section gt ESS800 gt DS6000 gt DS8800 gt DS8700 1 7 1 IBM System Storage DS8000 IBM System Storage DS8000 series is a high performance high capacity series of disk storage that supports continuous operations The latest and most advanced disk enterprise storage system in the DS8000 series is the IBM System Storage DS8870 It represents the latest in the series of high performance and high capacity disk storage systems The DS8870 supports IBM POWER7 processor technology to help support higher performance The DS8000 series DS8870 supports functions such as point in time copy functions with IBM FlashCopy FlashCopy Space Efficient and Remote Mirror and Copy functions with Metro Mirror Global Copy Global Mirror Metro Global Mirror IBM z OS Global Mirror and z OS Metro Global Mirror Easy Tier functions are supported on DS8870 storage units I O Priority Manager is also supported on the DS8870 units All DS8000 series models consist of a storage unit and one or two management consoles
474. support handling any of these situations but these situations usually are not unrecoverable Each situation is unique but in most cases restarting the session resolve any manual manipulation of the hardware Issue Changes to Global Mirror properties RPO or Schedule There are no specific errors for this situation You see the old values for RPO Threshold and Sync Schedule when you are looking at the session properties or the hardware mirrors Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not automatically pick up changes that are made to Global Mirror properties on the hardware Complete the following steps to resolve the issue 1 Change the properties in the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session panel 2 Restart the session Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 353 354 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 5 2 can open a connection to a z OS server from a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication distributed installation In this chapter we describe the steps that are needed to connect to configure and manage z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 2 This chapter includes the following topics gt Overview of z OS HyperSwap
475. synchronization for a reason other than a persistent I O error Possible Cause Suggested additional information Intercluster SAN WAN link failed Examine the following SAN switches and router logs for evidence of link trouble gt Brocade fabriclog gt Cisco show logging log Destination Storwize cluster instability Examine the event logs of the destination cluster to determine whether it had problems around the time of your error condition Metro Mirror Destination Cluster Performance Check the performance of the destination cluster Check whether remote mDisks are responding well Check whether CPUs of the remote nodes are running over 80 percent Compare it with earlier performance statistics if available Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 307 Error 1910 A FlashCopy mapping task was stopped because of the error that is indicated in the sense data Related FlashCopy session stopped in Verify your Cascaded FlashCopy sessions Cascaded FlashCopy Error 1920 Global and Metro Mirror persistent error Insufficient WAN bandwidth gt Verify whether WAN link is overconfigured or with poor quality gt Verify whether WAN link is driving more data than it can handle Performance issues at the remote cluster Check the performance of the destination cluster Check whether remote mDisks are responding well Check whether CPUs of the remote nodes are
476. t If you changed the port configuration of your storage controller the ports are different gt Your network configuration must allow for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to send outgoing TCP IP packets to the storage controllers It is possible to set a specific port number for your storage controller when you are adding the storage controllers to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication gt Because there often are multiple applications that are running on a server it is possible that port conflicts might arise if other applications attempt to use the same ports that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is using You can find the port numbers that are used on your system by running the netstat an command gt If firewalls are used in your configuration make sure that none of these ports are blocked Ensure that not only is the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server granted access to reach the other components but that the other components are granted access to reach the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server gt Ifyou are running Windows Server 2008 you must configure the inbound and outbound rules for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication To create an outbound rule start the New Outbound Rule wizard from the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security menu High availability configuration planning If you are running in a high availability con
477. t Copy Sets Recoverable Copying Progress Copy Type Timestamp Refresh States z View Copy Sets 1 o AYA MM Aug 2 2013 4 30 17 FM View Messages Figure 4 88 Session Details panel showing the Start H2 H1 action Confirm the action in the next panel to continue The Start H2 gt H1 command is intended to be used to switch the Metro Mirror direction temporarily when the host is working on Site 2 In this case the synchronization process from H2 to H1 volumes is incremental The message at the top of the window that is shown in Figure 4 89 on page 229 confirms that start of Metro Mirror session is complete The session is in Preparing state and Warning status 228 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Last Update Aug 2 2073 5 34 27 PM Session Details Complebe d a Stet H2 gt hl TTSO MM FOFB wP IWNRLO6L Success Open Console ITSO MM FOFB wP Metro Mirror Failover Failback Select Action Go wf Practice Site 1 Site 2 Status Bs Waning Stabe Prepaning bor t Active Host Hz Hi HI Re overable No Description modify Copy Sets 1 view Transitioning No ra Iz Detailed Status i TWNR amp QQSI Aug 2 2013 5 34 47 PM Waiting for all pairs in role pair Hi H to reach a state of Prepared Participating Role Pairs Role Pair Error Count Recoverable Copying Non Participsting Role Pairs Copy Type Timestamp Role Pair Error Count Recowerable Aug
478. t are based on HyperSwap technology are described Scenario 1 Active Active campus configuration An Active Active campus is a high availability solution that often is based on advanced clustering and data replication technologies This kind of solution provides continuous availability features which implement hardware redundancy in multiple locations and sophisticated software facilities that allow workload switching among the sites Also data replication plays an important role in this kind of solution which provides a consistent copy of data across the campus In a typical Active Active campus configuration the application workload is running in two separate sites that are interconnected through LAN and SAN extensions Consistent copies of the data are continuously present in both sites This solution can manage transparently to the users various critical situations such as single or multiple hardware failures or even an entire site failure In terms of business continuity the Active Active campus configuration cannot be considered a Disaster Recovery solution because the connection latency overhead often requires a relatively short distance between the campus sites that do not survive in the case of major natural disasters Figure 7 32 on page 382 shows a schematic representation of an Active Active campus configuration that is based on System z and DS8000 technologies Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity
479. t configuration After the maintenance is completed and the Site 3 storage systems are running we can start the procedure to return to the original configuration Start a StartH1 H2 H3 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following operations Resume the Global Copy H2 3 Wait until the H2 I3 first pass copy is completed Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 269 Restart the Global Mirror H2 H3 The go back procedure is then completed and the normal operation configuration is restored This procedure does not require full copy of the data SS SuspH 2 ETN a E StartH1H2H3 Figure 4 123 Site 3 planned outage state transition diagram 4 5 Troubleshooting This section provides troubleshooting guidance for managing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 storage systems 4 5 1 Managing loss of connection to storage system The loss of connection to DS8000 storage systems leads all the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions that are using that DS8000 to an indeterminate state In Figure 4 124 the console log shows the connection loss events 4 4 4 P Aug 8 2013 1 34 37 PM dd2a dmin IWNR1196I Log packages were successfully created and placed at location C Program Files IBM TPC wip usr servers replicationServer diagnostics TPC_RM tpcr vm41_
480. t in time copy of volumes that can be used by other servers and applications independently of the original source volumes Because the FlashCopy operation is fast production I O can be quiesced for brief periods without disrupting applications and users thus enabling the Flash operation to produce a consistent copy of the original set of volumes FlashCopy sessions do not perform data replication to another site source and target volumes exist in the same storage system In most cases FlashCopy alone is not a suitable option for disaster recovery However it can be associated with other tools for disaster recovery such as off site tape backup vaulting or even improve resources usage An example is application testing or online database backup by using Tivoli Storage Manager Transparent Data Protection For more information see 5 4 1 Global Mirror Failover Failback with Change Volumes session on page 287 5 6 2 When to use Metro Mirror Metro Mirror performs a synchronous copy of volumes between separate storage systems By definition synchronous replication makes the issuing host wait for its write I Os to complete at the local and remote storage systems which for the remote systems include round trip network delay The main goal when Metro Mirror is used is to achieve zero Recovery Point Objective RPO that is zero data loss Metro Mirror replication is the better choice whenever the distance between the sites that are hosting th
481. t to reverse the direction of replication before you reverse the direction of copying in a failover and failback session After you issue this command the Start H1 gt H2 command becomes available Creates a FlashCopy image from I2 volumes to H2 volumes The amount of time for this to occur varies depending on the number of copy sets in the session HyperSwap Triggers a HyperSwap where I O is redirected from the source volume to the target volume without affecting the application that is using those volumes Recover Completes the steps necessary to make the target available as the new primary site Upon completion of this command the session becomes Target Available Start Establishes a single direction session with the hardware and begins the synchronization process between the source and target volumes Start H1 gt H2 Applies only to failover failback sessions Indicates the direction between two hosts in a Metro Mirror failover fallback session Start H2 gt H1 Indicates direction of a failover failoack between two hosts in a Metro Mirror session If the session was recovered with the failover failback function such that the production site is now H2 you can issue the Start H2 H1 command to start production on H2 and provide protection StartGC Establishes Global Copy relationships between the H1 volumes and the H2 volumes and begins asynchronous data replication from H1 to H2 While in the Preparing state it does not change
482. t tool or network device logs for evidence of events right before the problems started that might be related to the behavior you are experiencing Also 308 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems For more information about how to troubleshoot your network devices and links see Chapter 13 Troubleshooting Replication Family Services of IBM System Storage SAN Volume Controller and Storwize V7000 Replication Family Services SG24 7574 02 Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 309 310 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV In this chapter we describe the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 5 2 features that are related to IBM XIV Storage Systems XIV Support Support for XIV is available starting with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication 4 2 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 supports only XIV Gen2 hardware and XIV Gen3 hardware This chapter includes the following topics Overview Snapshot sessions Metro Mirror Failover Failback sessions Global Mirror Failover Failback sessions Adding XIV volume protection Disaster Recovery use cases Troubleshooting YYYY YV YV Yy Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 311 6 1 Overview As of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replica
483. tails showing the session in Normal status The following actions are now available gt Flash Start H1 gt H2 StartGC H1 H2 Stop Suspend vVvvvy Flashing the session Now that the volumes of the session are synchronized we can start different actions against the Metro Mirror session One of these actions is Flash By using the Flash action you can create a consistent copy of i2 volumes on H2 volumes and overwrite data on Host 2 volumes From the Sessions Details panel select Flash from the drop down list and click Go as shown in Figure 4 80 on page 223 222 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Session Details ITSO0 MM FOFB wP Select Action i G0 Select Action Ati Hash 5 Start H1 H2 StartGC H1 sH Add Copy Sets Modity Site Location s View Modify Properties Cleanup 1 Remove Copy Sets Remove Session Tenninate a Offer Export Copy Sets View Copy Sets View Messages 2 Recoverable Recoverable Copying Progress i Litt E N A Copying Progress E H A Figure 4 80 Session Details panel showing the Flash action Copy Type MM FC Copy Type MM 3 4 02 58 PM Last Update Aug 2 201 Metro Mirror Failover Failbeack wy Practice Site 1 Site 2 E Hi Hz Timestamp ns n a Timestamp na A confirmation panel opens Click Yes to continue The Flash command is used to create a consistent point in time copy
484. tandby server 3 Wait for the standby server to complete the upgrade installation and start The standby server is active server with no defined standby server 4 Upgrade the active server 5 If no changes were made to the configuration while the active server is upgraded reestablish the High Availability function from the active server to the defined standby server by selecting Reconnect action 6 If configuration changes were made to the standby server synchronize the High Availability function from the standby server to the active by using the Define Standby action This defines your active server as standby To go to the original configuration you must perform a takeover make that new standby server as an active server and define its standby server which was the standby server Note During the initial synchronization the current information in the repository is saved and held until the synchronization is complete If an error occurs during this process the server repository is restored to its original state before the synchronization process began If an error occurs during the synchronization process that causes the status to be in the disconnected or inconsistent state you can reconnect to a synchronized state 3 9 Starting and stopping the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server In this section we describe how to verify that Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication components are running and
485. tandby server Click Sessions in the navigation area The Sessions Overview panel opens in which a list of the sessions that were originally configured on the previous active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server are shown as shown in Figure 3 65 E 3 Sessions Create Session Actions z C syc2 svce om E Normal om Prepared H1 Yes 1 Health Overvien C svc2 svce GMwP F Normal om Prepared Hi Ves 1 A sessions C svcs svc2 MM E Normal mM Prepared H1 x RRT v7KR7 V7KRI GM E normal om Prepared Hi Yes 1 a C DSSKMMFOFB inactive MM Defined Hi No o BD storage Systems Inactive FC Defined Hi No 1 Gl ost systems inactive GM Defined H1 No Management Servers Figure 3 65 Sessions on the new active TPC R server You can also perform the takeover process by using the CLI and the hatakeover command that is run by the standby server as shown in Example 3 23 Example 3 23 Takeover command in CLI csmcli gt hatakeover IWNR3114W Aug 15 2013 2 20 27 AM This command will make this standby management server an active management server Both management servers will be active with identical configurations Do you want to continue y n y IWNR30631 Aug 15 2013 2 20 33 AM Successfully issued the takeover to the Standby server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net with the active HA server IICTPCRT1 PRI csmcli gt Ishaservers Server Role Status Port SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab 1lj si net ACTIVE No Standby
486. ted a Metro Mirror Failover Failoack with Practice session in step 2 you see the Select Intermediate2 window Select the storage system I O Group and Volume for the 12 volume as shown in Figure 5 19 Click Next Choose Intermediate2 Choose Hosti Choose the Intermediate2 storage system Choose Host2 gt Choose Intermediate2 Intermediate2 storage system SVC CLUSTER RMSVC09 rmsvc09 v Matching Matching Results Intermediate2 IO group S YC IOGROUP RMSYC03 0 v Select Copy Sets Confirm Adding Copy Sets Intermediate2 volume Red_vol05 v Results Finish lt Back Next gt r AddcopySets Wizard Mozilla Firefox IBM Edition lo amp z https tpcr vm41Lstorage tucson ibm com 9559 CSM WizardFactory sp fwizardname AddCopySets Wizard amp sessName MMwP_DB2_S01 amp id 1377199634999HTC Add Copy Sets MMwP DB2 501 syvcOS svcO9 Volume Details User Name Red_volO5 Full Name SVC VOL RMSVCO9 1127 Type FIXEDBLK Capacity 100 0 MiB Protected No Space Efficient No z OS Connection No Figure 5 19 Add Copy Sets wizard Choose Intermediate2 volume 9 If the Matching was successful as shown in Figure 5 19 the Select Copy Sets window opens Click Add More and repeat steps 7 and 8 see Figure 5 18 on page 297 and Figure 5 19 as needed Click Next You are prompted to reconfirm the number of Copy Sets that you want to add to the Session and if confirmed
487. ter you issue a Recover H3 command you can run this command to restart the copy to the original the direction of replication in a failover and failback session Start H1 gt H2 gt H3 Metro Global Mirror initial start command This command creates Metro Mirror relationships between H1 and H2 and Global Mirror relationships between H2 and H3 For Metro Global Mirror this includes the J3 volume to complete the Global Mirror configuration The J3 volume role is the journal volume at Site 3 Start H1 gt H2 H3 can be used from some Metro Global Mirror configurations to return to the starting H1 gt H2 H3 configuration Start H1 gt H3 From the H1 gt H2 H3 configuration this command changes the session configuration to a Global Mirror only session between H1 and H3 with H1 as the source Use this command in case of an H2 failure with transition bitmap support provided by incremental resynchronization It can be used when a session is in the Preparing Prepared and Suspended states because no source host change is involved By using this command you can bypass the H2 volume in case of an H2 failure and copy only the changed tracks and tracks in flight from H1 to H3 After the incremental resynchronization is performed the session is running Global Mirror from H1 to H3 and thus loses the near zero data loss protection that was achieved with Metro Mirror when H1 gt H2 gt H3 is run However data consistency is
488. termediate site e N 4 F StartH2H1H3 a B eee Oka Chua 7 IRN el StartHZH3 fac Sa XH RecoverHa StartH2H1 T StartH2H1 err E E StartH1HZ i Enable Copy v Enable Copy StartH2HL a To Site 1 i To Site 2 i i i I I 4 Host on RecowerHi Fz Remote t StartHiH2 site t Enable Copy To Site 2 Figure 4 19 Change state diagram for a Metro Global Mirror session while the host is running on Intermediate Site Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 177 Finally Figure 4 20 shows the state transition for a Metro Global Mirror session when the host is Supposed to run on Remote site From Host on Intermediate Site Transition Diagram From Host on Local Site Transition Diagram Host on Remote site StartH3H1H2 v Suspend Recover Enable Copy s StartH3H1H2 e To Site 2 Host on Local site Go to Host on Local Site Transition Diagram Figure 4 20 Metro Global Mirror session while the host is running on Remote Site Metro Global Mirror with Practice The Metro Global Mirror with Practice replication combines Metro Mirror Global Mirror and FlashCopy capabilities to provide a point in time copy of the data on the remote site This session type provides volumes that you can use to practice for disaster recovery without losing your disaster recovery capability By
489. the Hardware Time and the Last Consistency Group Formation Time K Successful Consistency Number of successful consistency groups that are Groups in Interval formed in the last sample interval L Number Failed Consistency Number of unsuccessful consistency groups that are Groups in Interval formed in the last sample interval Number Failed Consistency Number of unsuccessful consistency groups that are Groups Since Last Successful formed in a row N Total LSSs Total number of LSSs that are defined to the Global Mirror session Total Out of Sync Tracks Total number of Out of Sync Tracks that are calculated at the query time Total Joined Total number of volumes that joined the Global Mirror session Total Suspended Total number of volumes that were suspended in the Global Mirror session joined or in join pending Most Recent Consistency Error that is reported for the last unsuccessful Group Error consistency group formation S Most Recent Consistency Global Mirror state at the time of the last unsuccessful Group Error State consistency group formation 198 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Table 4 3 LSS out of sync tracks file layout coum rame e oooO Query Time Query sample time as reported by the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Hardware Time Time that is reported internally by the system can be the Master or a subordinate system Can be different from the Query Time be
490. the address of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server This method is also used to start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication on servers that are running AIX or Linux operating system 64 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems To start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication enter the following address ina browser https hostname port CSM Hostname in the address is the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server You can also specify the host name as an IP address or a Domain Name System DNS name Port is the port number for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The default port number for connecting to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by using the HTTPS protocol is 9559 However this port number might be different for your site so enter the port that you specified during the installation 3 1 2 Accessing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI To start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication CLI on a Windows server you must run the csmcli bat command from your default Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation directory TPC_Instal1 Program Files IBM TPC cli This command opens the CLI window as shown in Figure 3 4 If you did not set up the CLI properties file the CLI prompts you to enter a user name and password to log on to the server c Administrator IBM Replication Manage
491. the current configuration for this management server Do you want to continue Figure 3 56 Set this Server as Standby confirmation message Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication now establishes communication with the designated active server and starts to synchronize the repository of the active server with the standby server The Management Servers status switches to Connected status as shown in Figure 3 57 on page 114 but it is still in warning because the servers are not yet synchronized Health Overview Sessions Management Servers i z r Storage Systems Host Systems i a Yolumes ESs DS Paths Management Servers Administration El Setting this server as standby IMNR2O020I Success Open Console Completed Advanced Tools Console Status iM Connected About Sign Out Administrator Select Action Ga Health Overview Sessions 172 31 83 171 ACTIVE 3561 Anya normal Braye warning Ona severe IICTPCRT1 PRI windows ssclab lj sinet STANDBY 9561 BD storage Systems Al Host Systems WE iisicaenent Servers Remote Storage Systems A Remote Host Systems Figure 3 57 Warning status 114 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems After the synchronization process completes the state turns to Synchronized and you see the content of the Management Servers panel of your active server that is shown in Figure 3 58 Health Overview Sessi
492. tice Global Mirror Failover Failoack with Change Volumes Consider the following points concerning Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with the Storwize family of Storage Systems gt Copy Services in the Storwize family have similar names such as FlashCopy Global and Metro Mirror and the same type of functionality as those in the IBM DS8000 family but they are different in their internal working limits and capabilities For example Global Mirror in DS8000 involves Journal Volumes which are not applicable for SAN Volume Controller You see Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication lists similar session types in Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 on page 159 but do not confuse them Also it is impossible to configure remote copy services between storage systems of different families for example attempting to configure a Global Mirror session between a Storwize V7000 and a DS8870 gt After you deploy Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication including storage systems that are under its management and configured data replication sessions in them you should no longer use the storage systems native management interface GUI or command line interface to manage these replication sessions unless you are facing a problem with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and were instructed to do so by an IBM Service Representative Doing so causes a
493. tice SeSSIONS 0 0000 ee eee 18 NSD 2S OSSION Sales ara 6 509 608 ace Barreto 8 Bis aa tad tatty a daade are edt wud ghee Bek anne eee 19 1 5 16 Session commandS naaa che 4c OS iva dd bes edie kee eed bed See 22 1 6 New features and enhancements in Tivoli Storage Replication Center for Replication by PONS AS Co serge tay rig BS he avait E eid we Se hcp ae te dad ins a aca wee Sed Bde ete enh wah 30 Welt NEWINNS Teerns eare ty ese oe a iam deck Soler de woke aisha gu e blared 30 16 2 NEW MNV VM aneta ode eve doe ee A oe So te ee Be 31 Os NEWN Oe isl erasten u Md oie eed sas ae es Sash weet GT 32 1624 NEWI VO 2er 1c ousted a did te acd aa th bes Eels Std So eee de aes eh ote 32 1 7 Introduction to Storage SySteMS 1 6 ees 33 1 7 1 IBM System Storage DS8000 6 ees 33 1 7 2 IBM Stormi ze Family rasede Se woe aes 4 ee RE Hee See bh Oe Reale eS 34 1 7 3 IBM XIV Storage System 0 0 0 ee eee 35 Chapter 2 Planning and installation 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 eee 37 2 1 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installation planning 38 2 1 1 Pre installation stepS n aana aaa ed ond MES EMSS O KE ome no RKE Se RES 38 Zase MICCH SING tees ee Ste ainda Gus Se ete ew ail ee ies Bete ea aoe Sia ea Se eee 38 2 1 3 Hardware and software requirements 0 000 cee eee es 39 2 1 4 Configuration planning 0 cc ee eens 41 2 AO USCh ACCOUIMNG errn Grane aoe ee aoe I ME Oe Son ee
494. tion 4 2 you can manage copy services solutions on IBM XIV storage systems XIV support is included as a part of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and does not require any other installation The following copy services terms that are related only to XIV storage systems are referenced and described in this chapter gt Consistency group A set of volumes that is treated as a single volume gt Mirror A replica of a volume or consistency group to another volume or consistency group gt Pool An allocation of space that is used to create volumes gt Snapshot A point in time copy of a volume or consistency group gt Snapshot group A group of snapshots that is formed from a consistency group On XIV storage systems primary and secondary volumes are referred to as master primary and subordinate secondary volumes For more information about XIV Storage System Copy Services see IBM XIV Storage System Copy Services and Migration SG24 7759 which is available at this website http www redbooks ibm com redpieces abstracts sg247759 html 0pen 6 1 1 XIV consistency groups All session types in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication use XIV consistency groups The consistency groups are created and named by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication To determine the consistency group name for a session we use the following approach 1 Use the Tivoli Productivity Center for Replication session name
495. tion in the case of asymmetrical pairings of LSSs For example consider the configuration that is shown in Figure 4 56 smes 5510 L55 20 Figure 4 56 Metro Global Mirror with asymmetric LSS pairing configuration In this configuration LSS pairings are not symmetrical for the Global Mirror because volumes that belong to LSS 20 are replicated in LSS 30 31 32 and 33 During the normal Metro Global Mirror operations this LSS pairing does not create problems However consider a scenario in which a Failover Failback operation is required for volumes on the intermediate site that is Metro Mirror secondary volumes This is a typical switch site scenario that can be managed through Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by following the transition diagram that is shown in Figure 4 57 on page 208 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 207 SuspH2Hs RecoverH3 RecoverH2 Figure 4 57 State transition diagram In this example when the Failback operation is performed Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication attempts to establish one path between LSS 20 in Site 2 and LSS 10 in Site 1 However because there are four LSS pairs from LSS 20 still defined even if they not used it fails as shown in Figure 4 58 on page 209 208 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems wee 155 30 155 31 Figure 4 58 Faile
496. tion with DS8000 205 6 By clicking the Storage System you see the path that were added as shown in Figure 4 55 Last Update Aug 12 23013 1 35 28 PM D 8000 BOX 2107 XC891 Paths Manage Paths ee rs PE iomal DSBOOD 2107 NCB91 L55 60 C0300 DSB000 2107 FG401 L55 50 foe L00 Ne RE omna DSBOOD 2207 NCBS1 LS5 61 Oxf300 DSHO00 2107 03611 L95 61 D0232 Yes PE iama DSBOO0 2107 NCBS1 LSS 61 Ox0300 DSHO00 2107 FG401 L95 61 Ooo 100 Ne mi F DSBOOO 2L07 NCBS1 L55 61 Oxf300 DSROO0 2107 TKES1 L95 61 C0232 Yes E e Dii Hz fl homa DS8000 2107 XC8S1 L55 62 D0300 DSHOO0 2107 03611 L95 62 On0232 Yes EE noma DS8000 2107 XC891 L35 52 Oxf300 DSSOD0 2107 FG401 L95 62 One 100 Neo a nemna DSBODO 2107 NCBS1 L95 70 C0030 DSRDDD 2107 NC891 L55 71 OxDO31 Ne EE nana DSSOD0 2107 NCB91 LS5 70 Ox0300 DSBOO0 2107 AHGS1 L95 70 Oxf202 Neo E PIE roma DES000 2107 XC8S1 L55 70 C0300 DABDDD 2107 AHG91 L5S 71 Ox0202 Ne E E nai DS8000 2107 XC8S1 L55 70 Ox0300 DSH000 2107 TKE31 LS5 70 Ox0232 No Figure 4 55 Managed paths Logical Paths requirements and limitations There are some considerations that are related to logical paths that we must remember when we are planning the replication configuration Logical Paths requirements PPRC technology requires at least one logical path per LSS pair to establish a mirroring relationship Tivoli Storage Productivity C
497. tions that schedule data collection and discovery for the Device server gt Device server The Device server is a Tivoli Storage Productivity Center component that discovers gathers information from analyzes performance of and controls storage systems and SAN fabrics It coordinates communication with and data collection from agents that scan SAN fabrics and storage devices gt Jazz for Service Management Jazz for Service Management is used by Tivoli Common Reporting to provide the reporting service for Tivoli Storage Productivity Center reports gt Replication server The Replication server is a Tivoli Storage Productivity for Replication component that coordinates communication and processes tasks that are related to copy services and replication gt Database Tivoli Storage Productivity uses a DB2 single database instance that serves as the repository for all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center components Tivoli Storage Productivity for Replication uses an embedded database which is created automatically during Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation High availability architecture The recommended architecture of the Tivoli Storage Productivity for Replication environment is based on a high availability configuration where the primary Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication management server is installed in the primary site and the standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication manage
498. tivity Center for Replication uses management information base MIB files to provide a textual description of each SNMP alert that is sent by IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication You must configure the SNMP manager to use the SYSAPPL MIB mib and ibm TPC Replication mib files These MIB files are in the installation DVD in the root replication CSM Client etc directory Follow the directions that are provided by your SNMP manager application to configure it to use the MIB files Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sends all SNMP alerts to each registered SNMP manager SNMP alerts are not specific to any particular session and all alerts for any session are sent You cannot choose to send a subset of SNMP alerts nevertheless the information that is reported in Table 3 3 on page 147 can be used to configure the SNMP manager to discard the traps considered irrelevant Note By default Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sends SNMP traps to the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center alerting feature see 3 4 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication interaction with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center on page 88 You can configure the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to change the destination Tivoli Storage Productivity Center where to send these traps by changing the csm server tpc data _server address property in the rmserver properties file which is in the WAS _HOME usr ser
499. tivity Center installer and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation packages We also provide a high level overview of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installation steps Note For more information about steps and requirements for installing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center see the draft of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center V5 2 Release Guide SG24 8204 Chapter 2 Planning and installation 47 2 2 1 Overview As of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 1 a new installer provides a more unified installation experience across Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The entire Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installer is rearchitected and rewritten to simplify installation and postinstallation configuration tasks It is based on Install Anywhere Software and all unnecessary steps are masked With the new Tivoli Storage Productivity Center installer Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is installed without starting Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication installer as it was in the previous Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 4 x versions By installing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center 5 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is installed with the same user ID which ran the installer If you are upgrading from the previous versions all Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication configurations remain unchanged Because all T
500. tivity that requires powering off the Slte 2 storage systems We also describe the go back procedure to return to the original configuration The flow of the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication operations is shown in Figure 4 113 on page 259 Assuming that the host operations are running on Site 1 we can complete the following steps 1 Start a Suspend action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs a Global Mirror pause operation and a suspension of the Global Copy pairs H1 l2 After the action is complete the status of the session is Severe and the state is Suspended Now we can proceed with powering off the storage systems in Site 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication alerts us about the communication loss to Site 2 storage systems but this does not affect the current configuration After the maintenance is completed and the Site 2 storage systems are running again we can start the procedure to return to the original configuration 2 Start a StartH1 H2 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following operations Resume the Global Mirror H1 12 Wait until the H1 l2 first pass copy is completed Start the Global Mirror H1 H2 258 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems e eee ee ee ee f N D oo Suspend he i StartH1H 2 ems Figure 4 113 Site 2 planned o
501. to perform the final StartH2 gt H1 H3 action as shown in Figure 4 99 on page 247 246 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems I 7 i Enable Copy pn To Sitel StartH2H1 r ks L Enable Copy To Site Figure 4 99 Start H1 gt H2 H3 action that requires a Full Copy Consider a configuration where the host is running on a local or intermediate site with the Global Mirror running When the H3 volumes are recovered with the Metro Mirror suspended starting the StartH3 H1 H2 action see Figure 4 100 on page 248 requires a full copy from the remote to local site and from the local to intermediate site Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 247 StatH3H1HZ 4 Figure 4 100 Start H3 H1 H2 action requiring a Full Copy gt Consider a configuration where the host is running on remote site with a cascading Global Copy running H3 gt H1 H2 When the H1 volumes are recovered starting the StartH3 gt H1 H2 action see Figure 4 101 or the StartH1 gt H2 H3 action see Figure 4 102 on page 249 requires a full copy of data across the three sites Figure 4 101 Start H3 gt H1 H2 action that requires a Full Copy 248 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Figure 4 102 Start H1 H2 gt H3 action that requires a Full Copy Incremental Resync In a three site configur
502. to the tpcr cli subdirectory which must be created in your home user directory as shown in Figure 3 19 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication accesses this file only if it is in that specific subdirectory of your home user directory In Example 3 12 we use Administrator home directory which is C Users Administrator Example 3 12 tocrcli auth properties password myPassword username myUsername F Administrator Organize Open m Downloads 5 Recent Places Libraries Documents al Music E Pictures FE videos Computer a Local Disk 01 go 99c044348572dt p cameli Wb DBZ p Install di FerfLogs di Frogram Files d Program Files xE m Users d Windows Include in library E Share with New Folder Mame E Contacts B Desktop m Downloads m Favorites Links E My Documents m My Music E My Pictures B My videos E Saved Games m Searches m tper cli Figure 3 19 tpcr cli folder in home directory 6 After you change the properties files verify that CSMCLI works by starting it through a Dake modified efl4 2012 3 26 PM af6 2013 7 33 AM efi4 2012 3 26 PM efi4 2012 3 26 PM af14 2012 3 26 PM 7 30 2013 8 27 AM afl4 2012 3 26 PM Gf14 2012 3 26 PM afi4 2012 3 26 PM efl4 2012 3 26 PM afl4 2012 3 26 PM oF f2013 2 03 AM File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder File Folder F
503. torage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Complete the following steps to resolve the issue 1 Increase the size of the pool and snapshot space of the pool The pool size must be more than three times the I O volumes total size for the pool If there is enough pool space the snapshot space is not as important 2 Refresh the configuration for the XIV Storage System 3 Restart the session Issue Consistency group name exists All operations are successful and the session runs correctly There are no specific errors for this situation The folloing snapshot options are available gt Consistency group for the session is listed as lt session name gt _001 XIV automatically increments existing names gt This is a cosmetic issue unless volumes intended for the session are also in the consistency group See the next troubleshooting topic Complete the following steps to resolve this issue 1 End the session 2 Remove all of the volumes from the consistency group on the XIV 3 Remove the consistency group on the XIV 4 Restart the session Issue Volume already is a part of consistency group This issue includes the symptoms that are shown in Example 6 3 Example 6 3 Pair errors after starting session VOLUME_BELONGS_TO_CG IWNR2108E Aug 23 2013 12 17 42 PM A hardware error occurred during the running of a command for the pair in session existingMM CG for copy set XIV VOL 7803441 100985 with source
504. tored and a subsequent Start command to the session creates relationships Therefore you must remove the deprecated copy sets before the Start command is run Note After a GM session is restored you must stop the GM master and subordinates before the GM session is restarted Also restoring the database does not require Administrator privileges However you must access the files on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server where you backed up the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Complete the following steps to restore the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication repository from a backup file 1 Stop Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication on the active management server by running the stopTPCReplication bat command as described in Starting and stopping Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication on page 127 and shown in Example 3 28 Example 3 28 Stopping Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication C Program Files IBM TPC scripts gt stoptpcreplication Server replicationServer stopped No Instance s Available C Program Files IBM TPC scripts gt 2 Delete the csmdb directory and all of its contents as shown in Figure 3 92 on page 143 The csmdb directory is in TPC_Instal1 IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer database 142 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems I8 database Organize v Open Include in libra
505. ty Center for Replication in Metro Mirror Failover Failback with HyperSwap session provides a data freeze if the link failure and other conditions occurred With this solution Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication provides a disaster recovery capability and the HyperSwap function As a result all data on all storage systems at the remote site is data consistent to the Point in Time of the failure A HyperSwap function can provide planned or unplanned actions A planned action is used when you must perform some storage system maintenance on a primary storage or some primary site management for example Swap occurs when you run a HyperSwap command from the GUI CLI or the SETHS SWAP z OS system command For more information about this command see z OS V1R13 0 MVS System Commands SA22 7627 28 The Unplanned HyperSwap feature provides other functions to transparently switch to use auxiliary storage systems in the event of unplanned outages of the primary storage systems Unplanned HyperSwap action allows production systems to remain active during a storage system failure Storage system failures no longer constitute a single point of failure Figure 7 3 shows you Metro Mirror Failover Failback session with HyperSwap enabled in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Site 2 See Figure 7 3 Metro Mirror Failover Failback session Chapter 7 Managing z OS HyperSwap from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Rep
506. type For example SAN Volume Controller volumes must be used with other SAN Volume Controller volumes The number of volumes in the copy set and the role that each volume plays is determined by the session type that is associated with the session to which the copy set belongs Volume roles Volume roles are given to every volume in the copy set The volume role types are host volume journal volume intermediate volume target volume and change volume SAN Volume Controller or Storwize storage systems only The role defines how the volume is used in the copy set and the site location of the volume For example a host volume at the primary site has the role of Host1 while a journal volume at the secondary site has the role of Journal2 Role pair A role pair is the association of two roles in a session that take part in a copy relationship For example in a Metro Mirror session the role pair can be the association between the volume roles of Host1 and Host2 Site The site determines the location of the volumes The number of sites in a copy set is determined by the session type Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication supports up to the following three sites Site 1 The location of the primary storage system that contains the source data Upon initial configuration this site contains the host volumes with updates that are copied to the target volumes Site 2 The location of the secondary storage system that rec
507. u can select all of the volumes that belong to the LSS that was selected You can define more copy sets at once In this case the selection of the copy set to be added definitively to the session can be refined later Important The intermix of volumes with different sizes or space allocation methods standard or ESE within the same copy set is not allowed The characteristics of H1 volumes determine the characteristics of the remaining volumes in the copy sets For example if the H1 volume is a 10 GB Extent Space Efficient volume all the other volumes within the copy sets must have the 10 GB size and ESE space allocation method For more information about TSE volumes usage as FlashCopy targets see 4 1 Capabilities overview on page 160 2 Click Next to go the H2 volume selection panel as shown in Figure 4 69 on page 216 The Host 2 volume selection drop down menu shows only one volume candidate because it is the only one in the selected storage system and LSS that has the same characteristics of the H1 volume Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 215 wf Choose Hosti Gp Choose Host Choose Intenmnediste2 Matching Matching Results Select Copy Sets Confini Adding Copy Sets Results Choose Host Choose the Host storage system Host storage system DS8000 BOX 2107 03611 bost logics storage subsystem DS8000 2107 03611 LSS 61 Host volume DS8000 2107 00611
508. u want to have as part of the Metro Mirror copy set Click Next G gt Choose Hosti Choose Host1 Choose Host2 Choose the Hosti storage system Matching Hosti storage system Site 1 Site 2 ee es XIV BOX 7825429 XIV_A Confirm H2 Adding Copy Sets Host1 pool CSMReg_p01 Matching Results Results Hosti volume CSMReg_xiv3_1h1v01 Volume Details Use a CSV file to i rt set User Name CSMReg_xiv3_ihivOl E Usa a TE Full Name XIV VOL 7 825429 bf51240002b Type FIXEDBLK Capacity 16 0 GiB Browse Protected No Space Efficient Yes z OS Connection No lt Back Finish Figure 6 29 Add Copy Sets wizard for Metro Mirror Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 329 2 Make the appropriate selections for site 2 target site as shown in Figure 6 30 Click Next Choose Hosti Choose Host2 gt Choose Host2 Choose the Host2 storage system Matching Matching Results Host2 storage system Site 1 Site 2 Sikes acs sacs XIV BOX 7825826 XIV_E K r Confirm H1 H2 Adding Copy Sets Host2 pool Results CSMReg_p01 w Host2 volume CSMReg_xiv3_2h2v01 Y Volume Details User Name CSMReg_xiv3_2h2v01 Full Name XIV VOL 7 825826 164ec2113c00a2c Type FIXEDBLK Capacity 16 0 GiB Protected No Space Efficient Yes z OS Connection No Figure 6 30 Target panel for the first volume of the Copy Set wizard 3 Add volumes to the Copy Sets Figure 6 31 shows the fi
509. uding servers and XIV storage systems Figure 6 61 shows a single site HA configuration in which both XIV systems are in the same data center Figure 6 61 Single site HA configuration Chapter 6 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with XIV 345 gt Metro region XIV Remote Mirroring configuration Protection against the failure or planned outage of an entire location ocal disaster can be provided by a metro distance disaster recovery solution as shown in Figure 6 62 which includes another XIV system in a different location within a metro region The two XIV systems might be in different buildings on a corporate campus or in different buildings within the same city Typical usage of this configuration is an XIV synchronous mirroring solution Figure 6 62 Metro region disaster recovery configuration gt Out of region XIV Remote Mirroring configuration Protection against a failure or planned outage of an entire geographic region regional disaster can be provided by a global distance disaster recovery solution as shown in Figure 6 63 which includes another XIV system in a different location outside the metro region The two locations might be separated by up to a global distance Typical usage of this configuration is an XIV asynchronous mirroring solution Figure 6 63 Out of region disaster recovery configuration 346 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems
510. undant port combinations and use only the specified ports Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses the ports that are listed in the CSV file when you run the start command that is Start H1 H2 and attempts to establish the paths between any LSS on those two storage systems To add logical paths by using a CSV file complete the following steps 1 Create a CSV file that is named portpairings csv in the install_root IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer properties directory Note In the install_root IBM TPC wlp usr servers replicationServer properties directory you find the portpairings csv sample file which you can use and rename to portpairings Csv An example of a CSV file is shown in Example 4 3 Example 4 3 Sample of portpairings csv file Primaries gt Secondaries 2107 ALD71 2107 ANZ41 0x0002 0x0002 0x0006 0x0006 0x0132 0x0132 0x0136 0x0136 2107 ACD21 2107 ALZ61 0x0002 0x0002 0x0006 0x0006 0x0132 0x0132 0x0136 0x0136 Secondaries gt Tertiaries 2107 ANZ41 2107 YX531 0x0231 0x0003 0x0206 0x0233 0x0005 0x0001 0x0235 0x0101 2107 ALZ61 2107 AXG11 0x0102 0x0333 0x0206 0x0233 0x0035 0x0001 0x0305 0x0131 Primaries gt Tertiaries 2107 ALD 1 2107 YX531 0x0231 0x0003 0x0131 0x0233 0x0232 0x0232 0x0236 0x0236 2107 ACD21 2107 AXG11 0x0331 0x0333 0x0031 0x0233 0x0232 0x0232 0x0236 0x0236 Each line in the file represents a storage system to storage system pairing The first value represents the sto
511. ups to search for You can use the wildcard character to represent zero or more of any character onfirm Adding Access User or group names Results db2 Maximum Results 50 lt Back Finish Figure 3 31 Search for the user or group to assign to a role 96 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 3 On the Select Users and Groups page of the wizard select the user or group for which you want to grant access as shown in Figure 3 32 Only those users or groups with names that contain the characters db2 are displayed You can select multiple users or groups Add Access Welcome rh Select Users and Groups Select Access Level Confirm Adding Access Results Select Users and Groups Select which users and groups to add access for IWNGSOO1II A DB2ADMNS W DB2USERS F db2admin lt Back Next gt Finish Jul 30 2013 3 44 24 PM The query for user information returned successfully Name Classification Group Group User Figure 3 32 Select the user or group to assign to a role 4 On the Select Access Level page of the wizard click the role that you want to assign to the user or group In Figure 3 33 the Operator role is selected for the group DB2USERS and the sessions that can be managed by the users in that group are selected Add Access Welcome Select Users and Groups gt Select Access Level Confirm Adding Access
512. use the replication configuration that is now running does not ensure data consistency After the operations on H3 volumes are stopped we can proceed with the following steps 5 Issue the Suspend action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This performs the following actions Change the mode for H3 H1 pairs from Global Copy to Metro Mirror Wait until the H3 H1 pairs are in Full Duplex Freeze H3 H1 pairs Wait until the H1 H2 copy is completed 100 copied Suspend H1 H2 pairs After the action is complete the status of the session is Severe and the state is Suspended 6 Issue the Recover action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This makes the H1 volumes available to the host by removing the H3 H1 pairs After the action is complete the status of the session is Normal and the state is Target Available 268 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems T Issue the Enable Copy to Site 2 action on the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session This makes the actions available to complete the go home procedure This action does not change any state of the session Now we can start the host operations on the H1 volumes and complete the go home procedure StatH1H2H 3 a Figure 4 122 Site 1 and Site 2 planned outage state transition diagram Stage Three Start a StartH1 gt H2 H3 action on the Tivoli
513. using this type of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session a user can perform the following tasks gt gt gt 178 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Start the Metro Global Mirror Pause and resume the Metro Mirror and Global Mirror leg of Metro Global Mirror Create a consistent copy of Global Mirror secondary site at the remote site by using the FlashCopy This copy can be used as practice copy for disaster recovery testing Start the Global Mirror directly from local site to remote site This uses the Global Mirror Incremental Resync feature Recover the Metro Mirror secondary site volumes which makes them available for the use in the intermediate site gt Recover the Global Mirror secondary site volumes which makes them available for use in the remote site gt Restart the Metro Global Mirror following a recovery of Metro Mirror or Global Mirror secondary site gt Perform a switch site role making the intermediate or the remote site the source for the primary replication gt Start a Metro Global Mirror that has the intermediate site volumes as the primary site for the Metro Global Mirror This is the typical HyperSwap scenario gt Start a cascade Global Copy that has the remote site volumes as the primary site for the replication This is a typical Go Home scenario gt Resume the original direction of the Metro Global Mirror after returning to
514. utage state transition diagram The go back procedure is then completed and the normal operation configuration is restored This procedure does not require full copy of the data 4 4 3 Three site planned outages scenarios In the following sections we describe some scenarios of planned outages in a three site Metro Global Mirror configuration We also show how to manage these situations with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Consider the three site configuration that is shown in Figure 4 114 on page 260 Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 259 260 SITE 1 Active Host SITE 3 DR Host Metro Mirror SITE 2 Primary copy Secondary copy Tertiary copy Journal copy Practice copy Stand by Host Figure 4 114 Three site Metro Global Mirror configuration This configuration can be implemented in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication by using a Metro Global Mirror with Practice session as shown in Figure 4 115 on page 261 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems SITE 1 SITES Metro Mirror SITE 2 Figure 4 115 Three site Metro Global Mirror implementation In the normal operation scenario the session is running with Metro Mirror synchronized and Global Mirror forming consistency groups For the following scenarios we assume that the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for R
515. vanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin View Modify Access DB2USERS Health Overview Ld Sessions 3 normal A 0 warning 0 severe ra Storage Systems A Host Systems D Management Servers Monitor Administrator unrestricted access tY Operator Session Name FCDB2session T m oK Apply Cancel Figure 3 36 Modify the access for the user or group Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 99 3 Click OK The role for the DB2USERS group changes from Operator to Administrator on the Administration page as shown in Figure 3 37 Health Overview EEEE Administration Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers sb Administration Advanced Tools PESTA 7 Granting access for DB2USERS IWNG6006I Success Open Console Completed About Sign Out db2admin Add Access Select Action Health Overview a Name Role Classification A db2admin Administrator User a 0 varning aE are J DB2USERS Administrator Group B Storage Systems tpcFileRegistryUser Administrator User A Host Systems Management Servers Figure 3 37 Administration panel 3 5 5 Removing access to a user role To remove a user or group from a role on the Administration page click the user or group that you want to remove click Remove Access in the Select Action list and then click Go The user or group is removed
516. variations of DS8000 Global Mirror through the Asynchronous session types that include four Global Mirror sessions Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 Global Mirror Single Direction session With the Global Mirror Single Direction session type Global Mirror replication is available only from the local site Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication does not allow any action that inverts the replication direction By using this type of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session you can perform the following tasks gt Start the Global Mirror gt Pause and resume the Global Mirror gt Recover Global Mirror secondary volumes which makes them available for use at the remote site gt Restart the Global Mirror following a recovery This is accomplished by performing an incremental copy Note Track Space Efficient volumes can be used as Journal volumes J2 volumes for this session type The Global Mirror Single Direction session is shown in Figure 4 9 Site 1 Site 2 pr gt Hi H2 S I2 Figure 4 9 Global Mirror Single Direction session The state transitions for a Global Mirror Single Direction session are shown in Figure 4 10 Inactive Session start rd i a 2 l start Suspend Recover Figure 4 10 Change state diagram for a Global Mirror Single Direction session 168 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication fo
517. vers replicationServer properties directory 3 13 Adding and connecting to storage systems You must add connections to storage systems before you can use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to manage data replication Complete the following steps to add a storage system by using the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI 1 In the navigation tree select Storage Systems The Storage Systems Welcome page opens as shown in Figure 3 95 on page 150 This page lists all of the storage systems that were added to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 149 Add Sterage System i o gt Type Welcome Connecizon Choose the type of storage system bo add Adding Storage System Results DSi DS6000 ES5i00 SAM Valine Controller mms ia Storwize Family Storwize Viodo XIV Umed i 1 lt Back Merxi Finish Canoe Figure 3 95 Storage Systems Welcome page 2 On the Storage Systems page click Add Storage Connection as shown in Figure 3 96 Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Storage Systems Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Storage Systems Connections Easy Tier Heat Map Transfer Sign Out db2admin Add Storage Connec Volume Protection Health Overview Actions Go Sessions 0 normal F DS80
518. version at Tivoli Documentation Central which is available at this website https www ibm com developerworks community wikis home 1ang en wiki Tivoli 20Do cumentation 20Central page Tivoli 20Storage 20Productivity 20Center 1 6 1 New in V5 1 The following features and enhancements are new in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication V5 1 Failover operations that are managed by other applications Applications such as the IBM Series i Toolkit VMware Site Recovery Manager and Veritas Cluster Server manage failover operations for certain session types and storage systems If an application completes a failover operation for a session the Severe status is displayed for the session An error message is also generated for the role pairs for which the failover occurred Additional support for space efficient volumes in remote copy You can use extent space efficient volumes as copy set volumes for the following IBM System DS8000 session types gt FlashCopy System Storage DS8000 v6 2 or later gt Metro Mirror System Storage DS8000 v6 3 or later gt Global Mirror or Metro Global Mirror System Storage DS8000 v6 3 or later Reflash After Recover for Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice sessions You can use the Reflash After Recover option with System Storage DS8000 version 4 2 or later Use this option to create a FlashCopy replication between the 12 and J2 volumes after the recovery of a Global Mirror Failover
519. view lA NN O Warning z 0 Severe Storage Systems Connections to local server All storage systems connected Figure 3 41 Opening Console from navigation tree Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Yolumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out tpcadmin Health Overview Md Sessions ud 3 normal Bo warning O severe w Storage Systems Bl Host Systems E ATTA Servers D Remote Storage Systems Al Remote Host Systems You also can click Open Console in the message lines which is in the upper section of the Work Area after you performed specific actions in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication as shown in Figure Host Systems Configure 3 42 Management Servers Configure Sessions boi F Flash SYCS FC Command Submitted Open Console Running Create Session Select Action Go syc2 syca GM E Normal C svc2 sycs GMwP E Normal svesFe Normal C svce svc2 GMuP inactive C svce syvc2_ MM inactive YTFKR7 VY7KR1 GM Inactive Figure 3 42 Example of Open Console hyperlink 104 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Prepared Prepared Target Available Defined Defined Defined Figure 3 43 shows the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Console window with various
520. voli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems startH1H2 i Flash Flash Y as Q HHIH re cig bie Co Enable Copy gt U L 4 ee s ToSitet Recover StartH1H2 StartH1H 2 StartH2H1 mn l Enable Copy StartH2H1 Suspend S ToSite2 StartH2H1 y i RECOVET a ea Figure 4 8 Change state diagram for a Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session 4 1 3 Global Mirror DS8000 Global Mirror previously known as Asynchronous PPRC is a two site long distance asynchronous remote copy technology This solution integrates the Global Copy and FlashCopy technologies With Global Mirror the data that the host writes at the primary local site is asynchronously mirrored to the storage unit at the secondary remote site With special management steps and under control of the local master storage unit a consistent copy of the data is automatically maintained and periodically updated by using FlashCopy on the storage unit at the remote site Note You need extra storage at the remote site for these FlashCopies Because of its asynchronous mirroring characteristics the Global Mirror supports unlimited distances between the local and remote site It is typically used for disaster recovery DR solutions or for those applications that cannot be affected by the latency effects of synchronous replication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication manages all of the
521. w NN Ean l mab OpY f Suspend M ToSitel Recover StartH1 H2 Le startH1H2 r L Enable Copy StartH2H1 Suspend s Tosite i gt ae oe RECOV ms 7 StartH2 H1 Figure 4 14 Change state diagram for a Global Mirror Failover Failback with Practice session Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice By using Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice replication you can run Global Mirror replication from the local or remote site This session type provides volumes on the local and remote site that you can use to practice for disaster recovery without losing your disaster recovery capability This type of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session allows a user to perform the following tasks gt gt gt Start the Global Mirror Pause and resume the Global Mirror Create a consistent copy of Global Mirror secondary site at the remote site by using the FlashCopy This copy can be used as a practice copy for disaster recovery test Recover the Global Mirror secondary site volumes which makes them available for use in the remote site This also creates a copy of Global Mirror secondary site in the remote site by using the FlashCopy Restart the Global Mirror following a recovery This is done by performing an incremental resynchronization Perform a switch site role which makes the remote site the source for the replication 172 Tivoli Sto
522. w they are implemented in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication We introduce Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication key concepts architecture session types and usage and new functionality as of IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center version 5 1 We also introduce storage systems that are supported by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication This chapter includes the following topics gt Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication overview gt Terminology gt Architecture gt Copy services overview gt Session types and usage gt New features and enhancements in Tivoli Storage Replication Center for Replication by release gt Introduction to Storage Systems Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 1 1 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication overview 2 IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is a component of IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center and IBM SmartCloud Virtual Storage Center that manages copy services in storage environments Copy services are features that are used by storage systems to configure manage and monitor data replication functions These copy services include IBM FlashCopy Metro Mirror Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror data replication Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication manages copy services for the following storage systems IBM System Storage D6000 IBM System Storage DS8000 IBM Tota
523. want to continue Figure 3 50 Standby server confirmation message 110 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication establishes communication with the designated standby server turns it into standby mode and then starts to synchronize the repository of the active server with that of the standby server The Management Servers status switches to a Connected status and warning as shown in Figure 3 51 while the repository of active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication is copied to the standby Tivoli Storage Productivity Center of Replication server Health Overview Sessions SS a Management Servers Storage Systems EO i Host Systems x Yolumes al l ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools EA Defining Standby Servera IWMRSO201 Success Open Console Completed Console Status By Connected About Sign Out tpcadmin Select Action Go Health Overview erver Tole Pot F Sessions IIZTPCRT1 PRI STANDBY 3561 4 normal SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj sinet ACTIVE 9561 Bo Warning Ox severe BD storage Systems Fil Host Systems WE asnagament Servers Remote Storage Systems Pall Remote Host Systems Figure 3 51 Status after define of standby server After the synchronization process completes the state turns to a Synchronized status and you see the content of the Management Servers panel
524. wing location Before You Begin Installation Location CAProgram Files Pe Preinstallation Validation To log on to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center start a web browser and qo to Preinstallation Summary Installing http lCTRPCRT1 PRiwindows ssclab lj si netS5sbefsrm ra S A 8 8 4 Installation Completed To log on to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication start a web browser and qo to https ICTPCORT1 PRiEwindows ssclab lj sinetS55o Con Figure 2 14 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Installation completed window The links that are shown in the window in Figure 2 14 are used to start Tivoli Storage Productivity Center Web GUI and Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI You can find the shortcuts to these links by clicking Start gt All Programs IBM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center as shown in Figure 2 15 on page 59 Click Done to finish the installation 58 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems a Internet Explorer 64 bit a Internet Explorer ey Windows Update m Accessories m Administrative Tools Administrator IBM DB DR 16M Tivoli Storage Productivity Center pm Documents F TPC Replication Manager GUI E TPE Stand alone GUI Computer E TPE Web based GUI E Iometer 2006 07 27 k d Maintenance m Startup Control Panel di VMWare Devices and Printers Administrative Tools Help and Support Run win
525. with Practice session If you do not select this option a FlashCopy replication is created between the i2 and H2 volumes only Global Mirror Either Direction with two Site Practice For the Role Pair H1 J2 the following Global Mirror options are available gt Consistency group interval time Seconds Enter how often in seconds the Global Mirror session attempts to form a consistency group A lower value can reduce the data exposure of the session However a lower value also causes the session to attempt to create consistency groups more frequently which can increase network traffic Possible values are 0 65535 The default is O seconds Global Mirrors settings For the Global Mirror Either Direction with Two Site Practice session type you can use the following commands gt chsess maxdrain_hlj2 xx NameSession to set to xx seconds the Maximum Consistency Group Drain Time for the session NameSession for the Role Pair H1 J2 gt chsess coordint_h1j2 yy NameSession to set to yy milliseconds the Maximum Coordination Interval Time for the Role Pair H1 J2 These settings require a Global Mirror session suspension Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 235 236 gt Recovery Point Objective Alerts Specify the length of time that you want to set for the RPO thresholds The values determine whether a Warning or Severe alert is generated when the RPO threshold is exceeded for a role pair T
526. wn in Example 3 7 Example 3 7 Starting csmcli bat procedure Created new properties file with encrypted password C Users tpcadmin tpcr cli tpcrcli auth properties Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Command Line Interface CLI Copyright 2007 2012 IBM Corporation Version 5 2 0 Build 20130719 0641 Server SSCTCP42 T windows ssclab lj si net Port 9560 Authentication file C Users tpcadmin tpcr cli tpcrcli auth properties csmcli gt 3 3 3 Remote CLI installation Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication supports installation of the CLI on a remote workstation other than the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server The following options are available for the remote CLI installation gt Copying and extracting the CLI package from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server gt Copying CLI program folder from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server Chapter 3 General administration and high availability 75 Complete the following steps to install the CLI by using the CLI package from Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server 1 On the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server browse to the installation directory where the client images are stored For example the Windows operating system uses the path C Program Files IBM TPC client_images as shown in Figure 3 15 z l i Client_images Organize Include
527. www 01 ibm com support docview wss uid swg27017347 Help from IBM IBM Support and downloads http www ibm com support IBM Global Services http www ibm com services 408 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Redbooks Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems 0 5 spine 0 475 lt gt 0 873 250 lt gt 459 pages l yu Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GS for Open Systems ebooks Master Tivoli Storage This IBM Redbooks publication for the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Productivity Center Replication for the Open environment walks you through the process of INTERNATIONAL for Replication i establishing sessions and managing and monitoring copy services through TECHNICAL or hep ication in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication The book introduces SUPPORT open systems enhanced copy services and new session types that are used by the latest IBM storage systems Tips and guidance for session usage tunable parameters ORGANIZATION nti troubleshooting and for implementing and managing Tivoli Storage Mana ge replication Productivity Center for Replication s latest functionality up to v5 2 also are services from one provided Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication s integration and interface latest functionality includes Global Mirror Pause with Consistency Easy Tier Heat Map Tran
528. x Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication integration with IBM Tivoli System Automation Application Manager is introduced Tivoli System Automation Application Manager is an application that provides a single point for managing heterogeneous business resources These resources include applications services mounted disks and network addresses Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 403 B 1 Integration with Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Tivoli System Automation Application Manager includes the Distributed Disaster Recovery DDR feature that uses Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to provide a data replication and disaster recovery solution for open systems The DDR feature is available in Tivoli System Automation Application Manager version 3 2 or later and requires Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 4 1 1 1 or later Tivoli System Automation Application Manager supports the Metro Mirror Failover Failback session for the following storage systems ESS800 DS6000 DS8000 SAN Volume Controller Storwize V3500 Storwize V3700 Storwize V7000 Storwize V7000 Unified Vvvvvvvyyv Y Tivoli System Automation Application Manager uses Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to manage replication between two sites To enable Tivoli System Automation Application Manager to use Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication you must create a repli
529. y Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication automatically picks the paths or uses paths that were established gt Adding logical paths and creating port pairing by using a CSV file gt Adding logical paths by using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI Adding logical paths automatically If you do not specify the port pairing Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication queries the storage systems to check whether there are established paths By using the CSV file you can ensure redundant port combinations and use only the specified ports If at least one path is established Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication uses that path and it does not create more paths Otherwise if no path is established Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication queries the storage systems to pick the available ports if any to create a path In this case Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication creates only one path per LSSs pair Note This option does not ensure that you have redundant logical paths Chapter 4 Using Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with DS8000 201 202 Adding logical paths by using a CSV file You can add logical paths by creating a CSV file The CSV file specifies storage systems pairings and associated port pairings that are used by Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication to establish the logical paths By using the CSV file you can ensure red
530. y we describe some helpful use cases and provide recommendations for how to perform disaster recovery scenarios We also provide troubleshooting guidance This chapter includes the following topics gt Capabilities overview New functions for DS8000 Managing DS8000 sessions Use cases Troubleshooting YV vy Yy Copyright IBM Corp 2014 All rights reserved 159 4 1 Capabilities overview DS8000 Copy Services is a collection of functions that provide disaster recovery data migration and data duplication solutions There are two main types of Copy Services functions Point in Time Copy that includes the FlashCopy capabilities and Remote Mirror and Copy that includes the Metro Mirror Global Copy Global Mirror and Metro Global Mirror capabilities The Point in Time Copy functions are used for data duplication and the Remote Mirror and Copy functions are used for data migration high availability and disaster recovery For more information about DS8000 Copy Services see BM System Storage DS8000 Copy Services for IBM System z SG24 6787 and IBM System Storage DS8000 Copy Services for Open Systems SG24 6788 The DS8000 copy services functions support open systems Fixed Block and System z count key data CKD volumes Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication provides management for the DS8000 copy services in various combinations In the following sections we provide an overview of the Tivoli Storage Productivity
531. y Center for example opt IBM TPC Run the server status replicationServer command and you see whether the replication server is running Chapter 2 Planning and installation 59 60 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems General administration and high availability In this chapter we show you how to perform general administration tasks in Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication We provide an overview of the graphical user interface GUI and the command line interface CLI describe the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication user administration and show how to configure some basic settings of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication We also describe the steps that are used for adding and connecting supported storage systems and adding and connecting hosts to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication We also show you how to set up Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication servers for high availability and the process of performing a takeover from the active Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication server to the standby server Administration and configuration tasks that are related to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication sessions for specific storage subsystems Copy Sets Paths and Storage Subsystems are not covered in this chapter but are described in other chapters in this book This chapter includes the following topics
532. y Center for Replication supports the Open HyperSwap function for Metro Mirror Failover Failback session type For more information about Open HyperSwap see 2 1 6 HyperSwap configuration for z OS and Open systems on page 45 The Metro Mirror Failover Failback session is shown in Figure 4 5 Site 1 Site 2 oo P Hi H2 Figure 4 5 Metro Mirror Failover Failback session The state changes for a Metro Mirror Failover Failback session are shown in Figure 4 6 on page 165 Table 4 1 on page 160 provides a description of the states 164 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication for Open Systems Inactive Session startH1lH2 N g Aen i enc L 4 f Suspe nd Si To Site 1 Recover StartH1H 2 e startH1H2 StartH2H1 Y a StartH2H1 e Figure 4 6 Change state diagram for a Metro Mirror Failover Failback session Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice Metro Mirror Failover Failback with Practice replication combines Metro Mirror Failover Failback and FlashCopy capabilities to provide a point in time copy of the data on the secondary site This session type provides volumes that can be used to practice for disaster recovery without losing your disaster recovery capability By using this type of Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication session you can perform the following tasks gt Start the Metro Mirror gt Pause and resume the Metro Mirror gt Creat
533. y with a reason code of 3 Figure 4 130 Detailed message of the suspension event Finally when the message code is clicked the full error description and the reason codes are displayed as shown in Figure 4 131 IWNR2050E Message Text timestamp The pair in session VALUE _1 for copy set VALUE 2 with source VALUE _3 and target VALUE _4 in role pair VALUE_6 was suspended unexpectedly with a reason code of VALUE 35 Explanation One of the pairs was suspended because of a hardware error or by a source other than this product Other pairs in the session might be suspended in an effort to maintain consistency across the remaining pairs in the session The true consistency of the pair with respect to the other pairs in the session cannot be determined and the pair is determined to be inconsistent 1 No reason code was provided for the suspend 3 The host has suspended the pair and does not permit writes 4 The host has suspended the pair and does not permit writes The primary site storage control will keep these updates 5A command issued by the primary site storage control to the recovery site storage control has suspended the patr 6 Internal conditions within either storage control have suspended the pair 7 The transition of the recovery volume to the simplex state has suspended the pair 3 The primary site storage control has suspended the pair as a result of abnormal conditions within the recovery site storage system Th
534. your remote copy session is no longer protecting your data for any reason with the RPO you expect 5 4 2 Support for the SAN Volume Controller 6 4 option to move volumes between I O groups Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication version 5 2 supports in its operations the new option that is available in SAN Volume Controller code version 6 4 and higher to non disruptively migrate a volume to another I O group This is often done to manually balance the workload across the nodes in a Storwize clustered system A compressed volume can also be moved and you can specify the preferred node in the new I O group Chapter 5 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication with SAN Volume Controller and Storwize family 287 Tip The move volume operation does not change which I O groups can access the volume only the caching I O group is changed If you move a volume that is in a FlashCopy Session the FlashCopy bitmaps remain in the original I O group Hence these volumes cannot be moved when the FlashCopy Session is in Prepare state 5 5 Session Types and Setup Because all products in the Storwize family run the same code and have the same Copy Services functionality the available Session types are the same as the types that are described in 5 1 2 Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication and the Storwize family on page 281 In this section we describe how to set up Copy Services sessions for storage systems from the
535. zation is granted to the user For example if a user belongs to a group that is assigned the Administrator role and belongs to a group that is assigned a Monitor role the user is granted the authorization of the Administrator role For more information about roles and how to assign a role to a group see the topic about Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication security in the BM Tivoli Storage Productivity Center User s Guide SC27 4060 3 5 3 Managing user access To manage user access by using the Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication GUI select Administration in the navigation tree The Administration page is displayed as shown in Figure 3 29 This page lists all of the users and groups that were granted access to Tivoli Storage Productivity Center for Replication Health Overview Sessions Storage Systems Host Systems Volumes ESS DS Paths Management Servers Administration Advanced Tools Console About Sign Out db2admin Health Overview Sessions Ld 0 normal a 0 warning Q 0 severe lo Storage Systems A Host Systems Management Servers y Administration Add Access Select Action Go Name Role Classification db2 admin Administrator User Administrator User tocFileRegistryUser Figure 3 29 Administration page You can add modify or remove user access from this page as described in the following sections Granting access to a user r

"user manual"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;user manual&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"user manual"